You Have to `Be There`: Shaun Robert May
Transcription
You Have to `Be There`: Shaun Robert May
S. R. May Page 1 of 255 You Have to ‘Be There’: A Heideggerean Phenomenology of Humour Shaun Robert May Submitted for Ph.D examination Royal Central School of Speech & Drama, University of London March 2013 S. R. May Page 2 of 255 Declaration of Authorship I, Shaun May, declare that this thesis is composed by me and that all the work herein is my own, unless explicitly attributed to others. This work has not been submitted for any other degree or professional qualification. …………………………………………………. Shaun May Parts of this thesis have been published, or are forthcoming, in the following articles. May, S. (2012) ‘Embodiment, Plasticity and the Disclosiveness of Failure’, Body, Space and Technology. Vol. 11, No. 1. (§3.1) May, S. (2012) ‘Anthropic Object and Anthropomorphic Things’, Puppetry International. Spring 2012, Issue 31. (§3.2) May, S. (2013) ‘Rise of Being-in-the-World’ in Huss, J. (ed.) Planet of the Apes and Philosophy. Chicago, Open Court. (Ideas in chapter 6) May, S. (forthcoming) ‘Heidegger, Object Theatre and Fundamental Ontology’ in Watt, D, & Katsouraki, E. (ed.) Thinking Theatre: Performing Philosophy. Newcastle, Cambridge Scholars. (§5.2) In addition, sections from this thesis have been provisionally accepted for publication as part of the following articles. Object Failure and Equipmental Transgressions, Film-Philosophy. (§4.1 & 4.2) Abject Metamorphosis and Mirthless Laughter, Performance Research. (§6.5 & 7.2) S. R. May Page 3 of 255 Acknowledgements I would like to thank all the faculty and course support staff at Central, particularly Prof. Robin Nelson, Prof. Simon Shepherd and Dr. Joel Anderson who provided invaluable feedback at crucial stages throughout the process. I would especially like to express heartfelt gratitude to my primary supervisor, Dr. Tony Fisher, without whom I suspect this thesis simply would not have been possible. Many thanks to Hannah Ballou, David Batho and Nora Aveston for reading this thesis and offering generous and insightful feedback. Jess Hartley, Mark Swetz, Marcelo Bere, Lisa Woynarski, Jo Ronan, Anna Brownsted, Jon Davison, Rachel Cockburn, Young Yoo and the rest of the Ph.D cohort for embracing a collegial spirit that has made my time at Central a genuine pleasure. Dr. Olly Double for initially sparking my intellectual excitement for comedy when I was an undergraduate. Dr. Dan Watt, Sean Myatt and all the other exciting practitioners and researchers I met at the Object Theatre Network. Ollie Evans, Cat Ferriera, Prof. Mark Fleishman and everyone at the UCT Ph.D Summer School. I would also like to thank my flatmate Owen, whose indifference to this whole enterprise has been strangely reassuring. I dedicate this thesis to my loving family – my father, mother, sisters, grandparents, nephew and niece – who have supported me immensely. In particular, to my late grandfather, Vic Heard, whom I still miss terribly. S. R. May Page 4 of 255 Abstract You Have to ‘Be There’: A Heideggerean Phenomenology of Humour In this thesis, it is my intention to use Heideggerean phenomenology to build an account of two seemingly disparate areas of humour. Firstly, humour that arises out of a shift between ontological categories - specifically, between the ‘human’ and the ‘object,’ on one hand, and the ‘human’ and the ‘animal’ on the other; and, secondly, between objects and bodies failing. In doing so, I hope to elucidate the ‘hermeneutic condition’ of all humour, understood in Heidegger’s terms as the phenomenon of world. A hermeneutic condition is not to be thought of along the vein of a ‘necessary and sufficient condition’ of something being comical. There have been a number of attempts to try to pinpoint such a condition, with theories gravitating towards the ‘big three’ of incongruity, superiority and release. Personally, I am not convinced that there is such a condition - I think it more likely that certain types of humour share some traits, but there are no traits shared by all humour that can act as a marker that humour is afoot. Similarly, a hermeneutic condition should not be understood as a causal condition - I am not claiming that something is funny because of this condition. Rather, my suggestion is that the phenomenon of world is a necessary condition of humour’s intelligibility – we are the sort of creatures that can make and comprehend jokes because we are in-the-world, in Heidegger’s sense. I will suggest that it is only for Dasein that either getting the joke or failing to get the joke is a possibility, and this is precisely because only Dasein has this hermeneutic condition. Developing this claim necessitates the pursuit of a thoroughly worlded phenomenology, and to that end I want to suggest Heidegger’s work as an ideal foundation. Moreover, I will suggest that the humanlike objects and animals which amuse us are tacitly playing with this being-in-the-world, and the object and body failing has the potential to disclose this nature of this world to us. In this way, I hope to demonstrate that there is much to be gained from the phenomenological analysis of these two types of humour. S. R. May Page 5 of 255 Table of Contents Part One – Theoretical Component 1. Introduction 1.1 What is a Phenomenology of Humour? 1.1.1 What is Phenomenology? 1.1.2 More Than Mere Illustration 1.1.3 How it all hangs together 1.2 A Preliminary Account of Heidegger’s Ideas 1.2.1 Objects 1.2.2 Animated Objects 1.2.3 You Have to ‘Be There’ 1.2.4 Not Like a Spoon 1.2.5 Failed Embodiment 1.3 Methodological Remarks 1.3.1 ‘10 Types of Theory’ 1.4 Chapter Outline 2. The World 2.1 Koestler and Incongruity 2.1.1 Know-how, Know-that and the Prevailing Doctrine 2.1.2 Category Mistakes and Ghosts in Machines 2.1.3 Remarks on privacy 2.1.4 Mind Reconsidered 2.2 Freud, Release and the Psychology of Humour 2.3 Remarks on Superiority 2.4 Critchley’s World 2.4.1 Animals Being Humanlike 2.4.2 Object Morphism 2.4.3 Searching High and Low for Exemplary Phenomena (Detour) 2.5 Carroll on Bergson and Skillful Coping 2.6 The World in our Sights 2.6.1 A Dark Detour 2.6.2 Critchley on Humour Noir 2.6.3 Heidegger on Death 2.7 Comic Embodiment 2.8 Conclusion 3. Dasein 3.1 The Issue of Embodiment 3.1.1 Embodiment and Normativity 3.1.2 Contra Clark 3.2 The Issue of Objects 8 8 11 13 16 18 18 19 20 22 23 24 25 29 31 31 33 35 38 40 41 46 46 47 49 51 52 55 56 56 58 60 62 64 66 72 73 75 3.2.1 The Phenomenon of the Puppet 3.2.2 Baron-Cohen and ‘Mind-blindness’ 3.2.3 Robots Reloaded 3.2.4 Return to Puppetry 3.2.5 The Semiotic View of Puppetry 3.2.6 A Remark on Death and ‘Thingdom’ 3.2.7 Conclusion 75 80 84 85 86 88 89 3.3 Animals and Worldhood Poverty 3.4 Conclusion 90 93 S. R. May Page 6 of 255 Part Two - Phenomenological Component 4. Phenomenology of Dysfunctional and Deficient Objects 4.1 Equipmental Transgressions 4.2 The Three Types of Unreadiness-to-hand 4.2.1 Equipmental Malfunction (Conspicuousness) 4.2.2 Temporary Breakdown (Obstinate) 4.2.3 Permanent Breakdown (Obtrusive) 4.3 The Present-at-Hand Modality 4.4 Conclusion 5. Phenomenology of Anthropic Objects (and a ‘Real Girl’) 5.1 Failure and Puppet Manipulation 5.1.1 Principles of Saliency (Or Puppetry 101) 5.2 Svankmajer’s Stop-motion and the Anthropic Object 5.2.1 Detour into Ethics 5.2.2 Back to Svankmajer 5.3 Short Circuit and the Anthropic Robot 5.4 Reflections on the Anthropic Object 5.5 Lars and the Real Girl 5.1.1 Bianca as an Occurrent Object 5.6 Conclusion 6. A Phenomenology of Animals 6.1 Animality and Worldhood Poverty 6.2 Feeding and Eating 6.3 Living with and Being With 6.3.1 ‘Positive’ Normativity 6.3.2 Understanding Others and Letting the World Do the Work 6.4 Living vs Existing (Or: The Possibility of Authenticity) 6.4.1 Self, Authenticity and Narrativity 6.5 Humans Becoming Animal 6.5.1 Private Languages and Beetles in a Box 6.5.2 Response to Critchley 6.6 The Anthropic Animal ‘Collapsing Back into Animality’ 6.7 Conclusion 7. Phenomenology of Bodily Impairment 7.1 ‘Anthropic Bodies’ 7.1.1 ‘Possessed’ Hands 7.1.2 Dissociative Identity Disorder 7.2 Conspicuousness, Obstinateness and Obtrusiveness 7.3 Physical Impairment and Temporal Phenomenology 7.3.1 Temporal Incongruity in Comedy 7.3.2 Impairment, Entropy and Temporality 7.4 Bodily Impairment in Beckett’s Endgame 7.4.1 Endgame, Impairment and Anxiety 7.4.2 Endgame and the Question of Meaning 7.4.3 Critchley and the ‘Relational’ Nature of Finitude 7.4.4 Anxiety and Humour 7.5 Comedy, Impairment and Narrativistic Authenticity 7.5.1 Contra Critchley 7.6 On the Prosthetic 7.6.1 Adam Hills and the Unsexy Foot 95 97 100 102 105 109 114 119 121 121 127 130 132 134 136 144 144 147 149 151 152 153 156 159 162 166 169 172 175 176 180 184 186 188 188 192 195 198 198 201 206 206 208 210 216 218 218 222 222 S. R. May 7.6.2 The Broken Tool and the Impaired Body 7.7 A Final Carelian Thought 7.8 Conclusion 8. Conclusion 8.1 Summary 8.2 Contribution to New Knowledge 8.3 Areas for Development and Further Exploration Page 7 of 255 224 225 226 229 229 231 233 Bibliography Books and Articles 235 Films and Other Recorded Media 253 Live Performances 254 Data DVD with Appendices DVD A Note on the Appendices Alongside this printed document I have included a data DVD with four digital appendices. If you open this disc on any computer (PC or Mac) you should see four folders entitled ‘Appendix 1’, ‘Appendix 2’, ‘Appendix 3’ and ‘Appendix 4’. These folders contain the clips discussed in chapters 4, 5, 6 and 7 respectively. Also included on this disc is a pdf version of this thesis. All of the files are free from DRM and compatible with the widest range of devices possible, in the hope that the reader will be able to read, watch and listen to them in whatever manner they prefer. S. R. May Page 8 of 255 Part One - Theoretical Component 1. Introduction In this thesis, it is my intention to use Heideggerean phenomenology to build an account of two seemingly disparate areas of humour. First, anthropomorphic humour - that is, an object or animal seeming humanlike. Second, the comic failure of objects and bodies. In doing to, I hope to elucidate what I will call the ‘hermeneutic conditions of humour’, following Taylor Carman’s reading of Being and Time in Heidegger’s Analytic (2003). In the next section I will explain what I mean by this, and how the thesis hangs together more generally. 1.1 What is a Phenomenology of Humour? Perhaps the best place to begin is with the title of the thesis – You Have to Be There: A Heideggerean Phenomenology of Humour. As a starting point, let’s just focus on the subtitle and, acknowledging that Heidegger’s phenomenology is part of the philosophical tradition, change that specific piece of methodological jargon to ‘philosophy’.1 What we are left with is a clear, concise statement of the central aim of the thesis – to develop A Philosophy of Humour. So, what is a philosophy of humour? To answer this question, I want to look at how Stephen Mulhall conceptualises the philosophy of film. [Philosophy of Film] is constructed on the model of ‘philosophy of history’, ‘philosophy of science’, ‘philosophy of religion’ and so on. This is philosophy in its essentially parasitic mode: the philosopher inserts herself into another domain of human practical activity and raises questions about its grounding assumptions. (Mulhall 2008a:130)2 1 Essentially I’m viewing philosophy as the discipline and phenomenology as the methodology. So, technically this thesis could have been entitled ‘A Heideggerean Philosophy of Humour’, but it would have been less precise. 2 Mulhall seems to initially suggest that these are not the sort of questions that practitioners can answer qua practitioners, but I think this is challenged later on in the book (Mulhall 2008a) so it would be misleading to quote it without contextualization. S. R. May Page 9 of 255 In a similar vein, I want to claim that my thesis constitutes a philosophy of humour – I consider myself to be raising questions about the fundamental grounds of comic intelligibility (i.e. the grounds of our ability to ‘get’ the joke). Mulhall goes on to state, regarding the philosophy of film, that ‘these kinds of questions…[bear] upon the conditions for the possibility of cinema’ (Mulhall 2008a:131). Similarly, my thesis attempts to address the conditions for the possibility of humour, or what I will call their ‘hermeneutic conditions’.3 However, this might seem a little woolly and abstract, so in order to grapple with precisely what Mulhall means I want to look at a specific example of the philosophy of film. As I will return to his work later on in this thesis, I will look at Noël Carroll’s essay Towards an Ontology of the Moving Image. In this essay, Carroll tries to unpick what cinema – or, more precisely, the moving image – is. The following passage offers a concise summary of his position. X is a moving image 1) only if x possesses a disembodied viewpoint (or is a detached display); 2) only if it is reasonable to anticipate movement in x (on first viewing) when one knows what x is; 3) only if performance tokens of x are generated by templates; and 4) only if performance tokens of x are not artworks. Moreover, these conditions provide us with the conceptual resources to discriminate the moving image from neighbouring artforms like painting and theater. (Carroll 1995:81-2) Although I broadly agree with Carroll’s claims here, we need not worry too much about their validity. Rather, I want to draw your attention to the kind of enterprise that Carroll is undertaking – he is trying to understand what makes the moving image what it is. Importantly, this is already taken for granted in most commentaries on film – if I were to argue with a friend about whether Return of the Jedi is better than The Empire Strikes Back then such a dispute takes for granted an understanding of what a movie is. In this way, I think this is a clear example of what Mulhall refers to when he uses the term ‘philosophy of film’ – it attempts to understand the nature of film itself. However, it might be worth briefly commenting on what I believe Carroll means when 3 This will be defined shortly. S. R. May Page 10 of 255 he uses the word ‘conditions’. My reading of this passage is that he is trying to outline the necessary conditions of something being a moving image, not its hermeneutic conditions. The former can be understood as answering the question, ‘what makes the moving image the thing that it is?’ and the latter answers the question, ‘what makes us the kind of beings that can understand it?’ Importantly, both of these are questions of ontology. Carroll’s discussion has a direct parallel in performance theory, with Peggy Phelan’s claims about the ontology of performance. In Unmarked: The Politics of Performance Phelan tries to pin down precisely what makes performance what it is, and, although her job title is ‘Professor of English and Drama’ rather than ‘Professor of Philosophy’, I have no doubt that her ideas contribute to the philosophy of performance. The following passage summarises the crux of her argument. Performance’s only life is in the present. Performance cannot be saved, recorded, documented or otherwise participate in the circulation of representations of representations: once it does so it becomes something other than performance. To the degree that performance attempts to enter the economy of reproduction it betrays and lessens the promise of its own ontology. Performance’s being…becomes itself through disappearance. (Phelan 1993:146) This notion is more clearly expressed in the statement that ‘performance in a strict ontological sense is nonreproductive’. (Phelan 1993:148) Again, the point at issue is not the validity of the claims presented – for a critique of this view see Auslander (2008 & 1997) – but rather the enterprise being undertaken. Phelan is trying to understand what makes performance the thing that it is - as with the discussion of Star Wars, this is already taken for granted in most intelligent discussions of a specific example of performance. In my thesis I will use examples from both film and performance, but my project does not attempt to address the fundamental nature of either artform. Rather, the focus of my study is humour – what makes us the kind of beings that can make and comprehend gags. Any insights into the ontologies of either performance or film are accidents arising from the subject matter. (Here I am thinking specifically of failure of S. R. May Page 11 of 255 theatrical representation. For an interesting discussion on the relation between failure and ontology see Cormac Power’s Performing to Fail: Perspectives on Failure in Performance and Philosophy). In order to address how I aim to achieve this we need to look at precisely what phenomenology is, and how it relates to ontology. 1.1.1 What is Phenomenology? Phenomenology seems initially to have been defined rather well by performance theorist Stanton B. Garner, Jr., but I will suggest that his definition actually excludes the sort that I intend to use – Heideggerean phenomenology. This is despite acknowledging the difficulties of a broad definition for such a wide variety of approaches under this umbrella. Generalizations are risky with field that has included figures as various as Martin Heidegger, Maurice Merleau-Ponty, Gaston Bachelard, and Paul Ricoeur; it might be more accurate to speak of “phenomenologies” in reference to these and others in the philosophical tradition…Yet all these figures and movements are joined by a mutually entailing set of aims: to redirect attention from the world as it is conceived by the abstracting, “scientific” gaze (the objective world) to the world as it appears or discloses itself to the perceiving subject (the phenomenal world); to pursue the thing as given to consciousness in direct experience; to return perception to the fullness of its encounter with its environment. (Garner 1994:2) This conception of phenomenology does not, in my view, cover what Heidegger was setting out to achieve in Being and Time. Heidegger was explicitly and vehemently opposed to the bifurcation of ‘subject’ and ‘object’, as we find in Garners articulation. Conceptualising his work as simply a description of ‘the world as it appears to the subject’ would at best be a superficial reading, and at worst a grave misreading, of the text. In Heidegger’s view, both ‘subject’ and ‘consciousness’ need radical reconceptualising, and that is precisely the work that he is doing with his concept of Dasein. Taking up Garner’s suggestion that we instead talk of ‘phenomenologies’, I S. R. May Page 12 of 255 want to pursue a distinction between Garner’s conception of phenomenology and what Laverty (2003) calls ‘Hermeneutic Phenomenology’.4 In Heidegger’s opinion, all understanding is connected to a given set of forestructures, including one’s historicality, that cannot be eliminated. One, therefore, needs to become as aware as possible and account for these interpretive influences. (Laverty 2003:9) So what is at issue in Being and Time is not simply a description of one’s experience but an elucidation of the structures without which there couldn’t be understanding. It is in precisely this sense that it is hermeneutic – where hermeneutics refers to the study of interpretation or understanding.5 As Taylor Carman puts it, in a quotation we will return to, Being and Time is ‘an account of hermeneutic conditions, which is to say conditions of interpretation, conditions of our understanding something as something’ (Carman 2003:23) It is this conception of phenomenology that I want to draw on in my thesis. In the previous section, drawing on Mulhall’s formulation of ‘Philosophy of Film’, I suggested that my philosophy of humour will raise questions about the fundamental grounds of comic intelligibility. I call these the hermeneutic conditions of humour, as they are the structures without which we could not make and appreciate jokes. Put another way, they are what makes us the kind of beings that can ‘get’ the joke. To be clear, I am not asserting that they are reason for something being funny but, rather, that they form the fundamental foundation which grounds our ability to get the joke. Moreover, although these hermeneutic conditions are necessary for joke comprehension they are not sufficient conditions – Dasein can either get the joke or fail to get the joke. In fact, it is only Dasein who can fail to get the joke at all. The notion of failing to do something implies the possibility of success – the wind might relocate a chess piece from one square to another but it makes neither a ‘valid move’ nor an ‘invalid move’. The wind does not participate in the interlocking practices and 4 Laverty was not the first person to use the term ‘hermeneutic phenomenology’ - in fact, Heidegger himself used a similar phrase to describe his project in Being and Time. However, Laverty (2003) is the clearest explanation of the distinction that I have encountered. 5 Heidegger (1996) draws out a crucial distinction between ‘understanding’ and ‘interpretation’ which is fundamental to his philosophy. At the moment we needn’t worry about that – in this case I am simply using these terms in their everyday sense. S. R. May Page 13 of 255 norms that make up a game of chess, and therefore we cannot meaningfully describe it as a chess player - either a poor or an excellent one. At the moment I am very aware that I am open to a certain criticism – that I am making the assumption that such foundations exist without actually defending that point here. In response to this suggestion I would make the following points – firstly, it is notable that as far as we know only human beings are capable of humour comprehension, and moreover it is a human universal. This suggests to me that there is something fundamental about being human that enables – perhaps even inspires – this trait. Secondly, if at this stage I was able to robustly defend this position here then there would be no need to write the thesis. In fact, because of the very nature of the claim it is not possible to ‘prove’ it analytically with reasoned argument. Simon Glendinning describes phenomenology as ‘a work of explication, elucidation, explicitation or description of something with which we already understand, or with which we are already, in some way, familiar, but which, for some reason, we cannot get into clear focus for ourselves without more ado’. (Glendinning 2007:16) If I am right in asserting the existence of these hermeneutic conditions of humour then, precisely because they are taken-for-granted and largely unnoticed, they must be elucidated phenomenologically. Of course, there is still the need to set out and defend my critical framework, and situate my claims within the existing literature, and that is precisely the aim of Part One, the theoretical component of the thesis. Glendinning rightly acknowledges that phenomenology is treated with suspicion from certain analytic philosophers who see the purpose of philosophy to construct arguments ‘in the narrow sense of a discussion that moves through a series of inferential steps from premises to conclusions’. (Glendinning 2007:20) I imagine such philosophers would be equally frustrated by Part Two of this thesis, which works through a range of comic examples but doesn’t construct the syllogisms that are characteristic of professional analytic philosophy. However, if I am correct in my conception of phenomenology then the ‘argument’ should be inextricably linked to the examples, without either ‘theory’ or ‘practice’ being bifurcated. In order to develop this a little further, I want to return to the notion of a philosophy of film. 1.1.2 More Than Mere Illustration S. R. May Page 14 of 255 Following on from the quotation mentioned earlier, Mulhall makes the bold (and perhaps controversial) claim that film can be philosophy. I personally have no doubt that it can, but that is not the point at issue here. Rather, I want to address the problems with the dichotomy that some people have pressed between film actually doing philosophy and film being ‘mere illustrations’ of philosophical ideas. Whilst I do not doubt that there is, at least, some distinction to be made here, I think Wartenberg (2006) is right to problematize it as a rigid dichotomy. Picking up on something Mulhall said in the first edition of On Film (albeit a criticism to which Mulhall tries to respond to in the second edition), Wartenberg says the following. [I question] the validity of Mulhall’s dichotomy between “handy or popular illustrations “ and “thinking seriously and systematically”. This dichotomy suggests there is a domain of serious and systematic thought – to which the films he is interested in belong – and one consisting of handy or popular illustrations of the views developed by philosophers that does not count as involving serious and systematic thought. (Wartenberg 2006:24) As Wartenberg argues, if Mulhall means ‘serious’ as opposed to ‘humorous’ then the equation of philosophy with seriousness is flawed. (Or, at least, Wittgenstein6 would have argued to the contrary). Moreover, Wartenberg argues that the equation of philosophy with systematic thought is flawed because it would exclude people like Kierkegaard, Nietzsche and Wittgenstein. This might be an unfair reading of Mulhall’s view – I’m not convinced that he does equate serious thinking with syllogisms on non-humorous subject matter. However, Wartenberg’s main point is that philosophers are mistaken in assuming that the working through of illustrative examples cannot, in itself, contribute to the philosophical canon. I tend to agree with him, and I think he brings this point out forcefully when he uses Chaplin’s Modern Times to elucidate certain aspects of Karl Marx’s thought – ideas which are vague and general when read in the abstract but which, when embodied in the virtuosic body of Chaplin, are specific and pronounced. According to Norman Malcolm’s memoir, Wittgenstein once said, ‘a serious and good philosophical work could be written that would consist entirely of jokes (without being facetious)’. (Malcolm 2001:27-8) 6 S. R. May Page 15 of 255 Although Marx claims that worker’s bodies became machines, he did not provide a detailed account of what about factories do this, nor how such mechanization takes place, particularly in the new context of the assembly line. The view of the human body that the film presents, while perhaps not realistic, does convey the toll that the assembly line takes on its workers. And the idea that the human mind becomes mechanical is itself a stroke of comic genius. (Wartenberg 2006:29) In Wartenberg’s example, the ‘theory’ and Chaplin’s expression of it are intrinsically bound – as he says, ‘you cannot separate the film’s serious thinking about alienation from its comic portrayal’. (Wartenberg 2006:30) In the same way, I am considering the examples I work through in the thesis not as mere illustrations of a philosophical idea but rather a clearer expression of fundamental structures surrounding comic intelligibility that are not usually so noticeable. At this point it might also be worth explicitly addressing the extent to which the examples I work through are ‘case studies’. The answer to this question depends on the definition of ‘case study’ that you are working with. As Silverman (2010:138) explains, there is some disagreement, but Robert Stake identifies three different types of case study. 1. The intrinsic case study where ‘this case is of interest…in all its particularity and ordinariness.’ In the intrinsic case study, according to Stake, no attempt is made to generalize beyond a single case or even to build theories. 2. The instrumental case study in which a case is examined mainly to provide insight into an issue or to revise a generalization. Although the case is studied in depth, the main focus is something else. 3. The collective case study where a number of cases are studied in order to investigate some general phenomenon. (Silverman 2010:139) I would suggest that for the most part my examples make up a ‘collective case study’, precisely because they are used to investigate some general phenomenon – humour. If I were intending to pursue a series of intrinsic case studies then there would need to be far fewer of them and explored in greater depth than the reader will find here. A S. R. May Page 16 of 255 Heideggerean phenomenology of Beckett’s Endgame could, on its own, be a doctoral thesis but that is not something that I am trying to do. The examples that I use are chosen because I believe that they provide us with a useful insight into the phenomenon in question - humour. In principle, I could have chosen a different series of examples to elucidate the same structures. 1.1.3 How it all hangs together In working through the last two sections, I hope I have left the reader with a sense of what role the examples of performance and film will take in the thesis. The phenomenological component will use a wide variety of examples in an attempt to elucidate and explicate the hermeneutic conditions of humour - structures that are, in my view, always already there but usually unnoticed. The role of the examples, then, is not that of ‘mere illustration’ towards the ultimate goal of clarifying what Heidegger is getting at in Being and Time. Rather, it is to unpick moments in which the structures that are always already there are less obscured. It is with this in mind that I chose to focus on the two seemingly disparate areas of comic failure – of objects and bodies – and anthropomorphic humour. In my view, the object failure discloses the context structuring our activity and the body failure can disclose our finitude. Furthermore, it is precisely in the moments when objects and animals seem humanlike, and the moments in which they fail to do so, that we can most clearly see what differentiates human beings from animality and objecthood. Importantly, because it is only for Dasein that making and comprehending humour is a possibility, ‘becoming humanlike’ entails gaining the hermeneutic conditions of humour. These areas make up the four phenomenological chapters of the thesis, and if we return to the quote by Taylor Carman we can see more clearly how they hang together. [Being and Time is] an account of hermeneutic conditions, which is to say conditions of interpretation, conditions of our understanding something as something. Foremost among hermeneutic conditions, of course, is the phenomenon of understanding itself, in particular our understanding of being. Heidegger's conception of understanding as practical competence, that is, informs his account of the availability of the things we use in our everyday practices, the anonymous social norms that govern those S. R. May Page 17 of 255 practices - what he calls “the one” (das Man) - and finally the temporal structure of existence itself: our “thrownness” into a world with an already defined past and our “projection” into the possibilities or options that give shape to our future. (Carman 2003:23) The structure of the four phenomenological chapters will follow a roughly similar pattern to the third sentence of the quotation above: Chapter 4, a phenomenology of object dysfunction, will elucidate Heidegger's conception of understanding as practical competence and the availability of the things that we use in everyday practices. Specifically, I will suggest that in moments of failure and equipmental transgression, such as those found in the work of Chaplin, the structure underpinning this understanding is disclosed to us. Chapters 5 and 6, phenomenologies of the anthropic object and anthropic animal respectively, will deepen this conception with an account of the social norms that govern our practices and the temporal structure of existence. Crucially, I will show that objects and animals are without these hermeneutic conditions, and becoming anthropic entails acquiring them. Chapter 7, a phenomenology of bodily impairment, will look at what happens when one's worldly comportment is thwarted by bodily failure. Although Heidegger never addressed the body in detail, I will suggest that the bodily impairment has implications for each of the hermeneutic conditions. First, the impairment places factical limits upon what we are able to do, including what equipment we are able to use. Second, the social norms pervading our practices have tacit expectations about what constitutes a 'normal body', and those norms are most clearly disclosed when those expectations are not met. As the social model of disability argues, it is society that disables the impaired individual rather than the impairment itself. Third, following Havi Carel, I will argue that bodily failure has the potential to inaugurate a change in our temporal phenomenology. In this way, it is my hope that I will be able to use comic phenomena to elucidate its own conditions of intelligibility. The exploration of the case studies and the critical framework that forms its foundations will be inextricably linked. Importantly, this is not a S. R. May Page 18 of 255 phenomenology of performance or film, both of which have their own ‘regional ontologies’ that I touched on in the section on Phelan and Carroll, but of the phenomenon of humour. Let us turn now to the precise claims that Heidegger makes that I feel are necessary components of any satisfactory account of the area I am addressing. 1.2 A Preliminary Account of Heidegger’s Ideas 1.2.1 Objects Heidegger asserts that ‘readiness-to-hand’ is the primary mode in which we experience objects. The ready-to-hand object is one that fulfils its function optimally, and in doing so is ‘transparent’. When I use a pair of scissors to cut a piece of paper, the phenomenon is not that I hold a ‘thing’ which cuts the paper but simply I cut the paper. However, in failure the object suddenly emerges as salient, and it is this emergence that is often comical. The ready-to-hand is a modality which stands in stark contrast to the way in which the object is traditionally construed, what Heidegger calls the present-at-hand. In the present-at-hand modality, all objects are construed as lumps of matter which we act upon. However, this modality is derivative - it is only when we distance ourselves from our practical involvement with the objects that we see them as ‘things’ at all. This reification distorts the phenomenon of the object, and we risk overlooking the fact often when I am skillfully manipulating the equipment it becomes an extension of me. In overlooking this fact, we find ourselves leaning towards a dichotomous understanding of our relationship with objects - the mind/matter and animate/inanimate distinctions that pervade much quotidian discourse. Moreover, the ready-to-hand scissors are not ‘things’7 with isolatable properties, but rather they form a ‘referential totality’ in which the scissors, the paper and the desk all Readers familiar with Heidegger’s essay The Thing will notice that I am using the term in a different, perhaps even opposite, way to Heidegger’s later writings. My reason for this is partly because I think ‘object’ has an air of 7 S. R. May Page 19 of 255 relate to one another. This is perhaps best understood by way of an example. Imagine that there is a surgeon in an operating theatre, undertaking a procedure that he has done many times before with the same colleagues that are in the room this time. He stretches out his hand towards a nurse. He needs the scalpel, but does not say anything. It is clear to all in the room that the scalpel is being requested precisely because they are familiar with this situation. The gesture can, in other contexts, be an invitation to ‘hi-five’, or a way of getting change from the grocer, but in this concrete context it is the scalpel that is required. Now let’s turn to Charlie Chaplin’s The Immigrant, with a scene so iconic that it was the poster image. When the tramp character is eating in a cafe, he uses a knife as a rather ineffectual tool for scooping beans. His doing so is a concrete example of an object being used in a way that transgresses its equipmentality. This amusing transgression is interesting because it makes the tacit explicit. This structure - the referential totality that underpins our everyday being in the world - is taken for granted in our skillful coping with day-today life. In comic object failure and Chaplinesque transgressions, the object’s equipmentality is disclosed, and it is this disclosure that will be the subject of the fourth chapter of this thesis. 1.2.2 Animated Objects This view of objecthood has implications for any account of object theatre and puppetry. When I skillfully manipulate the puppet, it becomes an extension of me. Unless it fails me, or I decide to ‘deworld’ it by thinking of it as a lump of matter, the object is not experienced as a ‘thing’ at all. As such, I think there needs to be a very deliberate move away from any discourse that talks of the puppet as a ‘thing which is given the illusion of life’. Such accounts commit violence to the phenomenon. Insisting on the essential ‘thingness’ of the well-animated object is akin to insisting on the essential ‘pixelness’ of a digital movie - both accounts smuggle in descriptions banality to it, and partly because object theatre – which I will refer to at various points in the thesis – is a more established phrase than ‘thing theatre’ within the existing literature. S. R. May Page 20 of 255 from outside of the aesthetic realm that are usually neither warranted nor phenomenologically present. Of course, there are some puppetry performances which deliberately play with the puppet ‘qua object’, but I think it is a mistake to assume that it is at play in all object theatre and puppetry. Additionally, I believe that there is a great deal to be gained from a Heideggerean analysis of object anthropomorphism. If Chaplin using his knife as a spoon is a transgression of equipmentality, then the knife starting up a conversation would undoubtedly be similarly transgressive. However, the object talking is of a different order, because it is not being used incorrectly - it is not being used at all - but rather it is becoming ‘human like’. What precisely this means cannot be ascertained without a thorough understanding of what it is to be human. 1.2.3 You Have to ‘Be There’ Let us now consider what Heidegger says about the human being, or Dasein. Dasein translates as ‘being there’8 - man is essentially a Being-in-the-world. This seems on the face of it to be a truism - there aren’t many theorists who deny man’s being a creature in the world. However, any semblance of simplicity is deceptive because of the way that Heidegger uses the term ‘world’. Man is not ‘in the world’ in the same way that water is ‘in a glass’ - it is does not refer to containment. This is perhaps less surprising when viewed in light of his comments on objects. To construe ‘the world’ in terms of matter, force and properties, as the physicist is wont to do, is effectively to reify and ‘deworld’ it. The knife becomes a piece of metal with a certain mass and we lose the referential context. Instead, we need to understand that we are ‘in the world’ in the same way that we say that someone is ‘in love’ or ‘in the army’. Being in the army does not mean that you are always at a particular location, say the barracks, but rather you have an ongoing commitment to a particular activity, with specific equipment and the skills that go along with it. This is what Heidegger means when he claims that Dasein is a ‘being-in-the-world’. As a sort of placeholder for the fuller portrait of world which will emerge throughout this thesis, world is ‘the interlocking practices, equipment, and skills for using them’ (Dreyfus 1997: 99), and my ‘being in 8 Translated literally, it is ‘There-Being’, because of the difference in German word order. S. R. May Page 21 of 255 the world’ entails an ongoing involvement with projects and activities that matter to me. As such, the object is not necessarily ‘human-like’ in accordance with the degree to which it looks like a human. Rather, what is at stake is an ontological distinction. When the object’s way of being is such that it is ‘in the world’ with us - that is, it participates in the aforementioned interlocking practices - then it is ontologically ‘humanlike’. This is perhaps best examined with an example, this time taken from real life. Clifford Nass of Stanford University has recently published research demonstrating that computer programmes that synthesise speech invoke a social response from the user. In short, the user is more polite to the speaking computer than the non-speaking computer. (Nass 2004: 34) As Nass himself emphasises, the participants know intellectually that the computer does not have feelings and that their response is illogical, but this knowledge does not affect the result. There might be a temptation to discuss the ‘paradox’ of being polite to something you know doesn’t require it, but this is only insofar as one takes an ‘intellectualist’ stance to our being-with-others. Within the philosophical tradition, there is a problem known as the problem of other minds, whereby people fret about how we can know that other human beings have minds like ours. After all, some might claim, surely all we see is behaviour? To be blunt, anyone who is troubled by this problem has made grave errors in their fundamental assumptions. My most basic experience with others is not me intellectually ‘inferring’ that they have a mind, but simply my being with them, engaging in joint projects. The problem of ‘inference’ only occurs because the philosophical tradition deworlded the phenomena in the first place. If one understands that our fundamental way of being is as a being-in-the-world, and a being-with-others, then there is no room for the problem to arise. In this way, the problem of other minds is a pseudo-problem that is dissolved when one refuses to acknowledge the deworlding of the phenomenon that causes it in the first place. The implications of this view are that we do not ‘infer’ that the computer requires a social response and we don’t ‘imagine’ that the puppet has a mind. We don’t need to. Such reflexivity is parasitic upon the fundamental way in which we are in the world and with others. The idea that we ‘imagine’ the puppet as having a mind has a S. R. May Page 22 of 255 correlate pervasive throughout performance theory - specifically, that one ‘suspends disbelief’. It suggests that knowing ‘it’s not real’ is a barrier that the audience has to overcome through volition, but this does not correspond to the phenomena. When I watched 2001, A Space Odyssey for the first time, I was gripped by the character of HAL, and only once I approached the film more reflexively was I ‘intellectually’ impressed by the fact that Kubrick managed to create a full character out of a light. This was achieved by portraying HAL’s being with Dave and Frank - their engaging in projects together, HAL helping them out and then eventually their respective intentions clashing. 1.2.4 Not Like a Spoon It is now clear that when an object starts to ‘be humanlike’ - when it is, to use terminology I will develop later on, anthropic - what we are dealing with is an ontological shift. If the spoon refuses to go into my mouth because it’s afraid of the dark, it moves away from equipmentality and towards the sort of concern that is the hallmark of Dasein. The dog is not like a spoon - its ontological character is quite different. Unlike the spoon, which does not have a world,9 my dog lives ‘amongst’ me and my household, but does not live ‘with’ me in the same sense that my flatmate does. This distinction means that the anthropic animal, by virtue of it ‘coming from’ a different ontological position, is distinct from the anthropic object and as such we need to resist their conflation. Simon Critchley observed that the humanlike animal is charming, but the reverse is disgusting. Whilst I think this is perhaps true of many cases, I think there are counterexamples on both sides.10 As movement from Dasein to Animal necessarily involves a move towards worldhood poverty, what is needed is full account of the worldhood of Dasein and the poverty of the animal - one cannot intelligibly discuss the notion of losing worldhood until we have a full portrait of worldhood to know what’s at stake. For this reason, the issue needs to be deferred until chapter 6, by In the sense that it does not have ongoing commitments to projects and so on. The pigs in Orwell’s Animal Farm are disgusting anthropomorphic animals and Bottom from A Midsummer Night’s Dream is a charming zoomorphic human. 9 10 S. R. May Page 23 of 255 which point a sufficiently rich portrait of worldhood and Dasein will have been developed. 1.2.5 Failed Embodiment Let us now turn to the final area - bodily failure. Just as I want to resist the reification of objects - that is, turning them into brute ‘things’ and deworlding the phenomena - I want to resist the same temptation with the body. It is essential to distinguish between the body, the ‘lump of matter’ that is studied by biologists, and embodiment. In order to build a preliminary account of embodiment, let us recall a significant aspect of the ready-to-hand equipment - its ‘transparency’. That is, when the scissors are functioning optimally, they are transparent and the salient phenomena are what I am using them for. It seems to me that my legs, for the most part, are similarly transparent. When I am sat in a lecture hall listening to a talk, if the seat is adequately comfortable and my rheumatism is not playing up, both leg and seat are transparent they aren’t really present in my field of concern. If, on the other hand, the seat is uncomfortable or I get cramp, they suddenly emerge as salient and problematic. I can no longer concentrate on the talk - they won’t let me forget them and get on with the task at hand. In my view, ‘objects’ and ‘body’ are only phenomenologically distinct when they are in the deficient modalities - that is, either failed or reified. When I am skillfully going about the world, there is only embodiment - the transparent and dynamic toolorganism complex which ‘gets out of the way’ to allow me to go about my business.11 Moving away momentarily from phenomenology, a study by Umilta et al (2008) has demonstrated that, when a pair of pliers is used by monkeys, the equipment literally becomes ‘patched in’ to the motor system - for the brain, there is no distinction made between the organic hand and the ‘artificial’ tool. This finding resonates with Sobchack’s (2009) phenomenological account of her prosthetic leg, where she 11 There are, of course, certain projects in which we are very aware of the role that our bodies play within our projects. Flirting was one example suggested by a colleague. Even then, though, I would suggest that it is not the whole complex that we are aware of but certain limbs that are deemed of cultural significance. S. R. May Page 24 of 255 highlights that it is for the most part no different from her ‘biolimb’ - only in failure or theoretical consideration does the distinction become salient. At this point (when I have previously presented these ideas) I have encountered a little resistance. The intuitive resistance that some have to this conception of embodiment is, I feel, in large part because our traditional conceptions of the body are developed from the deficient modes. Due to the very fact of its transparency, we pay far less heed to embodiment when we are ‘in flow’ than the scientist does to the body when it’s on the slab. However, although the deficient modes are epistemologically misleading, that does not mean that they cannot be instructive. After all, this thesis is looking specifically at the failed object and the failed body. If the failed object discloses the referential totality, what does failed embodiment disclose? In my view, the failed body’s emergence discloses one’s own limitedness. Of course, such cases are more complex and nuanced than one can accommodate in a few introductory remarks. An account of this will be provided in chapter 7, and will be heavily informed by the preceding chapters’ portrait of Dasein. 1.3 Methodological Remarks Now that we have in place the key issues that I plan to address, it is time to move to the methodological considerations. Why do I think that a phenomenology of humour is in order, as opposed to a theory? What, precisely, differentiates a phenomenological account of humour from a theory? The term methodology is perhaps most fitting in the sciences, where the emphasis is put on the presentation of testable hypotheses that then become developed into models and theories. With that in mind, I want to look at the theoretical considerations of Graeme Ritchie, who works in humour theory from a rather scientific perspective. According to Ritchie, there are two main approaches to the development of a theory of humour - universalist and descriptive. The aim of the universalist approach is to ‘devise an extremely general theory which is intended to S. R. May Page 25 of 255 cover all examples within the chosen areas(s) of humour’ (Ritchie 2004:8). In his view, a universalist theory can fail in three ways - first, in failing to cover all possibilities; second, covering some data incorrectly; third, being so vague that it doesn’t make falsifiable predictions. The alternative approach, the descriptive theory, would be to ‘examine particular types of humour thoroughly, developing detailed descriptions of [their] workings.’ (Ritchie 2005:8) The universalist option seems on the face of it to be the soundest way to proceed - if it is possible to create a ‘general theory of humour’ that could stand up against all attempts to falsify it, then we could be content in our theory’s scientific rigor. However, the issue of whether this is possible - even potentially - hinges on an essentialist notion of humour. That is, the idea that all humour is unified by having a certain essential characteristic which we can pinpoint as the necessary feature of humour. In the humour theory tradition, there have been several attempts to provide an account of what this is, with theories gravitating towards the ‘big three’ of incongruity, superiority and release.12 However, there is no a priori reason to think that there is a single essential component of all humour, and the fact that there has been no resolution in the struggle between the big three suggests that there might not be. Instead of there being a single essential feature common to all humour, it seems to me that a better model would be a Wittgensteinian ‘resemblance’ (Wittgenstein 2001). Consider what one means when referring to a ‘game’ - some games involved balls, some games are done seated and some are solitary affairs. There is no one feature common to all games that we can point to as a marker that a game is being played. Surely it is the same with humour? There are no necessary and sufficient conditions of something being humour, but like a game we usually know when we encounter it. Perhaps, then, a descriptive theory of humour is in order. 1.3.1 ‘10 Types of Theory’ 12 These will get a fuller treatment in §2.3 - 2.3 S. R. May Page 26 of 255 However, the descriptive paradigm that Ritchie puts forward is still problematic. Ritchie himself is heavily influenced by his background in computing and linguistics, which I feel has led him towards a research programme that is fundamentally flawed. In recent years, Ritchie and his colleagues have worked on the Joking Computer Project, which attempts to build a computer programme that can tell jokes. By Ritchie’s own admission, progress in the field of computational humour has been somewhat slow and they have largely concentrated on perhaps the simplest form of humour, the pun. Within the literature, Ritchie draws a distinction between two sorts of pun. Self-contained puns: These are pieces of text which can be used as humorous items in a wide variety of circumstances. Any semantic links which they might have to the context are not directly part of the joke structure, and their only preconditions for use are general knowledge (of the surrounding culture, etc.) and a social situation in which joke-making is acceptable. [Example] What do you get when you cross a murderer with a breakfast food? A cereal killer. Contextually integrated puns: This type of pun occurs within some broader discourse, with the use of a text which, in addition to conveying some information or emotion, has further linguistic properties which make it a pun (and may thereby augment the effects of the text, either emotionally, persuasively or otherwise). Also, the status of the text as a pun may depend on contextual (possibly non-linguistic) factors… [Example]: A minor football team known informally as ‘Caley Thistle’ (where Caley rhymes with alley) soundly defeats Celtic (then the top team in the country) in a major competition. The next day, a newspaper headline reads: “Super Caley Go Ballistic, Celtic Are Atrocious”. (Ritchie 2005:126) The Joking Computer Project, and indeed all attempts at computational humour thus far, have only been able to achieve the former, self-contained, variety. Whist Ritchie S. R. May Page 27 of 255 seems to believe that this is only indicative of a pragmatic hurdle - that is, progress is stifled by the complexity of programme required - I want to argue that it is indicative of a much more fundamental problem. In my view, Ritchie’s computational humour theory is based on flawed assumptions which means that the project is doomed. These assumptions get a thoroughly Heideggerean treatment by Hubert Dreyfus (1992), and the ones I want to refer to are the ontological and epistemological assumptions. The former, the ‘ontological assumption’ is the assumption that all relevant information about the world must be analysable in terms of situation-free determinate elements. In short, that the world is a set of facts each logically independent of all others. This assumption means that Ritchie construes the problem of contextually-integrated puns as simply the problem of programming a huge inventory of facts which would form this context. However, as Dreyfus argues, context isn’t reducible to prepositions. A mistake, a collision, an embarrassing situation etc. do not seem on the face of it to be objects or facts about objects, Even a chair is not understandable in terms of any set of facts or “elements of knowledge”. To recognise an object as a chair, for example, means to understand its relation to other objects and to human beings. This involves a whole context of human activity of which the shape of our body, the institution of furniture, the inevitability of fatigue constitute only a small part. And those factors are no more isolatable than is the chair. They all get their meaning in the context of the human activity of which they form a part. (Dreyfus 1992:210) So, it is essential that we understand the chair as belonging to the referential totality mentioned before. The computer scientist cannot reduce this holism to a set of propositions about a chair, and this holism is only coherent to a being inside this world. We know what a chair is because we live in a world in which our legs ache and we decide to rest, and this relationship cannot be made explicit in purely propositional terms. Furthermore, linguistic meaning is contextually determined whilst at the same time contributing to that context. As long as there is some ambiguity, there is no problem with the totality determining the meaning of each component. However, if ‘we try to explicate the meaning of a word used in a context, S. R. May Page 28 of 255 then we find ourselves obliged to resolve all the ambiguities in the context. Since the meaning of each term contributes to the meaning of the context, every word must be determinate before any word can be made determinate, and we find ourselves involved in a circle.’ (Dreyfus 1965:71) Fortunately, we human beings do not find ourselves trapped in a vicious circle when we want to understand the meaning of a word because we already exist in the world we reside in the very context which Ritchie tries to codify. Our definitions are adjustable - what we understand by the word ‘near’, for example, depends on the context we find ourselves in. If you say, ‘stay near to me’ to a child when walking down a busy street, what qualifies as ‘near’ is very different from what one means when one says ‘England is near France’. This ambiguity is unproblematic for human beings - indeed, it is this very ambiguity that is played upon in much verbal humour. If I say, ‘I used to file my nails, but then I thought ‘what’s the use in keeping them?’’, I am playing with the ambiguity which proves so problematic for the computer. This idea leads onto the second - epistemological - assumption. Specifically, that all knowledge can be formalised and expressed in terms of bits of information and rules. Let us for the moment assume the rule-following model and posit that joke-making, like all other intelligent practice, is a case of rule-following. What would it be like if I had to follow rules in order to make jokes? It seems to me that a lot of jokes are playful transgressions of the norms that pervade social discourse. If they were to be formalised into rules, their transgression would have to be governed by meta-rules. But as they themselves could be transgressed, we would need meta-meta-rules and so on to a regress that can never end. The only way to avoid the two regresses outlined is to see that they are indicative of a paradigm which assumes the two flawed assumptions, and seek an alternative way of understanding humorous phenomena. To this end, Dreyfus suggests a Wittgensteinian turn. S. R. May Page 29 of 255 Both Wittgenstein and the computer theorists must agree that there is some level at which rules are simply applied and one no longer needs rules to guide their application. Wittgenstein and the AI theorists disagree fundamentally, however, on how to describe this stopping point. For Wittgenstein there is no absolute stopping point; we just fill in as many rules as are necessary for the practical demands of the situation. At some level, depending on what we are trying to do, the interpretation of the rule is simply evident and the regress stops...[The problem is that] the computer is not in a situation. It generates no local context. (Dreyfus 1992:204) We need to understand that we only develop the capacity to make jokes once we have developed experientially - once we are beings-in-the-world. There is no reason to think that this worldhood can, even potentially, be formalised in terms of rules and propositions. My suggestion is that the failure of Ritchie’s work demonstrates that humour starts to degrade the moment you try. If one proceeds analytically and views humour as pieces of information that can be pinned down and dissected, you effectively ‘deworld’ the phenomena. This is profoundly problematic because in deworlding the joke, you lose the very thing that makes it intelligible in the first place - the referential context. Ritchie is on the right track when he asserts that a descriptive approach is in order, but my proposal is not in any way ‘theoretical’. What is needed is descriptive phenomenology which keeps the humour in its native context, using case studies to frame and focus the inquiry. I will now conclude this chapter with a brief outline of the forthcoming chapters of this thesis. 1.4 Chapter Outline Part One - Criticism The second chapter will look at the current literature in humour theory, including the aforementioned ‘big three’, as well as Critchley and Carroll - both of whom set out to build a thoroughly ‘worlded’ account of humour. The third chapter will then turn to the literature on objects, puppets, animals and the body, indicating where they can be improved upon in light of Heideggerean phenomenology. S. R. May Page 30 of 255 Part Two - Phenomenology As mentioned in §1.1.3, part two will be divided into four chapters, each dealing with a particular strand of my inquiry, before finishing with a conclusion of the thesis as a whole. Chapter 4 will look specifically at the way in which comic object failure discloses equipmentality, using as a case study the feature films of Charlie Chaplin. Chapter 5 will look at anthropomorphic objects, with examples including the short films of Jan Svankmajer, the puppetry of Blind Summit and the film Lars and the Real Girl. Chapter 6 will look at anthropomorphic animals, with examples including Family Guy and Kafka’s Metamorphosis, which will then lead on to a discussion of the disgust that Critchley claims is characteristic of the human becoming animal. Chapter 7 will look at failed embodiment which, contrasted with the failed object, discloses one’s own limitedness. I will explore this idea with examples from Beckett’s Endgame and the stand-up comedy of Francesca Martinez. Chapter 8 will conclude the thesis with critical reflection of the preceding chapters. S. R. May Page 31 of 255 2. The World In this chapter, I look at the existing literature on humour,13 and assess the extent to which my ideas challenge it. The first part broadly deals with the ‘big three’ of incongruity, release and superiority, and the second part deals with contemporary attempts at creating a worlded account of humour. Throughout this chapter the reader should get a stronger sense of where I situate myself amongst the contemporary debates, as well as a better understanding of where this project is heading. 2.1 Koestler and Incongruity As will have hopefully become clear from my discussion of Ritchie’s computational humour theory, I want to challenge any theory of humour which assumes that world and/or humour can be reduced to bits of information and rules. I concluded that Ritchie’s work, by falling foul of the epistemological and ontological assumptions, was profoundly stunted. I want to turn now to Koestler, who forms an incongruity theory of humour which on the face of it seems to require at least the rule-following assumption. However, I want to argue that Koestler’s project is salvageable - indeed, I am claiming that, ‘recast’ in a Heideggerean light, Koestler lays the foundation for a very strong account of ‘incongruity’ humour. According to Koestler, the pattern which underpins incongruity humour is ‘bisociation’ - ‘the perceiving of a situation or idea L in two self-consistent but habitually incompatible frames of reference, M1 and M2’. (Koestler 1989:35) So, when I say “I used to file my nails, but then I thought ‘what’s the use in keeping them?’” There are two meanings of ‘file’, belonging to two contexts - M1, the ‘beautician context’; and M2, the ‘administrator context’. The two meanings belong to the two 13 At this point it is perhaps advisable for me to define my terms. In my view, humour is an umbrella term which covers wit, jokes, slapstick, and various other types of phenomena that we might describe as funny. Wit usually has a connotation of responsiveness to the situation - someone is described as witty if they come up with a humorous remark ‘on the fly’ (like a comedian’s response to a heckle) but not if they are good at delivering preprepared jokes. Jokes are characterised by formal properties (e.g. set-up, punchline). I will use the term ‘comedy’ to refer to genre (along the vein of the traditional comedy/tragedy paradigm). S. R. May Page 32 of 255 contexts which usually do not collide in such a manner - what I mean when I say ‘file’ is unproblematic for the beautician and the administrator as they are already in the context. As I laboured in my treatment of Ritchie’s work, there is no reason to think that these contexts can even potentially be codified, and the failure of computational humour theory suggests that attempts to do so are unlikely to succeed. We don’t need to codify the context because, for the most part, the meaning is obvious to us. This obviousness does not preclude ambiguity and error - we can imagine a prolonged sketch in which a Mr. Bean figure does temp work in both situations ‘with hilarious consequences’ - but it simply cannot be explained away with an analytic approach. Now I will turn to an everyday example. At my old family home, we had a table at which I used to sit drawing, colouring and gluing to my heart’s content. However, during meal times, I was often told that such activity was inappropriate ‘at the dinner table’. A pure linguistic analysis might lead one to conclude that my parents had two tables in that room - a ‘dinner table’ and a ‘play table’ - but due to space constraints that was not the case. What made gluing an appropriate activity at one point but not at another was the concrete contexture of activity surrounding it - my father cutting the chicken, my sister voicing her disdain for parsnips and so on. Even eating there did not necessitate that it became ‘the dinner table’, as I often snacked whilst gluing my masterpieces (much to my mother’s distress). At this point, it might be worth laying out the terminology that Heidegger (1996) uses so that we can structure our equipmental enquiry. This is given in great detail across §17-18 of Being and Time, and is summarised concisely by Dreyfus (1997) as follows. How does the activity of hammering make sense? Equipment makes sense only in the context of other equipment; our use of equipment makes sense because our activity has a point. Thus, besides the "in-order-to" that assigns equipment to an equipmental whole... the use of equipment exhibits a "where-in" (or practical context), a "with-which" (or item of equipment), a "towards-which" (or goal), and a "for-the-sake-of-which" (or final point). To take a specific example: I write on the blackboard in a classroom, with a piece of chalk, in order to draw a chart, as a step towards explaining Heidegger, for the sake of my being a good teacher. (Dreyfus 1997:92) S. R. May Page 33 of 255 So, in the case of my dinner-table activity, I scoop my peas at the dinner table (practical context), with a spoon in-order to eat them for-the-sake of satiating my hunger.14 In the case of my playtime activity, we could say I glue paper stars at the ‘play table’, with a pritt-stick in-order-to make a birthday card for-the-sake of showing my affection to my sister on her birthday. Thus, the inappropriateness of gluing at the dinner table is defined by the contexture of activity surrounding my doing so. In this way, the table as a site of activity is as flexible in its significance as the word ‘file’, and as such allows for a similar bisociation and incongruity. Returning to Koestler, the simplicity of the examples given thus far should not be taken as an implicit acknowledgement of the limitedness of Koestler’s theory. He argues well for its applicability in reference to a plethora of comic phenomena, even extending the theory to complex comic novels and citing Don Quixote as an example of a ‘humorous narrative [which] oscillates between two frames of reference’ (Koestler 1989:37). In short, I want to argue that far from challenging the incongruity theory of humour, the account I plan to put forward can potentially enrich it. However, before moving on from incongruity, there is a claim which Koestler makes that I want to address more closely. Specifically, that ‘all coherent thinking is equivalent to playing a game according to a set of rules’. (Koestler 1989:39) Whilst I addressed rule-following briefly in the previous chapter, I want to return to it, this time with an eye on its cognitive component, which I want to claim is the prevailing doctrine tacitly assumed by Koestler and much of the tradition with which I am dealing. 2.1.1 Know-how, Know-that and the Prevailing Doctrine In his essay, Knowing How and Knowing That, Gilbert Ryle draws out the ‘prevailing doctrine’ which he claims has been pervasive in the philosophical tradition from Plato onwards, and an account of which I think merits quotation at length. 14 Strictly speaking, ‘satiating my hunger’ is not a ‘for-the-sake-of-which’ in the Heideggerean sense. This point will be developed further in §6.2, but for the moment claiming that it is prevents an unnecessary detour at this stage of the thesis. S. R. May Page 34 of 255 The prevailing doctrine holds… (1) that Intelligence is a special faculty, the exercises of which are those specific internal acts which are called acts of thinking, namely the operations of considering propositions; (2) that practical activities merit their titles ‘intelligent’, ‘clever’ and the rest only because they are accompanied by some such internal acts of considering propositions (and particularly ‘regulative’ propositions). That is to say, doing things is never itself an exercise of intelligence, but is at best a process introduced and somehow steered by some ulterior act of theorising. (Ryle 2009:222) This doctrine falls along the faultline of know-how and know-that, with the latter given primacy, but in my view - following Ryle and Heidegger - know-how needs to be understood as having ontological primacy over know-that. In Heideggerean terms, knowledge-that is derivative upon a more fundamental understanding, know-how. To draw out precisely what I mean by claiming this, let us look at Ryle’s central argument - a regress which heavily echoes the rule-following argument I made in §1.2.1. Let’s assume that in order for an act to be classed as ‘intelligent’, it has to be guided by the mental consideration of maxims. Surely, it is the case that such guiding is itself an activity which can either be undertaken intelligently or stupidly? If it is, we would need another set of maxims to guide it, and so on infinitely. In short, the action could never start. However, the argument I find more convincing is that such an account does not correspond to the phenomena I experience. When I go about my business, I do not find myself spouting rules and maxims to govern my behaviour. The reader might retort that that it is because I do so on an ‘unconscious’ level, but I am not convinced. It is certainly the case that I often follow rules when I first learn to do something, but after I gain a certain level of proficiency, I don’t - I just get on with it. To borrow a line from Dreyfus (1992), to assume that the rules become ‘unconscious’ after a while is akin to assuming that the stabilizers on my now-proficient-nephew’s bicycle have become invisible. Surely it is more phenomenological to say that both rules and stabilizers are scaffolding that aid in the development of skills, but once superfluous, they are discarded. It should be noted that proficiency in most motor-tasks, such as driving a car, playing tennis or mastering the guitar, is marked by a high level of S. R. May Page 35 of 255 automaticity. There does not seem to be any maxim-considering going on, and often it is very difficult for the sportsman to answer the question of ‘what was going on in his mind’ directly after the game. Moreover, most of my skills were never imparted to me in the form of rules15 - indeed, it is only once one has developed to a certain level of social proficiency that one can be given propositional rules to follow in the first place. In short, I suggest that the idea that intelligent behaviour is characterised by (conscious or unconscious) rulefollowing simply does not correspond to the phenomena that we experience in our everyday lives. In addition to this, such an account leads to a problem of how intelligent activity starts in the first place. The prevailing doctrine claims that to act intelligently, is ‘always to do two things; namely, to consider certain appropriate propositions, or prescriptions, and to put [them] into practice’. (Ryle 1963:30) We have seen that this is not a very feasible account of intelligent practice, but where does the temptation to believe this come from? Like Ryle, I want to claim that the temptation comes from the very way in which we approach the concept of mind. In the next section, I want to argue that the phrase ‘in the mind’ - even as it is used in contemporary philosophy of mind - is so profoundly knotted that it requires substantial disentanglement before it approaches intelligibility. 2.1.2 Category Mistakes and Ghosts in Machines I want to start by warding off misunderstanding and making explicit what I am not claiming. I am not claiming a physicalist viewpoint - that it is possible to reduce mental activity to physical activity16. I am similarly denying the opposite view idealism, and I am steering clear of dualism to boot. All three options can be viewed as a pendulum of radical claims, which swings from physicalism to idealism (via Further discussion on Wittgenstein on rules will follow shortly in §2.1.3 This physicalist viewpoint is currently popular in most analytic philosophy departments, and its rise to popularity is charted in David Papineau (2001). 15 16 S. R. May Page 36 of 255 dualism) ad nauseam.17 I don’t want to position myself anywhere on the pendulum, because in my view, following Heidegger and Wittgenstein, all options are pseudooptions made to address a pseudo-problem that doesn’t require a solution. As I mentioned in the previous chapter, I believe that there is no ‘problem of other minds’, it is rather a knot in our understanding which must be disentangled. To disentangle it, we need a little jargon - Ryle’s concept of a category mistake - which I will illustrate with a fictional dialogue. Ted: Poor Mildred. She came home in a flood of tears. Bob: What? You said she came home in a Vauxhall Astra earlier! Ted: She did. What of it? Bob: Either she came home in a flood of tears or a Vauxhall Astra! Which one was it? In Rylean terms, Bob has made a category mistake - that is, thinking that ‘coming home in a flood of tears’ and ‘coming home in a Vauxhall Astra’ refer to the same sort of thing. This highlights the fact that despite having the same linguistic structure, the two statements are making very different sorts of claims that cannot be said to be in any way incompatible. So, I want to argue, it is also the case with the phrases ‘in the body’ and ‘in the mind’. Ryle uses the example of a visitor taking a tour around Oxford University. After seeing all the Colleges, the dormitories and the Registrar’s office, the visitor asks, ‘But where is the university?’. [So,] it has to be explained to him that the University is not a collateral institution, some ulterior counterpart to the colleges, laboratories and offices that he has seen. The University is just the way in which what has been seen is organised (Ryle 1963:18) Thus it is wrong to talk of the ‘Bodleian Library, the Colleges, the dorms and the University’, as if the latter referred to an extra member of the same class. Similarly, it 17 This analogy is indebted to Daniel Dennett’s Content and Consciousness, a published version of his doctoral thesis supervised by Ryle, and as such I feel it is the work with the most tangible Rylean influence. Whilst I admire Dennett’s aptitude for metaphor I disagree with him on several points, perhaps most notably his views on phenomenology. S. R. May Page 37 of 255 is misleading to state ‘there are mental processes and physical processes’ in the same breath, and erroneous to ask ‘how can the mental influence the physical?’. Thus, I claim, the dualist’s mistake is in thinking that ‘mental processes’ refers to the same sort of thing as ‘physical processes’, and that it makes sense to conjoin the two. Rather, I want to claim that ‘mental’ predicates, such as ‘intelligent’ and ‘stupid’ refer to the manner in which the acts are performed. As I stated earlier, there is a fundamental distinction which needs to be drawn between know-how and know-that. Moreover, we need to view know-how as having primacy over know-that - it is only on the basis of my being-in-the-world that I am able to gain knowledge-that. This ought not to be a controversial claim - I can only be taught propositions about the world once I am skilled in the language of my tutor, but children become proficient at motor-mimicry at a very early stage of development. This motor mimicry is a potential way to explain how know-how can develop prior to the ability to comprehend propositional content18 and I want to argue that this propositional content is derived from the concrete understanding of our know-how. It is an obvious truism that people were telling jokes before anyone cared to analyse the practice, and people were reasoning before logic was formalised and written in textbooks. My central claim is that when we describe someone as witty, intelligent or cunning, we are referring to the skillfulness that they demonstrate in their worldly activity. When we want to assess a person’s intelligence, we don’t need to peer ‘in there’, in the ghostly realm of ‘her mind’, as we make such judgements based on his concrete activity ‘out here’ in the world. A common retort to such provocations is to point out that even if we grant that for the most part our intelligence is a worldly affair, I can still keep my thoughts to myself. I don’t disagree, but I would say it is a hugely atypical phenomena and one ought to consider very carefully the nature of this privacy. Whilst I think there is potentially an interesting picture to be draw regarding the phylogenesis of worldly understanding, it is far out of the scope of my enquiry in this thesis. However, it will be touched on briefly in §3.2.1 18 S. R. May Page 38 of 255 2.1.3 Remarks on privacy The trick of talking to oneself in silence is acquired neither quickly nor without effort; and it is a necessary condition of our acquiring it that we should have previously learned to talk intelligently aloud and have heard other people doing so. Keeping our thoughts to ourselves is a sophisticated accomplishment...Yet many theorists have supposed that the silence in which we have learned to think is a defining property of thought. (Ryle 1963:28) As this quotation brings out brilliantly, we first need to learn to ‘think aloud’ before we can draw this activity into our ‘private quarters’. It is only after we have learned the language of our world that we can use language in private. Even in these private moments, we are still out of necessity engaging in a worldly practice. This point is brought out forcefully by Wittgenstein (2001) in his infamous private language argument. Imagine that I set about to create a truly private language, and decide to utilise this language in reference to a particular sensation. I decide to associate the sign ‘S’ with the sensation, and every time it occurs I write ‘S’ in a notebook. At first, there seems to be no problem with such a ‘private language’, but let us consider the nature of this ostensive definition. Normally, when I point to something and give it a name, I do so within a specific context. If, when I am talking to my niece, I point out a butterfly that just flew past the window, there is an inherent ambiguity in my ostensive definition. What, precisely, assures her that ‘butterfly’ refers to type of animal, rather than the colour, shape or type of movement? How does she know that the referent lies beyond the glass pane that is immediately in front of us? This proposition is only coherent by virtue of its position within a referential context. It might be the case that my following the movement of the butterfly with my pointing finger indicates that the object is in motion (ruling out the window as referent), and her familiarity with ‘flying’ rules out the type of movement. As hopefully became clear from my discussion of Ritchie’s work, I am not convinced it is possible, even potentially, to make the whole context determinate in terms of explicit propositions. Nonetheless, it must be noted that my ostensive definition can only be understood within a normative S. R. May Page 39 of 255 practice. Thus, it is quite possible for by niece to reply, ‘I don’t think so, I believe that’s a moth’. Returning to the sensation, and the accompanying ‘S’, does this ostensive definition belong to a normative practice? No, it does not. By virtue of its privacy, my judgement on this issue is incorrigible. There are no criteria against which my definition can be refined, improved or challenged. There is no way to distinguish between following a rule and thinking that you are following a rule. So, whilst it seems that the private ostensive definition that I give to ‘S’ is of the same nature as the one I give to the butterfly, it is fundamentally different. In the case of ‘butterfly’, the word is meaningful by virtue of the role it has in a shared cultural practice, or language game. There are normative criteria against which usage can be deemed to be correct, and as a result of this ‘butterfly’ can be rightly said to be meaningful. The case of ‘S’, by contrast, is characterised by incorrigibility and its privacy divorces it from any language-game, thus it is not meaningful. Similarly, let’s suppose that I am a ‘secret comedian’ - I think of routines, but due to my crippling stage-fright and modesty I never share my material with anyone else. Now, there is a sense in which the routine is private. But, as my routine is ‘written’ in English, it is parasitic upon the worldly discourse that I share with my friends and family. It might even be the case that my sister inspires a chunk of the routine, and my daily commute inspires another. Thus it is only private in the same sense that it would be if I were to write it down in an encrypted word document that only I could look at. Moreover, if I ever wanted to claim that my routine was funny, such assessment is founded on worldly criteria - the lump of text I have prepared can only be comical by virtue of the context it is performed in. If I am completely successful in rendering my routine private, there is no sense in which it can be meaningfully described as funny or not. This view of privacy has implications for the nature of mind, which Wittgenstein draws out with his metaphor of the beetle in a box. Suppose everyone had a box with something in it: we call it a ‘beetle’. No one can look into anyone else’s box, and everyone says he knows what a beetle is only by S. R. May Page 40 of 255 looking at his beetle. - Here, it would be quite possible for everyone to have something different in his box. One might even imagine such a thing constantly changing. - But suppose the word “beetle” had a use in these people’s language? If so, it wouldn’t be used as the name of a thing. The thing in the box has no place in the language-game at all, not even as a something: for the box might be empty. No, one can even ‘divide through’ by the thing in the box; it cancels out, whatever it is. (Wittgenstein 2001:85) Thus, I would claim that the idea that the word ‘mind’ refers to private inner space is problematic, and we need to understand mental predicates as not ‘pointing inwards’ to this occult space, but rather as part of a shared discursive practice. When we describe the chess player’s intelligence, this predicate does not point to the ‘interior space of the mind’ (which by definition cannot be observed), but rather describes his actions with respect to normative criteria ‘out here’. Roughly, that he makes good moves and is quick to take advantage of the mistakes of his opponents, and in doing so demonstrates an understanding more fundamental than the spouting of maxims and rules. 2.1.4 Mind Reconsidered In conclusion, ‘mind’ refers neither to a place nor an occult entity that haunts my physical body, but rather it is a reification of the know-how which underpins my being-in-the-world. When we talk about intelligent behaviour, we are referring first and foremost to the skill with which the action is performed. This action is deemed ‘skillful’ by virtue of worldly normative criteria, which are occasionally crystallised in the form of propositional rules. However, for the most part these criteria remain unarticulated, and are dynamic and adjustable. The privacy of thought often taken to be a hallmark of ‘the mind’ is in fact an achievement we only develop on the foundations of the more fundamental worldly activity with which we engage. It is possible for me to keep my amusement and my comedy-routines to myself, but the former requires great effort and the latter precludes it from being funny or unfunny. In both cases, any privacy we may achieve S. R. May Page 41 of 255 does not take away from the fact that we are still dealing with essentially worldly phenomena. In short, cognition is derivative of the more primordial understanding (know-how) characteristic of our being-in-the-world. Moreover, I would like to challenge any descriptive paradigm that construes the phrase ‘in the mind’ as being in opposition to ‘in the world’. In the next section, I will turn my attention to the humour theory of Freud, which ostensibly requires understanding the mind as occult entity. Now that we have established the problems arising from the assumption that mental predicates point ‘inwards’, I will try to draw out an alternative (Wittgensteinian) reading of Freud which insists on its status as ‘further descriptions’ and as such has a deeper compatibility with the phenomenological project at hand. 2.2 Freud, Release and the Psychology of Humour In Freud’s Jokes and Their Relation to the Unconscious, there is undoubtedly a reliance on the idea of the mind as a ghostly realm. As such, it might seem initially that my account puts me directly at odds with Freud’s famous musings on the matter. However, as with Koestler, I want to argue that some of the key insights Freud makes are valid, and moreover they can be demonstrably enriched by the account I am putting forward. Freud’s account of jokes builds on the foundations of a very straightforward distinction - on the one hand there are innocent jokes, on the other are ‘tendentious’ jokes, or what a Channel 4 programmer might call ‘edgy material’. Edgy material can be subdivided into smutty and aggressive jokes, and will be the starting point of this enquiry. Let us look at Freud’s central claim regarding smutty material. [Jokes] make possible the satisfaction of an instinct (whether lustful or hostile) in the face of an obstacle that stands in its way. They circumvent this obstacle and in that way draw pleasure from a source which the obstacle has made inaccessible. The obstacle standing in the way is in reality nothing other than women's incapacity to tolerate undisguised sexuality. (Freud 1978:144) S. R. May Page 42 of 255 So, the idea is that we normally cannot be overtly aggressive or sexual due to social constraints, but in the tendentious joke we can express such intent in a socially acceptable way. Whilst I take issue with his couching his claims in heteronormative language that simplistically equates masculinity with dominance and femininity with submissiveness, it’s hard to deny that there are taboos surrounding explicit aggressiveness or ‘undisguised sexuality’. If I were to give a paper at a conference, I wouldn’t think very highly of a keynote speaker who shouted aggressive or smutty comments, and I would probably refrain from doing so when he was at the lectern. Given the relationship that I uphold between the appropriateness of certain activity and its referential context, the precise nature of this inappropriateness can in principle be elucidated with phenomenology. However, Freud moves on from making benign claims about social conduct, about which I find it difficult to disagree, to claim that there is a correlation between the pleasure we get from smutty jokes and the ‘psychical expenditure that is saved’. (Freud 1978:167) This sleight of hand forms the crux of his ‘psychogenetic account’. The central notion that seems to underpin his theory of psychogenesis is that we internalise social taboos, with the effect being that our very lusty and aggressive tendencies build up. The effect of the joke, then, is akin to the release that one gets from visiting the lavatory after queuing for twenty minutes. At this point it is important to note that this ‘relief theory’ does not originate with Freud,19 but he remains its most persuasive advocate. What, precisely, is Freud trying to put forward? Is it a scientific theory, descriptive theory or an attempt at phenomenology? This question matters because it determines the criteria against which we assess his claims. Let us for the moment assume that Freud is attempting a scientific theory of humour. It seems then that the appropriate criterion we should have in mind is that of falsification. A clear illustration of this process is the slightly glib account Richard Feynman gives of the process of finding physical laws. Morreall (1987) gives a good overview of much of the historical work on the three main theories of humour, and Freud sits alongside Spencer as one of the most notable proponents of the release theory. 19 S. R. May Page 43 of 255 First we guess it. Then we compute the consequences of the guess to see what would be implied if [we are]... right. Then we compare the result of the computation to nature, with experiment or experience, compare it directly with observation, to see if it works. If it disagrees with experiment it is wrong. (Feynman 1985:156) So, on this account, first you have a theory, then you work out what it would be like if your theory was correct and you test it to see if you are right. Usually a series of experiments support the theory and then it builds into the consensus view. It is integral that alongside the theory are concrete predictions that we can potentially explore to falsify the theory. Now, can we claim that Freud presents a ‘theory’ in this sense? This issue lies at the heart of Cioffi’s book, Freud and the Question of Pseudoscience, in which he tries to address the issue of falsifiability with regard to Freud. Let us look at a section of Freud’s theory with which most people are familiar, the Oedipus complex. What precisely would count as disproof of this hypothesis? Escolona highlights the difficulties by giving the example of an ‘experiment’ in which a father sends his son to bed. If, to substantiate the core of the oedipal hypothesis, the child were to display a frank anger against his father, or frank possessiveness towards his mother, things would be reasonably simple. However, no one would seriously believe that oedipal conflicts were only at play when the child obligingly acts out his wish and anger...Instead, we assume that the child tends to defend himself from becoming aware of - or openly reflecting - aggression because it engenders anxiety. Thus, if the child gives daddy a goodnight hug and insists that he, rather than mummy tuck him in, this behaviour may also confirm the original hypothesis. (Escolona, in Cioffi 1998a:217) So, the hypothesis entails that if a child is sent to his bedroom, either he will respond with anger and/or possessiveness towards his mother, or he will not. In fact, it is not clear to me what precisely could disprove the hypothesis at hand. Similarly, Freud’s theory of humour does not make predictions from which we can attempt to falsify or verify it. So, Freud’s theory is not of the same sort that Feynman was interested in - it is not a ‘scientific’ theory. Whereas it is possible to falsify the hypothesis ‘sound is S. R. May Page 44 of 255 faster than light’ with a simple experiment or the observation of thunder and lightning, the same cannot be said of much of what Freud puts forward. Of course, this does not preclude its validity. Rather, we need a different set of criteria against which to assess his claims. To that end, I want to turn to Wittgenstein who, as Cioffi puts it, doesn’t demand Freud’s theory ‘live up to its scientific pretensions, but [rather] that it abandons it.’ (Cioffi 1998a:286) The central point that Wittgenstein (1967) makes about Freud’s work on humour is that whereas Freud seems to think that he is drawing up a causal explanation of the phenomenon, he is actually providing us with further, metaphorical, descriptions of it. So, the criteria against which to assess Freud’s claims are the extent to which we want to say ‘yes, it is a bit like that’. This more metaphorical reading of Freud is, in my view, much more palatable. Consider what he says about the id, ego and superego. It is rather charming to imagine that there are three little homunculi battling out, and sometimes when I might say I feel conflicted we can imagine the little guys wrestling over the ‘make that joke about the keynote speaker’ button. In this framework, it might be illuminating to think of the relief that I get when someone ‘breaks the tension’ with a joke. You can imagine a little dam of psychical energy breaking as a rather cartoony illustration, and one might well assent to that description. Crucially, I don’t think that this reading of Freud conflicts or undermines my phenomenological enterprise. When we are tempted to make a lewd comment, even if we imagine that our decision to refrain is like having a little man in our head vetoing, all that means is that we are imagining that there is a little man who also knows it is inappropriate, which doesn’t get to the heart of the ‘why’ question. If it is inappropriate for me to shout lewd or aggressive comments at the keynote speaker, that is a restriction of the concrete situation in which I find myself and, as I claimed earlier, such inappropriateness is best elucidated with recourse to phenomenology rather than the hypotheses of psychoanalysis. Freud claims that an essential condition of successful joke-telling is that the listener ‘should be in sufficient psychical accord with the... [the teller] to possess the same inhibitions, which the joke-work has overcome.’ (Freud 1978:203). So, in his view there needs to be a strong correlation between the inhibitions of the teller and the S. R. May Page 45 of 255 inhibitions of the listener in order for the joke to be successful. If it were not the case that this is a ‘further description’ of the most fundamental way in which I am in the world with others, it seems that there needs to be a mystical connection between the two ‘inner worlds’ of joke-teller and joke-maker. I am personally of the opinion that there is no need to posit such a mystical connection, as we are fundamentally in the world with others, and the accord that Freud identifies can be understood as an essentially worldly phenomena. In this way, it is possible to accommodate it within a phenomenological paradigm. Imagine a group of people at the cinema during the war, and just before a Chaplin movie started there was a news reel informing the patrons of the latest news regarding the war effort. It is quite probable that most of the people in the auditorium had a loved one fighting, and so the tension in the room would be almost unbearable. It is, in such circumstances, quite fitting to discuss the release of tension that the patrons experience when the Tramp makes his first blunder. Of course, there is a sense in which each person’s feelings are their own - one woman’s relationship with her husband is quite different from another’s - but nonetheless, there is a communality in this phenomenon which I think you can only accommodate with worlded phenomenology. Furthermore, this sociality is fundamental to the phenomenon of humour. It is only very recently - due to technological developments that one has been able to enjoy the films of Chaplin in private, and I must confess that I much prefer watching them with friends. Oliver Double challenges the ‘radical subjectivity’ often attributed to humour by making the point that if it were the case then a comedy gig would entail different pockets of audience laughing at different times, with a particularly successful gig being one in which each section laughs at least once. (Double 1997:254) This is, of course, not the case. Indeed, the sociality of the comedy club can often augment the effect of a gag that would only make us smile in other circumstances. I have no problem with Freud’s theory insofar as it is interpreted metaphorically, but if it is not then we are left with a puzzle of how some comedians playing large gigs are so successful at traversing the gulfs necessarily separating 200 individual psyches. Freud acknowledges that they need to be in ‘psychical accord' but I am unaware of the precise details of how I, as a performer, would go about achieving this. S. R. May Page 46 of 255 2.3 Remarks on Superiority As I mentioned in the previous chapter, incongruity, release and superiority are the three main theories that have dominated the literature on humour. I have dealt with incongruity and release in a little detail, so now it is time for me to remark on superiority. I find the notion that there is usually a ‘butt of the joke’ fairly uncontroversial. Most cultures have a minority that forms the shorthand for stupid outsider - ‘in many French jokes, Belgians are depicted as witless underdogs; in the United States the imbeciles are the Poles; and their place is taken by the Portuguese in Brazil and the Irish in England.’ (Chiaro 1992:78) As hopefully became clear in the discussion of ‘mental predicates’, I want to uphold that the notion of stupidity is founded upon normative worldly criteria which can only be elucidated by worlded phenomenology, the foundations of which I hope will be set out in this thesis. I would like to acknowledge that superiority and incongruity are both found in some humour, but deny that either is a necessary and sufficient condition for something being humorous. Using the family resemblances model, I don’t believe I need to pinpoint what such a condition could be, and I am doubtful that such a condition exists. My central claim in the remainder of this thesis is that all humour, including racist humour, sexual humour and simple puns, need to be understood in terms of its ‘hermeneutic conditions’. By this, I mean that there are certain conditions of humour’s intelligibility, and in my view this is the phenomenon of world. Thus, the task of the remaining section of this chapter is to look at how the phenomenon of world is treated in existing accounts of humour, and the remainder of this thesis will draw out my own account accommodating world as a hermeneutic condition. 2.4 Critchley’s World Humour does not redeem us from this world, but returns us to it ineluctably by showing that there is no alternative. The consolations of humour come in S. R. May Page 47 of 255 acknowledging that this is the only world and, imperfect as it is and we are, it is only here that we can make a difference. (Critchley 2002:17) On this key point, I am in agreement with Critchley. Part of the reason I object so strongly to the deworlding of the humorous phenomena is that I believe that the key to understanding humour lies in accommodating the way in which it returns us ineluctably to the world. Indeed, the project of this thesis is predicated on the idea that object failure has the power to disclose the world to us, and morphic humour has the power to make clear what distinguishes Dasein’s being-in-the world from the world-poor animal on the one hand, and the worldless stone on the other. In this section I want to take a critical look at Critchley’s On Humour, which in many ways lays the foundations for the project ahead. In highlighting the areas in which my views diverge with Critchley’s it is my hope, that by the end of this chapter, the reader will have my position firmly in sight. Critchley begins by stating that ‘in listening to a joke, I am presupposing a social world which is shared, the forms of which the practice of joke-telling is going to play with.’ (Critchley 2002:4) This point emphasizes the concrete situation that both joketeller and listener have to share in order for the joke-making to get off the ground. He explicitly claims that this situatedness does not preclude transgression - indeed, he wants to claim that the mocking of power exposes its contingency. This sort of humour he describes as ‘true’ humour, but I want to steer clear of such value claims. At this point, I am only interested in the phenomena, and any judgements I make about ethics, politics or authenticity will come only once the phenomenological terrain has been thoroughly mapped. 2.4.1 Animals Being Humanlike Critchley asserts that whilst we cannot know for certain that animals don’t have a sense of humour, we can be sure that humour is an anthropological constant - that is, all human beings have humour. Let us look at the first claim - what basis does Critchley give for asserting that animal humour is beyond our epistemic limits? For the most part it seems to reside in the often quoted Wittgenstein line, ‘if a lion could S. R. May Page 48 of 255 talk, then we would not understand him’. (Critchley 2002:29). But an off-the-cuff quotation of such an opaque passage could perhaps be described as a little glib. At the very least, I feel the passage requires some unpacking. My reading of this is that we speak as we do because of what we do - or more precisely because of the world in which we exist. What is at stake is our very being-in-the-world. If the lion spoke to me in perfect English, I could be sure of the similarity in the worlds we share. But it doesn’t, so I can’t. Here I am making the soft claim that lions can’t speak English, but I also want to make the case that lions are without language. This claim might seem a little presumptuous - after all, I can’t ‘peer into the lions mind’ to make sure. But that rather begs the question, as what is at stake is the very intelligibility of the lion having ‘a mind’ in the first place. In order for a lion to have an ‘internal monologue’, I want to claim, there needs first to be an external one. I do not deny that the scents and roars of the animal kingdom are like a language, in the same way that body language is a ‘sort of language’, and yes - I am fully aware that we have managed to teach a few other primates some rudimentary sign language. But that’s not what is at stake. I want to discuss the sort of language with which one can point out a bug and discuss whether it is a moth or butterfly. This is unique to Dasein, a being-in-the-world. As Daniel Dennett rightly points out, ‘it sometimes seems that the highest praise we can bestow on a phenomenon we are studying is the claim that its complexities entitle it to be called a language-of sorts.’ (Dennett 1994) The question of whether animals have speech patterns at the level of complexity which we Homo sapiens enjoy is an empirical matter, and there seems to be a broad consensus that the answer is no.20 I want to refrain from delving into the developmental prerequisites of complex language, as we must not lose sight of the fact I am trying to make an ontological distinction. Animal being and Dasein’s being-in-the-world are ontologically distinct, with the former being marked by worldhood poverty. Whilst a full discussion of precisely what this means will be deferred until later on in this thesis,21 such a clarification was required to distinguish my claim about animality from Critchley’s, 20 21 Provine (2001) touches on this a little bit. Specifically, in §3.1 and §6.2 - 6.4 S. R. May Page 49 of 255 who seems content to rely on a commonsense conception of animality. Let us now turn to the central claim Critchley makes about animality and humour. When the animal becomes human, the effect is pleasingly benign and we laugh out loud...But when the human becomes animal, the effect is disgusting and if we laugh at all then it is what Beckett calls the ‘mirthless laugh’, which laughs at that which is unhappy. (Critchley 2002:33) It seems to me that Critchley extrapolates a general maxim from a couple of examples from literature and then applies it to all animal morphism. However, I’m not convinced that even this simple maxim holds true to all cases. In the former case - the animal becoming human - consider the final passage of Animal Farm, when the pigs have become so human like it’s hard to tell man and pig apart. This is a clear example of animal-becoming-human being disgusting. Regarding the human becoming animal, Critchley expands a little to explain that the humour resides in the fact that ‘humans show themselves to be useless animals’. (Critchley 2002:34) However, is this the case with Bottom from a Midsummer Night’s Dream? I would claim that, far from being an incompetent animal, he is actually a rather good one. After his transformation, he changes very little in character but because of his prior ‘asinine’ ways, he proves quite adept at being a beast. These counterexamples undermine the universality that Critchley seems to hold of his maxims, and as such I would like to suggest that perhaps maxims are not the way forward. It is surprising to find that, despite his predilection for phenomenology, he tries to shortcut the phenomenological approach. By focussing exclusively on literary examples, I feel he does the phenomena a disservice. What is required is an account of the everyday way in which animals are amongst us, and how this changes in their ‘becoming more human’. In my view, such a subtle ontological shift is best described by observing performance rather than with literary analysis. 2.4.2 Object Morphism S. R. May Page 50 of 255 As Critchley rightly observes, alongside Freud, Bergson stands as one of the most influential theorists of humour. It might seem perhaps a little strange, then, that I have not bestowed him with a section of his own. However, due to his influence on Critchley and Carroll, I have decided to spread my treatment of his theory across my account of those two thinkers. The first thing that must be noted about Bergson is that his theory of the comic has fortunately outlived the vitalism which formed its foundations. As Julian Huxley observed, such vitalism is ‘tantamount to explaining that a railway engine [is] propelled by élan locomotif’ (Dawkins 2006). The central notion underpinning Bergson’s thesis is that ‘we laugh every time a person gives us the illusion of being a thing.’ (Bergson 1980:28) But in lieu of the vitalist conception given to us by Bergson, what should we understand by the term ‘thing’? The idea that seems to underpin Bergson and Critchley’s understanding is the mechanical - with a particular emphasis being placed on rigidity and repetition. Critchley uses the moment in Chaplin’s Modern Times when the tramp becomes like an automaton as an illustration of this point. However, Critchley goes on to problematise the simplicity of Bergson’s picture, and asks ‘do we not also laugh when a thing gives us the impression of a being person?’ (Critchley 2002:58). So according to Critchley, both the thing seeming human-like and the human seeming thing-like can sometimes be comical. However, what Critchley fails to do, which I believe is necessary for getting the phenomenology right, is define precisely the nature of the thing. To that end, I want to refer you back to a claim that I made in the introduction - the ready-to-hand scissors are not ‘things’ with isolable properties, but rather they form a ‘referential totality’ in which the scissors, the paper and the desk all relate to one another. The nature of the object can only be intelligible by virtue of the referential totality and a whole context of human activity. This is not fully encapsulated in the notion of the mechanical - that would not, for example, include a sirloin steak.22 Moreover, we need to distinguish between the ready-to-hand object and the reified state of the ‘thing’ (what Heidegger calls the present-at-hand). 22 And so, by extension, would not be suited to account for the anthropomorphism of Svankmajer’s Meat Love. S. R. May Page 51 of 255 As a reified thing, the object is divorced from its native activity and, by virtue of this, loses its meaning (a process Heidegger calls deworlding). This is illustrated perfectly by an article in the mock-newspaper The Onion (2010) which ran with the headline ‘U.S. Economy Grinds to a Halt as Nation Realizes Money Just a Symbolic, Mutually Shared Illusion’. In this article, the ‘reporter’ describes how the shared practice of money exchange collapses as people realise that the coins and paper circulating don’t have intrinsic value, with President Obama muttering “it’s just metal, it’s just metal”. This technique, of removing things from their context, is well-used in observational comedy, and should not be conflated with the other deficient modality - the ‘unreadyto-hand’, which will be dealt with at length shortly. So, I want to argue that Critchley’s account of object-morphism is insufficient because, as in the case with animal morphism, he does not tease out the ontological distinction. We need to understand that in the case of morphism, we have three distinct ontological categories - the world-poor animal, the world-forming man, and the worldless object. 2.4.3 Searching High and Low for Exemplary Phenomena (Detour) Notwithstanding the criticisms above, there are many aspects of Simon Critchley’s On Humour that I find thoroughly commendable – it is a piece of considered philosophy that takes humour seriously and it addresses many of the areas that I personally find very interesting. Moreover, it is ostensibly targeted towards a popular audience. However, there was one aspect that Oliver Double picks up on which has always made me a little uneasy. The theory and the highbrow sources get treated with respect, whereas the few examples of popular comedy are treated fairly shoddily. On p.21, for example, Critchley cites seven gags. Whereas Freud’s and Sterne’s work are worthy of a proper citation, with full publication details being given in an endnote, here the only information we’re given is that the gags are ‘From various Marx Brothers’ scripts, Peter Chelsom’s wonderful 1994 film Funny Bones, and Samuel Beckett’s Endgame (Faber, London, 1958).’ So apparently, Beckett’s worthy of full publication details (although oddly, not a page reference), Chelsom’s film at S. R. May Page 52 of 255 least gets named, but the poor old Marx Brothers aren’t worth bothering with – in spite of being some of the few professional comedians mentioned in the book. (Double 2010) Whilst Double is quick to admit that Critchley is by no means alone in this (probably completely unconscious) attitude towards popular culture, it is perhaps more conspicuous in a book on humour. As Critchley openly acknowledges, humour is universal and although he does pick out what he believes to be ‘true’ humour, this does not in any clear sense fall along a faultline of high/popular culture. The fact that he is citing the Marx Brothers at all is undoubtedly a sign of progress, as is the rising number of academics interested in popular entertainment such as clown, stand-up and puppetry. Regardless, I think that there needs to be a more conscious effort to integrate them more into the discourse around humour. Even if the stand-up comedy of, say, Rhod Gilbert, is less aesthetically valuable than the plays of Samuel Beckett then that does not preclude them from being as humorous (or even more so). As such, in a work on humour I personally see no grounds for such distinctions between the two. It is for this reason that I have decided to use examples from a wide variety of comic performance and films – from high to low culture including Beckett, stand-up comedy and puppetry. 2.5 Carroll on Bergson and Skillful Coping In the discussion of Garner’s conception of phenomenology in §1.1.1, I was rather critical of his interpretation, and I personally find it rather unfortunate that it seems to be the most pervasive understanding of phenomenology within the performance studies literature. Even in Shepherd and Wallis’ authoritative Drama/Theatre/Performance this seems to be the main definition of phenomenology. (Indeed, the authors quote the Garner passage that I have challenged). As I tried to make clear, I do not consider this thesis to be a ‘description of subjective experience’, and as such it is markedly different to the ‘phenomenology of either Garner or Bert O. States. The closest thing to a hermeneutic phenomenology of humour that I have encountered within the literature is Noël Carroll’s book, Comedy Incarnate: Buster Keaton, Physical Humor and Bodily Coping. Although it is more a sustained phenomenology of Keaton’s film The General rather than of humour generally, I think is a very good exploration of the possibilities. In the S. R. May Page 53 of 255 introduction to this book, a recently published version of his doctoral thesis, he suggests that his broadly phenomenological approach was a result of a strong opposition to the prevailing ‘literary’ trend within film studies in the seventies. The link with philosophical phenomenology – and the book’s connections with my ideas – is brought out forcefully in the following passage. Perhaps recalling Heidegger’s insight that the breakdown of the tool throws the entire system of equipment of which it is a part into the spotlight, MerleauPonty also looks to cases of where breakdowns – in his case, bodily ones – occurred as a way of discerning how the system works in the normal course of events. Malfunctioning people, that is, make what is involved in normal functioning clearly manifest where it might otherwise remain invisible. Likewise, I believe that the physical disasters that beset the Keaton character in The General underline the standard of bodily intelligence by falling so far short of it. And, in addition, Keaton also limns what is involved in bodily intelligence by surpassing it to a surprising degree. (Carroll 2009:6) Importantly, Carroll goes further than Critchley in acknowledging the ready-to-hand modality, and develops an account of Buster Keaton’s work that combines Bergson’s account with the phenomenology of Merleau-Ponty. Carroll claims that there is ‘a uniquely bodily species of understanding involved in the process of our dealings with physical objects’ (Carroll 2009:5), and that this is the central theme of Keaton’s work. This notion of intelligence contrasts with intellectualist conceptions of ‘knowledgeability’ (know-that), and is deeply congruent with the conception of understanding I want to draw out. This understanding does not reside in calling to mind propositions or maxims to guide behaviour, but rather in responding organically to the specific demands of the situation. This prereflexive understanding requires an adaptability - for example, if you are driving and someone pulls out in front of you, you swerve to avoid them or hit the breaks. Failures in adaptability, Carroll argues, are what underpins much of Keaton’s humour. As an example, Carroll uses the scene from The General in which Johnny Gray sits on the driverod connecting a steam train’s wheels. Gray is so upset (due to events directly preceding) that he does not even notice when the train starts moving. S. R. May Page 54 of 255 His failure is a lack of attention to the concrete situation. At times, Carroll states, ‘Johnny seems to elevate carelessness into a state of being.’ (Carroll 2009:43) In this way, Carroll draws an account of comic inattentiveness which supports the non-cognitivist framework I am pursuing. The ‘mechanical’ behaviour that Bergson suggests is at the heart of much comic performance is a failure in the prereflexive understanding necessary for our going about our business. However, Carroll also makes the point that the opposite - successful adaptation - can sometimes be comical. When Johnny is chopping wood…[he] breaks his ax handle. He desperately needs wood for his engine. He looks forlornly at the broken handle, but only for a second, because, all of a sudden, he realizes that the handle is wood, the very thing he needs to stoke his engine. He dutifully carries this newly discovered piece of kindling to the furnace. Here... the character must shed a characteristic way of thinking. He must stop thinking of the handle-as-handle to thinking of it as wood. (Carroll 2009:53) This adaptation is interesting from my perspective because it touches on readiness-tohand - Johnny relates to the handle as a handle up to, and slightly after, the point of failure. But this failure causes him to ‘rethink’ the object. Where most people would try to fix it or search for another axe, Johnny adapts to the situation in a novel way that transgresses this equipmentality. This highlights the fact that primarily and for the most part, we do not think of the handle as a lump of wood and then tack its function onto that ‘brute property’, but rather our most fundamental understanding of the axe is in terms of the referential context. Recalling our earlier discussion, I might cut the wood in the engine room with an axe, in order to stoke the fire, as a step towards keeping the engine going for the sake of getting back to London in good time. This is the fundamental structure of our activity and when the axe fails we suddenly become aware of this fact. Before moving from Carroll and returning to Critchley, I want to look at a claim that he makes about how Chaplin’s relationship with objects differs from Keaton’s. S. R. May Page 55 of 255 Chaplin does not use objects in the same way that Keaton does. He transforms them into other things. Chaplin’s prowess is as a mime. He treats objects metaphorically. A famous example of this is the boot and shoestrings in the Thanksgiving scene of The Gold Rush. Here the boot becomes a turkey, nails become bones, and the leather laces become spaghetti through Chaplin’s treatment of them. (Carroll 2009:56) I would argue that Chaplin’s shoe-eating and Keaton’s handle-burning are actually rather similar. Both are ingenious adaptations to a less than ideal situation, and they both ‘re-imagine’ the object in a way which is in some way transgressive. The shoes and handle still relate to their native referential context - shoes, feet and walking in the former; axe, wood and fire-stoking in the latter - but what is different between the two cases is the imaginativeness of the transgression. The handle stays within the referential context of fire-stoking, but the shoe moves into the slightly more novel one of thanksgiving dinner. 2.6 The World in our Sights Finally, we have worldhood in our sights. I want to claim that the referential totality which Chaplinesque transgressions disclose are an essential feature of worldhood. It is only for the human that the hammer can be ‘ready-to-hand’ and only Dasein has an understanding of being. This understanding is not intellectual, and has more in common with know-how than know-that. It is the understanding that we all demonstrate in our responding prereflexively to the concrete situation in which we find ourselves. To return to the question of language, I claim that animals are without language precisely because of the way in which it features within the world. When I say ‘Johnny sat at the table’, the phrase highlights Johnny’s understanding of the referential context of tables, cutlery and the practice of eating. To say that the caged parakeet ‘sits at the table’ is erroneous - it smuggles a little of our understanding into an account of something which does not warrant it. Language, understanding and world are deeply intertwined, and just as the parakeet cannot sit at the table in the same way S. R. May Page 56 of 255 I do, it is not possible for him to entertain propositions about that fact. If he were to speak as we do, and sit with us, then he would be Dasein, unlike his mute avian brethren. Such an ontological shift will be explored in chapter six. 2.6.1 A Dark Detour To recap over the terrain covered thus far, I want to argue that anthropic animals and objects are ‘humanlike’ not by virtue of looking like a human, but rather by demonstrating the sort of being-in-the-world that is the hallmark of the human being (Dasein). The anthropic animal might ‘sit up the dinner table’ with me, and perhaps chat with me about his day. By virtue of objects being handy and/or his engaging in discourse, it is right to say that he is in the world with us. Furthermore, I want to argue that in object failure or Chaplinesque transgressions, the referential context becomes disclosed to us - the fundamental structure that underpins our everyday understanding of our world becomes salient. It might seem that it is time for us to move on to the bodily failure, but before we do I want to pick up on a theme in Critchley which is tangential from the crux of this project. However, it is my hope that by the end of this section the reader will see the utility in such a detour. 2.6.2 Critchley on Humour Noir In the concluding chapter of On Humour, Critchley ends up making a rather strange Freudian turn. He begins by looking at Freud’s consideration of dark humour. ‘Freud speaks of a criminal who, on the morning of his execution, is being led out to the gallows to be hanged, and who remarks, looking up at the sky…‘Well, the week’s beginning nicely.’’ (Critchley 2002:94) According to Critchley, this phenomena requires a Freudian framework to be understood. Specifically, he draws on Freud’s work on melancholy, where there is a split between ego and super-ego, with the latter standing over the former in cruel denigration. He then develops an account of a matured super-ego - what he calls the super-ego II, which I feel merits quotation at length. S. R. May Page 57 of 255 My claim is that, on the one hand, humour makes the super-ego a less severe master, permitting a maturation of the super-ego function that can have extremely salutary effects. On the other hand, I think that ‘super-ego II’ is what takes the place of the ego ideal; and all the fantasies of primary narcissism... Finally, perhaps it is the super-ego that saves the human being from tragic hybris, from the Promethean fantasy of believing oneself to be omnipotent, and it does this through humour. (Critchley 2002:104) At the risk of stating the obvious, this is not phenomenology. Moreover, I’m not sure that this proliferation of homunculi really does much work in explaining the criminal’s dark last words. It simply defers the issue down a chain of command ‘from what am I laughing at?’ to ‘what is the super-ego II laughing at?’. Finally we get an answer- it’s an acknowledgement that we are not omnipotent - which I don’t think requires a team of mini-mes. I suspect most of us have moments of acute realisation that we are limited in our capabilities. However, I want to claim that exploring such an acknowledgement does not require a psychological analytic, but an existential one. I would go further to state that in such moments, we are capable of grasping this limitedness either authentically or inauthentically. To illustrate this, I want to quote Jennan Ismael’s lecture on death, specifically a passage in which she describes one way of responding to the fact of our finitude. It should be noted, it is an account with which she disagrees, but which I feel illustrates a popular ‘absurd’ response. We live our lives with the most intense concern, treating ourselves and the choices that we make as though they matter. As though something hinges on them. But - and the sentiment continues - all of our schemes are like paths leading nowhere, life is no different than jumping off the Empire State Building except that it takes a longer time to hit the ground. (Ismael 2006) The idea underpinning this sentiment is that in the face of our finitude, we realise that life is meaningless - it has no intrinsic meaning and our projects are just things that keep us busy until the moment we ‘hit the ground’. Like Ismael (and Heidegger), I disagree with this sentiment, but I think it is a common stance in dark humour which is worth exploring. Indeed, I would claim that it is a feature which resonates through S. R. May Page 58 of 255 much of Beckett’s ‘mirthless laughter’, and this mirthless laughter features heavily in Critchley’s treatment of humour.23 In order to account for this stance, let me recall a claim that I made about the presentat-hand object. In the case of the coin held by President Obama in The Onion’s article, it does seem to lose its meaning - ‘it’s just metal, it’s just metal’. This, I argued, is because it is deworlded, and the realisation behind the president’s distress is that the coin does not have any intrinsic meaning. The coin is valuable by virtue of the role it plays in the contexture of human activity with which it forms a part. The present-athand modality, by deworlding the phenomena, has the potential to make the familiar strange, perhaps even meaningless. This is what is happening in Ismael’s example, but it is not the only response, and it could perhaps be described as an inauthentic one. If this response to death is inauthentic, then does this mean that one should discourage it, or even seek an alternative way to respond to dark comedy? First, it should be noted that the claim of authenticity is not a moral claim - as I keep pressing, I am not trying to set out an ethics of humour. That some humour works by peddling the present-at-hand to make life seem absurd is no more questionable than the observation that the stand-up does the same in observational comedy, albeit with less existentially loaded phenomena. Secondly, the response Critchley gives does seem to suggest that authentic laughter isn’t possible, or at least that our limitedness calls not for ‘Promethean authenticity but a laughable inauthenticity.’ (Critchley 2002:102) On this point I disagree with Critchley, and I will argue this at length in §7.2.2, but for the moment I think we should leave this to one side. In the next section, I want to draw out what Heidegger described as the authentic mode, Being-towards-death, so that we can have a handle on what precisely it might mean for the animal or object to be anthropic with its relation to its finitude. 2.6.3 Heidegger on Death 23 An existential analytic of Beckett’s Endgame will be developed in §7.2 S. R. May Page 59 of 255 Heidegger begins his account of Being-towards-death by looking at the possibility of grasping Dasein as Being-a-whole. The problem with Dasein, according to Heidegger, is that its grasping itself as a totality seems to imply a contradiction; as long as Dasein exists, it is incomplete, and in order for Dasein to be complete, it must be no longer. (Heidegger 1996:280) In other words, from birth Dasein is Being-towards-itspossibilities, and seeing as how death is a possibility (but moreover it is the possibility of impossibility – of discontinued existence) it seems that to be without that possibility is to cease to be. It is important that death is not conceived as an event that happens to me - it is a possibility that I have, indeed it is my ‘ownmost’ possibility. My death is ineliminably mine - no-one can die for me. Note that we have moved away from talking about ‘death in general’, as such generality can lead us away from the authenticity that we are pursuing. Heidegger is explicit that it is possible to die without doing so authentically - a state that he calls ‘demise’ - and even this sort of death is still different to the sort of death that belongs to an animal. As Mulhall states, ‘An animal’s relation to death is as different from Dasein’s relation to death as animal existence is different from human existence.’ (Mulhall 2008b:116) Following the distinction between animals and Dasein that I pursued in the preceding sections, the referential totality is not disclosed to animals in the same way, they do not undertake the same sorts of projects we do and they do not understand themselves in terms of their existential possibilities. As such, death is not the ‘possibility of impossibility’ for them that it is for Dasein. Here we have a third criterion - existential understanding of death - to stand alongside handiness and language as a marker of anthropicism.24 So what precisely is the character of inauthentic demise? Heidegger claims that everyday Dasein exists in the ‘they’ – the total society and/or culture in which Dasein lives, it is everyone and yet nobody specific. It is manifest in the way that we are influenced by popular perceptions – what literature we read, art we appreciate and so on. This is, Heidegger claims, where we for the most part get our understanding of certain things including our understanding of death. There are three key ways in which ‘They’ idly discuss death. First, as a mishap - the sort of discussion which The Onion have a brilliant short ‘news’ video where they show a gorilla who has been taught by scientists about its mortality, which I would very strongly recommend. 24 S. R. May Page 60 of 255 allows one to conclude ‘but it won’t happen to me’. Second, in a fugitive manner, so that death will happen eventually, but we shouldn’t worry about it. Third, in very general terms - ‘one dies’ - once again, in a way which can allow me to avoid the specificity of my death. (Heidegger 1996:297) The crux for Heidegger is that the everyday way in which we talk about death allows us to hide the fact of death as my own-most possibility of being. Within the generality of the They, I do not have to face up to death as my ownmost possibility. An authentic attitude towards my death means facing up to my own finitude - realising my limitedness, and in the face of that taking hold of my own existence and pursuing that which really matters for me. For me, this becomes clear when one contrasts what it would be like for me to die with my experience with the death of another. The dead loved one is like an empty space at the dinner table, a sort of hole in the world which you have to get used to. My own death, by contrast would be marked by the world being lost - I no longer have the chance to complete my projects, indeed I am no longer. In this way, Dasein’s finitude is marked by a withdrawal from the world - the seat of all possibilities. An authentic attitude towards finitude is to respond to this by deciding what really matters and pursuing that, by not living in the They, and by taking hold of one’s own Being25. Whether this authenticity is compatible with laughter is a question that I hope to have answered by the end of this thesis, but for the moment let’s just say that I do not see any a priori reason why they should be incompatible. Importantly, I believe that this question can only be adequately addressed with sustained phenomenology. 2.7 Comic Embodiment Now we can turn to comic embodiment, at the heart of which Critchley claims ‘[is] the fact of having a body. But to find this funny is to adopt a philosophical perspective, it is to view the world and myself disinterestedly.’ (Critchley 2002:62) So, it is clear that Critchley pinpoints a specific ingredient of the comic body. Like Obama’s penny, the deworlded body is strange, and it is this strangeness which we find comical. When This is, at this stage, a rather crude simplification. A more in depth discussion of Heideggerean authenticity will be drawn out in the chapters to follow, especially chapters 3, 6 and 7. 25 S. R. May Page 61 of 255 Molloy ‘concocts a mathematical analysis of his flatulence’ (Critchley 2002:48), we can’t help but laugh, but I want to challenge the idea that this is the only time that the body is comical. Critchley’s theory of the comic body can be summarised as ‘exploiting the gap between being a body and having a body.’ (Critchley 2002:43) I want to claim that we are embodied but we can reify aspects of our embodiment, and moreover, that this reification is distinct from failed embodiment. To pursue this, I need to draw out my conception of embodiment. We need to resist the notion that embodiment is characterised exclusively by matter which is biological. The organismic boundary which terminates at my epidermis is not the same thing as the boundary of my embodiment. Embodiment is the dynamic relation between bio-matter and equipment, the boundaries of which expand and retract both sides of the organismic one. To give an example, when one reifies and estranges a part of the body, whether by ‘pure act of will’, with anesthetic, or as a consequence of a clinical condition, the body part is no longer embodied in the way that it was before. Furthermore, when I skillfully use a pair of pliers, they are embodied despite not being ‘an organic part of me’. Following de Vignemont (2010a, 2010b & 2007), I want to claim that this conception of embodiment needs to be understood as dissociable from the sense of ownership. Moreover, this conception of embodiment refers to motor embodiment rather than perceptual embodiment. The difference is that perceptual embodiment consists in the object being part of the ‘body image’, whereas motor embodiment consists in the object being part of the body schema - the ‘sensorimotor representations’ which guide our movement in the world. So, motor embodiment is characterised by the equipment and body parts that are motorically ‘available’. Phenomenologically, this availability takes the form of it ‘getting out of the way’ so that I can go about my business. Once we have in mind this availability, we can see that often both tool failure and bodily failure are marked by retractions in the boundary of our embodiment. It is important to note that not all objects I use in my day-to-day life become ‘embodied’, so not all failure is marked by this retraction. When a chair fails to accommodate my S. R. May Page 62 of 255 weight, this failure is not a retraction like the failed scissors are, but in scissor failure, chair failure and leg failure, they are all marked by a sudden ‘becoming salient’. The important issue is what precisely this saliency discloses. In the case of the failed scissors and chair, I would argue that they disclose the referential totality. However, I don’t believe it is the same in the case of my leg failing me. It is an obvious truism to point out that chronic leg failure can be profoundly debilitating. There is a certain degree to which this can be compensated by social and technological adaptations, but ultimately it is hard to deny that it is the case. If I use the example of cramp in my leg, its sudden salience might distract me from the lecture I am trying to listen to, but such difficulty pales in comparison to that of chronic pain sufferers. It seems to me that such difficulty causes direct confrontation with ones own limitedness. We must remember that Dasein’s relationship towards its own existence and the world is in terms of its possibilities and just as the failed object has the potential to thwart Dasein’s project, so does the failed body. However, in the former, we are made to face the concrete situation in the world, the latter has the potential to make us face the fact that not everything is possible, that we are constrained by very concrete limitations. This will be the central question I will address with sustained phenomenology in the seventh - and final - chapter. 2.8 Conclusion Let us finish by looking over the central claims that I made in this chapter. I started by looking at the incongruity theory, which I want to claim is deeply compatible with the Heideggerean picture I am trying to draw up. If we construe Koestler’s associative contexts as being the same as Heidegger’s referential contexts, and refrain from trying to completely formalise them, we have an account which can be used to explain incongruity. I went on to problematise ‘unconscious rule-following’ and the concept of mind more generally, which led on to a challenge of Freudian release theory. This first part was summarised by my stating that I do not think it possible to pinpoint the necessary and sufficient conditions of humour, and that it was not my intention to do so. Instead, I claimed, I want to build an account which accommodates the ‘hermeneutic’ condition of humour’s intelligibility - world. S. R. May Page 63 of 255 The second part looked at existing (worlded) phenomenologies of humour, starting with Critchley’s treatment of morphism. I argued Critchley did not go far enough to draw out conceptions of either animality, which I want to claim is marked by worldhood poverty, or objecthood. Carroll’s account was altogether more successful as a phenomenology of the ready-to-hand object and skillful coping, and he brought out the issue of how Chaplinesque transgressions and failure disclose the referential totality. After taking a detour into ‘dark humour’ and concluding that an existential analytic was preferable to a psychological one, we moved on to the failed body, which I want to claim discloses one’s own limitedness. In the next chapter, I will deal with the existing literature in four key areas animality, object morphism (i.e. puppetry and robotics), object theory, and embodiment - and explore the extent to which my ideas challenge that literature. S. R. May Page 64 of 255 3. Dasein The previous chapter was a critical engagement with the existing literature on humour, and it is my hope that through this engagement I was able to draw out the Heideggerean account of world. A central claim that I want to make throughout this thesis is that we need to understand the phenomenon of humour in terms of Dasein literally ‘being there’. As the last chapter dealt primarily with the ‘there’, (i.e. the phenomenon of world), it seems that now is the point at which we are suitably equipped to address ‘being’, or more precisely what it means for one to ‘be there’. An account of this will similarly be drawn out in opposition to the literature (specifically regarding bodies, objects and animals) but before that, I feel it necessary to outline a couple of ideas that are central to Heidegger’s work. Let us look at what precisely Heidegger says about Dasein, and its understanding of Being. Dasein is an entity which does not just occur among other entities. Rather it is ontically distinguished by the fact that, in its very Being, that Being is an issue for it. But in that case, this is a constitutive state of Dasein’s Being, and this implies that Dasein, in its Being, has a relationship towards that Being - a relationship which itself is one of Being... Understanding of Being is itself a definite characteristic of Dasein’s Being. Dasein is ontically distinctive in that it is ontological. (Heidegger 1996:32) Whilst not an easy passage for one to grasp, Heidegger is making a claim that is essential to understanding his work. Simply put, that Dasein has an understanding of Being - it understands a chair as a chair, another Dasein as a Dasein and it has a relationship to its own being. This is a characteristic which distinguishes Dasein from the world-poor animal and the worldless stone. Heidegger goes on to clarify that ‘Dasein’s “Being-ontological” is not...tantamount to “developing an ontology”.’ (Heidegger 1996:32) Rather, I would assert that it is only on the basis of our already having an understanding of Being that we can develop ontologies, such as the ones we find throughout the philosophical tradition (and the tacitly assumed ontologies found in the sciences). It is tempting to describe these ontologies as ‘elucidating’ our tacit understanding of Being, but I suspect that would be misleading as according to S. R. May Page 65 of 255 Heidegger most of the tradition has been gravely mistaken. The passage above also draws out a crucial distinction between the ontic and ontological. For Heidegger, the ontological pertains to the Being of a particular being, the ontic pertains specifically to what a particular being (e.g. Dasein) does or can do. So, we can say that ontically you are reading this sentence, but this is possible because ontologically you are in a world with a set of involvements. The structure of this is developed further in the following quotation. Dasein exists as an entity for which, in its Being, that Being is itself an issue. Essentially ahead of itself, it has projected itself upon its potentiality-for-Being before going on to any mere consideration of itself. In its projection it reveals itself as something which has been thrown. It has been thrownly abandoned into the ‘world’, and falls into it concernfully. As care - that is, existing in the unity of the projection which has been fallingly thrown - this entity has been disclosed as a “there”. (Heidegger 1996:458) So, when Heidegger says that Dasein’s Being is itself an issue, that means that Dasein’s encounter with the world is structured by a relationship of ‘care’ - Dasein undertakes projects which matters to it. It is thrown into a world teeming with historical meaning - a shared manifold of interlocking practices, equipments and skills for using them - which Dasein picks up concernfully.26 The term ‘care’ is utilised deliberately for the plethora of connotations which go with it - I might care for a child, ask someone if they would care for some coffee, care about the Iraq war, care about my stamp collection and I might ‘take care’ of a tricky situation. Hubert Dreyfus once asked Heidegger if he was bothered by the very specific (ontic) connotations that the word ‘care’ carries in English, to which Heidegger responded that it was fortunate as ‘he wanted to name the very general fact that...being gets to me.’ (Dreyfus 1997:239) So, Dasein is a Being for which its Being is an issue, and it is thrown into a world with pre-existing meanings out of which it cultivates projects which matter to it. To give a specific example, I happen to have been thrown into a culture with a rich heritage of theatre, and it is on the basis of that culture that I am able to pursue the projects of a As we will see later on, Heidegger distinguishes between ‘concern’ and ‘care’. Concern is generally oriented towards objects and things whereas care is generally oriented towards one’s own being and that of other Dasein. 26 S. R. May Page 66 of 255 theatre maker and scholar in a theatre department. In this way, my writing a doctoral thesis in a theatre department is possible only on the basis of my being thrown into the world and taking up certain projects concernfully. Now that we have set out the basic groundwork, let us turn once more to the literature. The rest of this chapter will be divided into three sections - first, there will be a section on embodiment; second, a section on objects; and finally, a section on animality. It is my hope that, by drawing out the aspects in which my views diverge with the current trends in the literature, the reader will have a good understanding of where I am situating my inquiry. This chapter will conclude the first part of the thesis - the ‘theoretical’ component - and in the chapters that follow I will be engaging in sustained phenomenology. As such, it is my hope that by the end of this chapter the reader will have been introduced to all the concepts necessary to pursue the task ahead. 3.1 The Issue of Embodiment I want to begin by being explicit in a distinction that I am making between the body broadly speaking the lump of matter studied by scientists27 - and ‘embodiment’, itʼs phenomenological correlate. A key claim that I want to make is that whilst the former is delimited by the epidermal boundary - that is, the body ends at the surface of my skin - embodiment has a plasticity 28 which allows its boundary to extend beyond and retract behind the epidermal one. I will be using literature in cognitive science to support my claims, before moving on to the phenomena of failure in embodiment, characterised by a sudden retraction of this boundary. In their paper, When Pliers Become Fingers in the Monkey Motor System, Umilta et al (2008) describe an experiment in which they trained monkeys to use a pair of pliers 27 I feel I should add a small caveat regarding how I want to understand the Body. I think we should resist the notion that the Body is something fundamentally ‘prior to’ our worldly understanding of it. Rather, it is better understood as a reification of the embodiment which I will outline shortly. As such, the concept of the Body is inseparable from our socially informed, and (in modernity) scientifically framed understanding of it. In short, it is a fallacy to equate the Body with a mythical ‘presocial’ lump of flesh. 28 It is not the only distinguishing characteristic between the two and it might not be the defining one, but it is one which I wish to focus on. S. R. May Page 67 of 255 and then tested neurons in the primary motor cortex during such skillful tool use. Their finding is perhaps a surprising one, which I feel merits quotation. In addition to being incorporated into the body schema, the tool, after learning, is coded into the motor system as if it were an artificial hand able to interact with the external objects, as the natural hand is able to do. (Umilta 2008:2211) It is perhaps worth clarifying what precisely the term ʻbody schemaʼ refers to. Broadly speaking, the body schema is usually construed in contrast to the body image, along a faultline of an action/perception dichotomy. The body schema pertains to sensorimotor ‘representations’, the body image to perceptual representations. This is a simplification, as the two interact to a great extent, but at the moment I don’t feel we need go into that. One thing that is crucial to note is that it is fundamentally a nonrepresentational state of ‘bodily awareness’. An account of the critical role that the body schema has in our being-in-the-world is brought out forcefully by Taylor Carman in the following passage. The body schema [is not] an image of the body, for images are objects of awareness, whereas schemata sketch out in advance and hence structure our awareness of objects. The body schema is not a representation of the body, then, but our ability to anticipate and (literally) incorporate the world prior to applying concepts to objects. This ability, which Merleau-Ponty calls “habit”, is not objective knowledge, nor is it internal to the mind, for “it is the body that ‘understands’ in the acquisition of habit”. (Carman 2008:106) So, it is hopefully becoming clear that the body schema has a strong relationship to the know-how that I was discussing in the previous chapter. Moreover, according to Merleau-Ponty (2009), the body schema is more fundamental than the body image, and it is only on the basis of our having a body schema that we can have ‘objects of awareness’ and representational knowledge. However, for my purposes I want to delve into the issue of ‘incorporation’, and possibility that object can be incorporated into both the body image and the body schema. Building on the distinction between the body image and body schema, Frederique de Vignemont claims that there is a crucial difference between motor-embodiment (relating to the body schema) and S. R. May Page 68 of 255 perceptual-embodiment (relating to the body image), and she argues this by contrasting tool use with the rubber hand illusion. In the rubber hand illusion, the experimenter hides the volunteerʼs hand behind a screen whilst getting them to look at a rubber hand. The experimenter gently brushes the volunteerʼs hidden hand and the rubber hand synchronously. After about one to two minutes, the volunteer will report having feeling in the rubber hand. This effect is a classic case of the body image incorporating an object. The tool use, by contrast, is related to ‘motor embodiment’, as the phenomenon is not that you have feeling in the tool, but rather your sensorimotor system expands to include the equipment. Frederique de Vignemontʼs paper, (2010b) Widening the Body to Rubber Hands and Tools: What’s The Difference? gives a good overview of the experimental data, and in it she argues that the tool is ‘motorically’ embodied (i.e. part of the body schema) and the rubber hand is perceptually embodied by way of an example. When we want to stir a pot of boiling soup, we are more likely to use a spoon than our hand, and some people argue that this is indicative of the fact that I donʼt think of the spoon as ‘part of me’. In response to this, de Vignemont claims that we need to understand the body image as encompassing body affect as well as percept. A number of rubber hand illusion studies have shown that if you threaten the rubber hand with a hammer then the subject responds just as you would expect them to if their biological hand was threatened. However, despite tools being motorically embodied, the subjects do not react affectively to their tool being threatened in the same way, suggesting that ‘motor embodiment’ is dissociable from the feeling that an embodied object is ‘part of me’. My suggestion, and the point at which I suspect I diverge from de Vignemont, is that when the object is both motorically and perceptually embodied we get the same sense of ownership that we are accustomed to having with our biological limbs. A paradigmatic case of this is prosthesis - I would suggest that the prosthetic limb eventually becomes perceptually and motorically embodied and from this arises the sense of ownership that is often reported.29 29 There is, of course, a very important question of ‘priority’. That is the question of which comes first, perceptual or motor embodiment. My personal position is that, both ontologically and developmentally, the body schema is more fundamental than the body image. The implication of this is that the ‘motor embodiment’ is similarly more fundamental. However, as there is a great level of interaction between the two, and as distortions of the body S. R. May Page 69 of 255 So, we are able to integrate equipment into our body schema in accordance with the requirements of the concrete task at hand, and we are also able to integrate objects into the body image so that they are perceptually embodied. My suggestion is that a sense of ownership emerges out of these two forms of embodiment. This is a complex picture which is not simplified by the clinical literature on body disownership. ʻAlien handʼ syndrome is a denial of ownership towards a part of the body which is entirely dissociable from cases of the patient motorically neglecting it. By this I mean the patient may well still use the limb, yet deny that it belongs to him. The opposite view would be the patient without use of a limb who nevertheless maintains a sense of it being part of him, a view which is prevalent in the literature.30 In short, that a limb is part of the body necessitates neither that it is embodied (motorically or perceptually) nor that it is experienced as owned. Similarly, the objectʼs ʻartificialityʼ precludes neither ownership nor embodiment. What is needed now is a phenomenology to frame these claims in order to understand what the consequences of this is in terms of my inquiry. Let us recall the introduction, in which I described Heidegger’s claim about the readyto-hand object. Insofar as it is fulfilling its function optimally, it is ‘transparent’ - we don’t really ‘register’ it on a conscious level, and my attention is focussed on the activity with which I am immersed31. When I use a pair of scissors to cut a piece of paper, the phenomena is not that I hold a ‘thing’ which cuts the paper but simply I cut the paper. My claim is that this transparency is crucial characteristic of the embodied object, a claim that is supported by Sobchack’s description of her experience as a prosthesis user. Those who successfully incorporate and subjectively live the prosthetic ...sense themselves neither as lacking something nor as walking around with some “thing” attached on to their bodies. Rather, in most situations, the prosthetic as image leads to serious pathological conditions, I don’t think that this priority necessitates that either are ‘more necessary’ for the sort of being-in-the-world that I am interested in. 30 It might even be the usual response to losing use of a limb, if indeed there is such a thing as a ‘usual response’ to that happening. 31 Indeed, I don’t even need to bring conceptual representations into it and I just relate to the world in a precognitive manner. S. R. May Page 70 of 255 lived in use is transparent; that is, it is as “absent”… as is the rest of our body when we’re focused outward to the world and successfully engaged in the various projects of our daily life… The prosthetic becomes an object only when there is a mechanical or social problem that pushes it obtrusively into the foreground of one’s consciousness (Sobchack 2009:283) So, according to Sobchack, the prosthetic and the ‘biolimb’ are experienced as ‘absent’ - insofar as our focus is on the activities with which we are immersed, the limbs are not really present as part of our phenomenological field. That such transparency is necessary for immersion to take place is highlighted in their failure - the failed prosthetic or biolimb suddenly becomes a ‘thing’ which gets in the way as it is ‘pushed obstrusively into the foreground of one’s consciousness’. This failure is a transition from ‘transparent’ to ‘salient’, and in the case of the object which is embodied (e.g. pliers, prosthetic or rubber hand), this sudden transition results in a sudden shift in our embodiment. When the embodied object or limb fails it suddenly ceases being embodied and the ‘boundary of embodiment’ shrinks. Now, as a caveat, I feel I should be explicit that I am not claiming that all objects that we use become embodied - many objects, such as the clock on my bedroom wall, are not embodied because they do not need to be. My claim is that our experience of the embodied object’s failure is phenomenologically distinct to the failure of the clock or other non-embodied objects. When the pliers or prosthetic limbs fail, this failure entails a sudden retraction of the ‘boundary of embodiment’. In this way, there is a commonality between those objects and the failed ‘bio-limb’ - both cases are characterised by this sudden retraction. In order to elucidate this commonality, and the aspects in which the failure of bio-limb and embodied object differ, we need to look back at what Heidegger claims about the failed object. The ready-to-hand scalpel, for example, is part of a ‘referential totality’ in which the scalpel, the operating table and the heart monitor all relate to one another. So when it fails, its failure discloses this referential context - we are suddenly made to stand back from the activity in which we were previously immersed and pay heed to this context. If the scalpel breaks, the surgeon can try to repair it, search for a replacement or resign herself to the fact that Mr. Patterson is not getting his new kidney. What she S. R. May Page 71 of 255 can’t do is continue the same relationship to the equipment, at least not until the problem is resolved. What, by contrast, would it be like if her arm failed? If we imagine a situation in which the surgeon’s arm ‘goes dead’, it is not clear to me that it discloses the referential context in the same way as the failed scalpel does. If we assume that she is not ambidextrous, she can’t just ‘replace’ it (in the sense that she can’t use another limb), and despite being a physician it is unlikely that she would be in a position to repair her arm (not least because it is the main limb she uses in acts of repairing). It seems that resignation is the only option - if nobody else can perform the operation, Mr. Patterson has to return to the ward without his new kidney. However, let’s focus on the precise status on the arm. There are probably countless operations in which the surgeon’s limb was unproblematic - it was fully embodied, both motorically and perceptually. As such, when she was ‘in flow’, she didn’t really notice it. The focus of her attention was the operation underway. It is a necessary feature of the embodied limb (and all embodied items, including prostheses) that we can ‘see through’ it - we can just get on with the task without needing to attend to the limb at all. Although I can perceive my body in the same way that I perceive other things - I can see it, touch it, taste it, etc. and, in these cases, it is the object at which some state of awareness is directed - there is another form of bodily awareness. It is what can be called an ‘adverbial’ form of awareness. Rather than being aware of my body, I am simply aware in my body. (Romdenh-Romluc 2011:105) Simon Critchley (2002) claims that humour of the body exploits the gap between being a body and having a body. In my view, the latter case - having a body - occurs when embodiment retracts behind the epidermal boundary so that the body part becomes reified as a ‘thing’ outside of myself. That is, the limb loses its transparency and becomes a problematic ‘thing’ which stands in opposition to our intentions. However, I would go further and claim that whilst the object failing discloses the contexture of equipment and concrete activity surrounding what we were trying to do, the failed body discloses our limitedness. When one slips up on the way to collect an award, it serves as a reminder that both the nobel laureate and the local postman are subject to the same limits - gravity always wins. Classicists might be reminded of S. R. May Page 72 of 255 Socrates’ talking of Thales, a man who falls into a ditch because he is busy looking at the sky, with the local bystanders having a laugh at his expense. 3.1.1 Embodiment and Normativity At this point, it might be wise to address the fact that this conception of embodiment runs counter to the ‘common sense’ view of the body, which was expressed brilliantly by one of my students. Upon my asking ‘what do you mean by ‘body’?’, she responded by slapping her leg and saying ‘this’. I believe that this view is tacitly upheld by most people but very seldom articulated - at least linguistically. The articulation of this view can instead be found in our architecture and city planning, even in the tools which have ‘evolved’ alongside our social structures. Of course, I am referring to the very structures analysed within disabilities studies. In designing a building with stairs but no ramp, or very narrow corridors, the designer assumes a notion of the ‘normal body’ - a template of which can be found on the door of most public lavatories. Until recently, it was assumed that anyone who didn’t conform to this template was an ‘invalid’ (a horrid term when one thinks about it), and was prevented from accessing certain social institutions because of this. However, the ‘social model of disability’ tried to challenge this assumption, and claimed that ‘that people with accredited or perceived impairments, regardless of cause, are disabled by society’s failure to accommodate their needs’. (Barnes 2002:5) This was a revolutionary idea which highlighted the normativity surrounding embodiment. However, as Hughes (2002) argues, this idea was also problematic. For the social model, like the ‘medical model’ that preceded it, the claims were steeped in a nature/culture dichotomy which, in my view, does not hold much water. The notion that ‘impairment’ and ‘disability’ can be neatly defined in terms of the former being ‘physical’ and the latter being ‘social’ is, I would claim, deeply misleading. We need to resist the idea that ‘the body’ is presocial and fundamental, and realise that our understanding of it is inseparable from the social and medical institutions which S. R. May Page 73 of 255 shape the way we relate to it. This is not to deny the fact of our corporeality, but rather to argue that we understand it through our social structures of knowledge. The greatest figure in modern architecture, Le Corbusier, argued ‘that all men have the same organism and same functions...the same needs.’ Such a universal claim - typical of liberal modernity - cuts across bodily difference and suggests a homogenous aesthetic of the built environment which will, by definition, exclude disabled people. (Hughes 2002:72) What this quotation brings out forcefully is that insofar as one conflates embodiment with ‘the body’ as represented on the door of the public lavatories, our society will necessarily have a disabling effect on its citizens. In that regard, I feel my conception of embodiment is more progressive.32 When we regard embodiment with respect to its essential ‘plasticity’, that is when we take account of the way in which equipment can be embodied, we have a better understanding of why it is so incredibly inappropriate for a police or security officer to remove a man from his wheelchair. Moreover, we are better positioned to understand what we ought to be doing to make our social institutions so that we minimise their disabling potential. 3.1.2 Contra Clark Any readers who are familiar with the work of Andy Clark may have already detected a marked influence on the arguments presented thus far, and I think I should admit this influence. However, I want to claim that my position is fundamentally different from Clark and others working in the field of ‘extended cognition’. In his book, Supersizing the Mind, Clark (2008) first introduces the concept of the extended mind through a quotation from the physicist Richard Feynman, who insists that his papers were not a record of his work but in fact are his work. The idea being that the pen and paper are, according to Clark, part of the extended cognitive system. 32 Whilst I am aware that this is a small tangent from the main area, I felt it necessary to acknowledge the social and political implications of the view that I am putting forward. Not least because I think this ‘progressiveness’ is one of the strengths of this view. S. R. May Page 74 of 255 Maximally opposed to [the ‘brainbound’ notion of cognition] is a view according to which thinking and cognizing may (at times) depend directly and noninstrumentally upon the ongoing work of the body and/or the extraorganismic environment…The local mechanisms of mind, if this is correct, are not all in the head. Cognition leaks out into the body and world. (Clark 2008:xxxviii) Clark goes on to state explicitly that ‘minds and bodies are essentially open to episodes of deep and transformative restructuring in which the equipment (both physical and “mental”) can become quite literally incorporated in thinking and acting’ (Clark, 2008:31). In this regard, Clark’s position is not too different from my own, and I would go so far as to uphold that cognition is indeed extended. If I can only calculate something with a pen and paper, then it is right to claim my cognition is extended to incorporate the equipment that I use. However, I think it is dangerous to put so much emphasis on the process of ‘cognition’, as Heidegger is explicit in stating that such cognition is derivative. Moreover, I would claim that whilst Clark may well think that what he is doing is ‘Heideggerean cognitive science’, I think that there are serious limitations to his scientific-analytic approach. This point is brought out convincingly in Ratcliffe’s paper, Why There Can Be No Cognitive Science of Dasein. Heideggerean “smooth coping” is not about environmental off-loading or about flexible organism-environment couplings...It presupposes a world of possibilities and needs to be understood against the backdrop of that world. Hence what we cannot coherently do, if Heidegger is right, is dissociate readiness-to-hand from the world in which it is intelligible, situate that within a present-at-hand, scientifically described world instead, re-interpret it in terms of environmental nudges and call the result ‘Heideggerean’ (Ratcliffe 2012:22) Ultimately, this is why I think there is a limitation to the scientific approach to the phenomena of the embodied object. Insofar as it is understood scientifically, the phenomena of world and the ready-to-hand become construed in such a way that they are necessarily reified (present-at-hand). It is for that reason that, despite the fact that I have looked at the cognitive science literature in support of my claims regarding S. R. May Page 75 of 255 embodiment, I feel it is best investigated phenomenologically. For that reason, when I pick up the topic of embodiment again in chapter 7, I will do so by way of sustained phenomenology. As such, the next section will move away from the issue of the body and instead take up that of the object, or more specifically the question, ‘what does it mean for the object to be humanlike?’. 3.2 The Issue of Objects 3.2.1 The Phenomenon of the Puppet The literature on puppetry and object theatre seems to have a peculiar tendency towards taxonomy. Many of the key theorists set out to create exhaustive taxonomies of puppets, and have fixed notions about what should and should not count as a ‘true puppet’. This tendency is particularly evident in Eichler’s proclamation that the glove puppet should not count as a puppet, due to the fact that it is a ‘prolongation’ of the actor. (Jurkowski 1988:22) In contrast to Eichler, I want to claim that such ‘prolongation’ is actually a necessary characteristic of puppetry. As a puppeteer, when I skillfully manipulate a puppet, it becomes embodied in much the same way as the pliers do. However, this characteristic does not distinguish the ‘animated’ object from any other embodied object. An idea that is often used to distinguish the ‘animated’ object from the inanimate one is ‘the illusion of life’, and I believe that untangling precisely what this means requires a phenomenological approach. In my view, there is a crucial distinction between looking humanlike and being humanlike, and the latter case is characterised by being-in-the-world. Terminologically, I will use ‘anthropomorphic’ in reference to the object looking humanlike and ‘anthropic’ to the object being humanlike. In the case of the former, the object looking humanlike, examples include the clothes store mannequin, Michelangelo's David and a Barbie doll. Now, I don't want to claim that photographlike realism is characteristic of all anthropomorphism. In fact, there is demonstrably a tendency in animation and puppetry towards neoteny - that is, exaggerating the size of the head and eyes towards a scale similar to that found in a newborn child (e.g. S. R. May Page 76 of 255 Manga animation and Bratz dolls). Many anthropologists, such as Terrence Deacon33, believe that there is an evolutionary basis to our fondness for such exaggeration (i.e. they remind us of children, which we are ‘hardwired’ to care about) but that is rather tangential to my inquiry. The main criteria for an object looking humanlike seems to be an arrangement of eyes, mouth, limbs etc. in a broadly similar configuration to the people one encounters every day. By contrast, I want to claim the anthropic object is a being-in-the-world. Now, I feel I should state that the term ‘anthropic’, and indeed, the term ‘humanlike’, is a misnomer. Although Dasein does refer to human beings, it could in principle refer to other beings that have an understanding of being - most aliens from science fiction would fulfill the criteria, as would the apes from Planet of the Apes and many robotic companions from science fiction such as Marvin the Paranoid Android and HAL.34 In all these cases, their being is fundamentally being-in-the-world, characterised by ongoing practical activities which matter to it. In my particular (ontic) case, I am currently trying to present my ideas in the form of a doctoral thesis and my doing so entails a whole contexture of activities, equipment and skills for using them - in principle there is nothing to prevent Marvin the Paranoid Android from doing the same, despite the fact that he is not a member of the species Homo Sapiens. So, the anthropic object is one which, rather than being piece of equipment which we utilise in our practical activity, engages in projects with us. Whilst the worlds of science fiction are filled with objects that move from being tools which humans utilise in their projects to Dasein which engage in projects with them, there has been very little effort within the theatre/film literature to analyse this phenomena.35 By contrast, the fields of computer science and robotics are teeming with research programmes looking at this transition. Due to the fact that ‘sociability’ is one of the most commercially successful traits a computer system can have, there is substantial empirical literature on this topic that I feel is worth looking at in a little Terrence Deacon (2009) touches on this a little bit in his undergraduate anthropology course. I am specifically referring to the original Charlton Heston film (Schaffner 1968), the Douglas Adams novel (Adams 1979) and the Stanley Kubrick classic (Kubrick 1968). Although all three have appeared in other media, these are either the versions with which I am most familiar. (Or the ones I prefer). 35 As noted by Hannah Ballou, one of my colleagues on the Ph.D programme, this is probably because theatre and film makers don’t need to worry about what makes this achieveable. They just take it for granted in using techniques that they know to work. 33 34 S. R. May Page 77 of 255 detail. Whilst the caveats I put forward regarding the ‘scientific’ approach remain in place, I feel it is instructive to look at the work in these fields before moving onto sustained phenomenology in the later chapters. As mentioned previously, Clifford Nass (2004) discovered that computer programmes that synthesise speech invoke a social response, and this response is not found in cases where information is conveyed solely by text on a screen. Now, obviously they realise that the computer doesn't have feelings, so there is not rationality behind their doing so, but nevertheless politeness is our usual response to synthetic speech. This is something we are naturally inclined to do, and I think there is an obvious phenomenological reason for this. Speech is a shared cultural practice that we all engage in - we speak as we do because of the world that we share, and so it is quite natural that this practice is subject to certain normative criteria. We pick this up alongside our other worldly activities - one says 'bless you' when someone sneezes, thanks someone for opening the door, and so on - and this politeness develops to a level such that it is automatic in socially proficient adults. Written language, such as those on the screen, is usually a sort of vicarious sociality.36 If I were to I see a post it-note on the fridge saying, ‘Shaun, I think it's your turn to buy the milk’, I would probably infer that it is expressing the wishes of my flatmate rather than of the fridge. This is because I am familiar with a shared cultural practice in which people who live with each other sometimes stick up passive-aggressive notes instead of discussing things in person. Part of the reason many people find ventriloquism unsettling is that we are not used to such vicariousness in vocal discourse.37 What this means is that the robot that chats to me, or indeed, leaves passive-aggressive notes on appliances, can be said to seem anthropic in a way in which the shop mannequin cannot. 36 I am aware that the same could be said of the invention of the answerphone. However, it is worth noting that the recording of voice, in comparison to the invention of writing, is a remarkably modern phenomenon. Now that it is a fairly prevalent technology, there might be a change in our attitudes towards the voice. 37 Interestingly, within cognitive science there is an effect known as the ‘ventriloquist illusion’ in which the listener hears the voice coming from the most visually likely source (i.e. a moving mouth) even if the sound is actually traveling from a different place. Hence why in the cinema the sound coming from behind you still seems to come from the actors on screen. This, alongside the rubber hand illusion, demonstrates how all our perception is constitutively multimodal. S. R. May Page 78 of 255 The creation of anthropic objects is a project undertaken by Cynthia Breazeal (2002) and her colleagues at MIT, who create ‘sociable’ robots - most notably one called Kismet. Kismet was created not as a tool which one uses to achieve a certain task but as a social robot with which one interacts. Breazeal’s work on Kismet drew on literature in child psychology and was principally interested in creating a robot that has a similar relationship with humans as a young infant does to his or her caregiver, and as such is prelinguistic - using only a sort of protospeech babbling. Because of this, her work is a good exploration of the nonlinguistic aspects of this area. Now, it must be noted that there is more to language than semantic content. The newborn baby has been found to react preferentially towards the prosody of the mother’s native language than to those of other languages (prosody being the rhythmic or musical aspects of language). This is because the developing foetus can hear the mother speak in utero, and as such develops a sort of ‘prosodic palate’ by the time it is born (Vihman 2002). Similarly, Kismet is sensitive to the meaning of the prosody of the language used by the caregiver and whilst the robot can’t understand precisely what the words mean, it can tell the difference between praise and prohibition. Furthermore, in taking turns to talk, the caregiver gets a sense from Kismet that they are conversing with each other. The babbling seems to carry intentional content by virtue of its role in this shared cultural practice and the similarity in prosody between the two speakers. Moreover, a crucial aspect of Kismet’s design is indicative, namely that of saliency. To typically developed newborns, faces are one of the most salient aspects of the environment. Obviously this eventually facilitates the ‘reading’ of emotions on the face of others, but moreover allows for a second integral aspect of saliency - the shared saliency of things in the world. If I were giving a lecture and then I suddenly looked out of the window and made a noise of excitement, the chances are high that many people would turn to see what distracted me. I might have to add specificity with a point, but generally we are sufficiently familiar with what is normally found in North London to have a shared sense of what is salient. This sort of ability is shared by Kismet and the developing infant, such that when the caregiver finds something salient in the environment, that sense of saliency becomes shared between the everyone in that situation. By virtue of Kismet being an embodied system, it is able to S. R. May Page 79 of 255 share saliency with its caregiver (with gaze and protospeech), and respond to the speech and movement of humans. Furthermore, it has a sense of personal space and responds affectively if this is violated. All this adds up to a system which seems to be ‘in-the-world’ with us and this is the essence of the anthropic object. As quite a bit of material has been covered in a short passage, it might be worth summarising the key claims thus far. An object being able to speak to us (broadly construed to include ‘babbling’ in prosody similar to ours), being able to share a sense of saliency, and responding affectively to sharing a space, are all traits indicative of the object being-in-the-world with us. However, I would not go as far as to claim that they are necessary or sufficient. Moreover, these are all ontic, and undue focus on these traits might lead us to lose sight of the fact that we are interested in the ontological status. To recall Heidegger, Dasein ‘has been thrownly abandoned into the ‘world’, and falls into it concernfully’ (Heidegger 1996:458) So ultimately, whilst we can claim that these ontic characteristics are indicative - that is, it is only on the basis of our being-in-the-world that we can speak or share a sense of saliency - we cannot end our inquiry there. We need to account for the anthropic object in terms of the care structure38 - HAL has projects of his own which eventually clashes with those of his crew, and those projects matter to him. Even Marvin the Paranoid Android, who ostensibly has nothing ‘to live for’, still has an understanding of Being and projects, even if those are undertaken in a misanthropic39 manner. So, this is my broad claim about the anthropic object - that our understanding of it is, much like our understanding of other Dasein, in terms of our shared being-in-theworld. Moreover I would claim that this is more fundamental than any intellectualist ‘theory-of-mind’. As such, my view stands in opposition to some accounts which posit that we understand the other in terms of ‘mind-reading’, and by extension that when we look at the puppet or robot we imagine an ‘inner life’. In fact, it has been suggested by some that the main deficit in autism is an inability to do precisely that. Several studies have shown that autistic children, when viewing a puppet show, are unable to ‘mindread’ the puppet. However, I want to claim that this deficit is not the 38 As we will see later on, this structure is constitutively temporal and as such temporality will be an important part of the portrait of Dasein pursued in this thesis. 39 Here expanded to beyond a dislike of specifically humankind and human society to encompass Dasein more generally. S. R. May Page 80 of 255 fundamental problem in autism, and that it is only on the basis of our being-in-theworld that we are able to construct ‘theories of mind’. Moreover, for the most part that is not what I am doing when I am moved by a brilliant piece of puppetry. In order to challenge this dominant view, I want to spend the next section attacking who I believe is its strongest proponent, Simon Baron-Cohen (1996). 3.2.2 Baron-Cohen and ‘Mind-blindness’ In his book, Mindblindness, Simon Baron-Cohen looks at the clinical disorder of autism and identifies what he believes is the primary deficit in that condition, ‘mindblindness’. In my view, Baron-Cohen makes several flawed assumptions about how human beings understand other people, and as such I feel that this has had an impact on how we understand both the condition of autism and (more relevant to the current chapter) the anthropic phenomena outlined in the previous section. In order to explain where I think Baron-Cohen goes wrong regarding ‘mindreading’, I need to first address his foundations. When we hear someone say something (or when we read a sentence in a novel), aside from decoding the referent of each word (computing its semantics and syntax), the key thing we do as we search for the meaning of the words is imagine what the speaker’s communicative intention might be. That is, we ask ourselves. “What does he mean?” Here, the word “mean” essentially means “intends me to understand”… In decoding figurative speech (such as irony, sarcasm, metaphor or humor) mind-reading is even more essential. (BaronCohen 1996:27) In this passage, I believe Baron-Cohen is assuming the very model that Wittgenstein (2001) criticises in the Philosophical Investigations.40 Simply put, it is erroneous to think that the meaning of the word exists ‘in there’ in the speaker’s mind, and that we need to find it out by some sort of occult method of ‘mindreading’. The meaning of the word is determined by the context, so - to use an example that Baron-Cohen utilises 40 See §2.1.3, ‘Remarks on Privacy’, in this thesis or Wittgenstein (2001:85) S. R. May Page 81 of 255 later on - when the cop shouts “drop it!” to the robber, the robber doesn’t find out what ‘it’ refers to by peering ‘in there’ in the mind of the cop. The meaning is clear to us all and it is out here in the world. If one thinks that Wittgenstein’s criticism is justified, as I do, then it should be clear that Baron-Cohen’s theory is built on shaky foundations. He argues that autism is characterised by a deficit in ‘mindreading’, with the implication being that all non-autistic individuals have (possibly innately) this ‘mindreading faculty’. However, I want to argue that for the most part we have no need of such a faculty, and although it seems to be the case that people with autism struggle to create an intellectualist ‘theory of mind’, there is no reason to think that this is the fundamental deficit behind the disorder. Baron-Cohen builds his theory of mindreading on the foundations of three necessary cognitive faculties - ‘Intentionality Detector’ (ID), ‘Eye Direction Detectors’(EDD) and ‘Shared Attention Mechanism’ (SAM). Let us look at them in turn to see to what evidence there is for each. First, the faculty Baron-Cohen calls the ‘Intentionality Detector’, which I feel is a little terminologically misleading. There is empirical evidence that very young children are capable of distinguishing self-propelled objects from objects that require outside sources of movement. However, as this system does not discriminate between automobiles and organisms, I don’t think we would be justified for linking it with the mentalistic terminology of intentionality. It is enough to say simply that children of a very young age have different expectations of objects that move themselves than objects that do not. Baillargeon et al. (2009) provide an overview of the experimental evidence which supports the notion that babies are born with a framework for understanding this difference - self-propelled objects are expected to be able to alter their own motion and influence the motion of other objects, whereas non-selfpropelled ones are expected to be inert unless acted upon. At around 14 months of age, there is evidence that infants react preferentially towards inert objects that ‘converse’ with a series of beeps, but again I would be reluctant to describe such a preference as ‘detecting intentionality’. It is less presumptuous to simply describe it as an attentional preference. The ‘Eye Direction Detector’, Baron-Cohen suggests, has three functions: ‘it detects the presence of eyes or eye-like stimuli, it computes whether eyes are directed toward it or towards something else, and it infers... that if another organism’s eyes are S. R. May Page 82 of 255 directed at something then that organism sees that thing.’ (Baron-Cohen 1996:38-9) The strange thing about Baron-Cohen’s formulation is that it takes a rather reified form - it sounds like the EDD is a thing whose job is to ‘detect the presence of eyes’ and so on. This is a little misleading, as it simply is not the case that you could open up the head and locate the EDD. I feel it would be better described along the vein of ‘young children respond preferentially to eyes, enabling them to notice what they are looking at…’ and so on. By orienting into that kind of description, we can get a better handle of what is at stake - autistic people struggle to understand ‘gaze-information’. The question from there is precisely why. Boraston and Blakemore (2007) use the technology of eye-tracking in order to find out what differences there are between autistic and non-autistic responses to faces. They claim that whereas non-autistic people tend to fixate predominantly on the eyes (but also focus on the nose and mouth) the autistic group displayed a tendency to look less at the eyes and more at the mouth and other objects in the scene. So, it would seem that ‘neurotypical’ individuals have an attentional preference for eyes. It is still a matter of dispute whether or not autistic people have trouble ‘reading’ the eyes of people once they focus on them (especially under explicit direction of the experimenter), with some researchers suggesting that they can ‘read eyes’ if they do look there. However, it is demonstrably the case that there is an attentional preference towards eyes in non-autistic groups, and autism is a disorder characterised (at least in part) by a deficit in this attentional preference. Indeed, there are currently research groups looking eye-tracking’s efficacy in early diagnosis of autism. The Shared-Attention-Mechanism (SAM) is the faculty which builds on the gazedetection, and allows the development of ‘triadic relations’, e.g. ‘Mummy sees that I see that car’. Now, obviously if there were to be such a mechanism then it would be impaired by the deficit in gaze-attention found in autism, and it seems that this is the case. However, the point at which I start to take issue with Baron-Cohen’s model is his suggestion that the next stage up is a ‘theory of mind’ (ToM). A central claim of his essay is that ‘theory of mind’ is necessarily out of reach for autistic patients. However, several studies have found that people with ‘highfunctioning autism’ are able to construct intellectualist theories about the mental S. R. May Page 83 of 255 states of others, yet demonstrate social deficits (the real world is much more nuanced than the ToM tests). Regardless, this is an empirical challenge and I consider it more pertinent to the task at hand to address his fundamental assumptions. I would probably agree that the infant’s attentional preference towards eyes and self-propelled objects is a developmental prerequisite of typical development (perhaps even necessary for becoming a Dasein),41 but I think it is a huge jump from there to any ‘theory of mind’. Moreover, in positing the necessity of ‘mindreading’ for understanding others, and ‘theory of mind’ as fundamental to our relation with other humans, he risks distorting our understanding of our being with others. There is never a gulf between myself and ‘the other’ which I have to bridge. In utero, the foetus develops affectively ‘in synch’ with the mother, and develops an attentional preference to the prosody of its mother’s language - a preference which effects the babbling it eventually makes. Once born, it prefers looking at self-propelled speakers to inert and silent objects, and of those ‘self-propelled speakers’, it is particularly fond of the eyes. In almost all cases, that means that the infant will spend most of its time looking at its mother, eventually noticing at what she tends to look at and imitating her ‘babbling’ (or speech, to you and me).42. To get this point across, Breazeal quotes Newson: ‘Human babies become human beings because they are treated like they are already human beings’. (Breazeal 2002:27) The infant is immersed in the world with a primary caregiver (usually mother) who always already has an understanding of that world. To begin with he uses a few ‘proto-social cues’ - looking at mother’s face and babbling in response to her words and actions - which compels the mother to act as if he is ‘in-the-world’ as well. Eventually, and I have no idea at what point this happens, he is. To summarise, I want to claim that it is in terms of our being-in-the-world that we understand the actions of other people and other anthropic characters. This is not reducible to an occult act of ‘mindreading’, and any mindreading that we do engage with is possible only on the basis of the more fundamental being-in-the-world.43 As 41 However, I suspect that these attentional preferences are by no means unique to Homo Sapiens, so don’t even skim the surface of the question - ‘how does a baby human become an adult Dasein?’. 42 Vihman (2002) suggests that the mirror neuron system has an integral role to play in this. 43 As Matthew Ratcliffe puts it, we ‘let the world do the work’ – the assumption that they will conform to the norms of the world make other Dasein, at least for the most part, readable. S. R. May Page 84 of 255 such, there is no gulf that needs to be bridged between my mind and that of the other, and no act of imagination needed to believe in the ‘inner life’ of the puppet. In my view, such a position leads to irresolvable pseudo-problems, such as the ‘problem of other minds’ that has riddled the philosophical tradition for centuries.44 3.2.3 Robots Reloaded Let us now return to the issue of the anthropic object. There has until recently been an assumption in robotics that we are more likely to react socially to a system that is both anthropic and anthropomorphic than a merely anthropic one,45 but a recent study by Hinds et al. (2004) suggests that this is not necessarily the case. Indeed, we seem rather agnostic when it comes to such a convergence - if the robot looks humanlike then that's nice, but it's doing so is not necessary for invoking a social response. This finding is more surprising to roboticists, who have invested millions of dollars trying to emulate the human form, than it would perhaps be to people interested in object theatre Let’s consider again the example I gave of HAL from 2001, A Space Odyssey. HAL cannot be said to be anthropomorphic - he does not look like a human. Yet, we still believe in him as a character - indeed, he is probably the most memorable character of the film. I would claim that this was achieved by Kubrick showing 'him' engaging in shared practices with the rest of the crew, including vocal communication, opening doors for Dave and, of course, homicide. These activities, and his existence, mattered to him and were performed on the basis of them sharing a world together. HAL’s communicating with them, for example, is possible only on the basis of this shared manifold of intelligibility - things being salient to everyone, so we all know what one is talking about when asking HAL to open the doors. In this way, language - although not a necessary ingredient of an object being anthropic, is at the very least indicative of the fact that it is. In this case, I would have no qualms in saying that HAL is an example of Dasein if he were to exist in the real world. In contrast to Brezeal’s robot This account will be deepened further in §6.3.2, once a detailed portrait of Dasein and world is established. At this point it might be worth clarifying the precise status of the anthropic object. If HAL or Marvin existed in the real world then they would undoubtedly be Dasein. By contrast, Brezeal’s robot and Nass’ computer are only ‘Daseinlike’ - imitating the ontic features of Dasein. 44 45 S. R. May Page 85 of 255 and Nass’ computer, HAL does not merely approximate the behaviour of Dasein. HAL has an understanding of Being, projects which matter to him and an existence which is an issue for him. In my usage of the term ‘anthropic’, I want to be agnostic with regard to whether the character exists in the ‘real world’46. In this way, I can make the claim that anthropic robots, anthropic aliens and anthropic homo sapiens are all Dasein, even though there is only evidence of the latter existing in real life. So, I want to claim that there is a crucial distinction between anthropomorphic and anthropic objects, and whilst they often overlap, the two are wholly dissociable. Furthermore, I want to claim that the anthropic object is characterised by what Heidegger calls being-in-the-world, and as such a phenomenological investigation ought to be fruitful. I am not convinced that there are any necessary and sufficient conditions of an object seeming anthropic, but speech, homicide and passiveaggressive note making are all examples of practical activities in which we can potentially engage as beings-in-the-world. Crucially, an object becomes anthropic if it moves from being a piece of equipment that we use in such activity to engaging it that activity with us. Indeed, the anthropic object can, like HAL and other robots from science fiction, decide that we human beings are completely superfluous to the activities with which we are engaged. 3.2.4 Return to Puppetry There are three key claims that I am making about puppetry and the animated object more generally. First, the animated object is humanlike by virtue of its being-in-theworld and this is the broad characteristic that underpins the phenomena found in several historically disparate disciplines. The animated object of Paul Zaloom’s work, the puppets of Faulty Optic, the animated objects of Jan Svankmajer’s stop-motion, HAL from 2001, A Space Odyssey (and any genuinely autonomous robots that might be created in the future) are all examples of anthropic objects and, therefore, Dasein. Secondly, this being-in-the-world is more fundamental than ‘mindreading’, as it is only on the basis of our being in the world that we are able to develop any sort of 46 I know that this phrase is far from unproblematic, but I simply mean that we can leave the auditorium and not have to worry about character’s impact on the fate of our families. Interestingly, in fiction the arrival of nonhuman Dasein is usually depicted as adversely affecting the fate of humanity. S. R. May Page 86 of 255 ‘theory of mind’. Third, whilst the phenomena of the animated object in puppet theatre is like the robot and the stop-motion animations with respect to being-in-theworld, there is an aspect which is unique to this field. Specifically, the skillfully manipulated puppet becomes embodied in the same way as the pliers or scalpel. It is in this way that the physical proximity to the animator means that the phenomena of the animated puppet is distinct. In the next section, I want to critically examine the literature on puppetry to defend my view against existing explanatory paradigms. 3.2.5 The Semiotic View of Puppetry Much of the literature of puppetry falls broadly into the semiotic view - that is, puppets are understood in terms of ‘sign systems’. It is not my intention in this section to critically evaluate all of the literature in this area, but rather I intend to challenge the semiotic approach more broadly and in so doing it is my hope that my challenge will cover a sizeable chunk of the puppetry literature. Jurkowski’s The Sign Systems of Puppetry takes a historical approach to this literature, and outlines a broadly semiotic view. One of the key claims that he makes is that puppetry is essentially parasitic upon other sign systems and that ‘systems are constituted by the relations between puppet and puppeteers or actors, thereby producing different functions of the puppet’.(Jurkowski, 1988:70) His point here is that when utilised in the live theatre, the puppet is a copy of the actor, in storytelling it is an illustration, in other times it is a copy of human beings. So, the essence of the puppet is that it has no essence, or rather it is capable of altering its signification. In the puppet theatre, the puppet is usually seen qua puppet, which presumably means that we see it in terms of its essential changeability. An interesting idea that Jurkowski draws out is that of the ‘opalescence’ of the puppet, which means that we understand the puppet both as a puppet and as a character. For example, if a puppet were to get tangled in its own strings and then appeal to us for help, this plays on its ‘double life’ as puppet and character. He then develops this a little further with the example of the puppet which - recognising that it is a puppet fights back against its manipulator in order to be free. Jurkowski claims that this expresses an opposition between two sign-systems and has two functions. Firstly, to S. R. May Page 87 of 255 emphasise the ‘artificiality’ of the puppet theatre. Secondly, as the source of the powerlessness and control metaphor (as in when we refer to a ‘puppet regime’ in politics, for example). In the final part of the essay, Jurkowski cites Bogatyrev’s definition of the puppet theatre, which I feel merits quotation at length. The main and basic feature differentiating [puppet theatre] from the live theatre [is] the fact that the speaking and performing object makes temporal use of the physical sources of the vocal and motor powers which are present outside the object. The relations between the object (the puppet) and the power sources change all the time and their variations are of great semiological and aesthetical significance. (Jurkowski 1998:79-80) Whilst I agree with him about the fact that the puppet makes use of vocal and motor powers outside of it, what I believe is missing from Bogatyrev’s account is precisely the central claim of the previous section - the anthropic object is a being-in-the-world. However, we have not yet addressed the main point of this section, specifically the question of how useful the semiotic view is for explaining the phenomena of the puppet. I have been careful in how I phrase that question, because I do not want to assume that everyone who has utilised semiotics are doing anything more than a making a methodological choice. Aston and Savona (1991), for example, are explicit in claiming that they ‘view theatre semiotics not as a theoretical position, but as a methodology: as a way of working, of approaching theatre in order to open up new practices and possibilities of seeing’ (Aston & Sevona, 1991:1). Fundamentally, I have no problem with people taking such a ‘methodological stance’ - if they draw some useful insights from doing so then that is fantastic, and I do feel that Jurkowski gains some useful insights from his inquiry. However, I feel it necessary to address the semiotic perspective, and draw out why I feel it is inadequate for looking at the phenomena that I am interested in. To that end, let us look at what Heidegger (1992) says about signs in History of the Concept of Time. S. R. May Page 88 of 255 Signs are encountered environmentally; signs are environmental things. The latest automobiles have a red rotating arrow. At an intersection, the particular position of the arrow indicates which direction the car will take…[The arrow is] encountered as in the character of reference like any environmental thing; it is present in this specific environmental ‘in order to, in a particular serviceability for indicating. This referential structure ‘for indicating’...this structure of ‘in order to indicate’ is not the indicating itself. This reference of ‘in order to’ as a mode of handiness, presence, cannot be identified with the indicating; rather, this ontic indicating is grounded in the structure of reference. (Heidegger 1992:205) What I particularly like about this quotation is that he does not allow us to entertain the idea of ‘signs in general’, but rather insists that signs always belong to a specific contexture of human activity. In this passage, Heidegger claims that the sign - in this particular case, the car indicator - is possible only on the basis on the more fundamental referential totality that I have outlined previously. I would like to claim that the semiotic view is inadequate for looking at the fundamental phenomena of being-in-the-world simply because it is only on the basis of our being-in-the-world that there can be any signs. This point is similar to the one I made regarding ostensive definition in the previous chapter - just in the same way that I can only point out and name a butterfly on the basis of already being in a context, semiology similarly presupposes that we already share a world. Whilst this does not preclude semiotics from being a productive methodological paradigm for looking at certain phenomena, it does necessarily make it inadequate for understanding its own hermeneutic conditions (i.e the phenomenon of world). 3.2.6 A Remark on Death and ‘Thingdom’ As I am trying to claim that the anthropic object is characterised by being-in-theworld, does that mean that its ‘death’ could be parallel to that of the human being? I S. R. May Page 89 of 255 want to claim that the answer is yes, and there are demonstrably cases of this in fiction. One of my favourite films when I was a child was Short Circuit, in which a military robot comes to life (or rather, becomes anthropic), with the main tension arising from him not wanting to be ‘killed’ by the military which created him. Towards the end of that film, it seems like the military have managed to kill our protagonist and when I watched this as a child I must confess that I was moved. Whilst in hindsight I have to admit that it is not the filmic masterpiece that I believed it to be when I was 8 years old, the point remains that I was moved by the death of an anthropic object in much the same way as I would be for a human protagonist. I suspect that even if the object simply returns to equipmentality (after, say, a scene of mystical enchantment), our relationship to it will still be altered. This asymmetry echoes one which exists with regard to human death - it is the case that there was a time before now in which we did not exist, and there will be time in which we exist no longer but, if you are like me, you will be more concerned about the latter than the former. Similarly, there was probably a time before a certain loved one was in your life, and there might be a time when they are no longer part of your life, but only the latter case is experienced as a lack. This claim about the anthropic object obviously requires phenomenological investigation, but I think it was necessary to make it in order to resist the idea that death is characterised by a transition to thingdom. The corpse is never a thing and it is never dissociable from the Dasein it once was, and our experience of it is rather uncanny - neither wholly the ‘person who was’, nor ‘not the person any more’. 3.2.7 Conclusion In conclusion, I want to claim that we need to understand the object being humanlike in terms of being-in-the-world. Furthermore, I would claim that the anthropic object, like the anthropic homo sapiens, is an example of Dasein. Although we have dealt quite a bit with the ontic level, we must not lose sight of the fact that I am trying to define my position ontologically. The anthropic object is the object which ‘exists as an entity for which, in its Being, that Being is itself an issue.’ (Heidegger 1996:458) This position ought to be understood neither in terms of ‘mind reading’ nor semiotics, but phenomenologically. As such, that is the task I will attempt to undertake in the S. R. May Page 90 of 255 chapters to follow. Before that, let us return to the ‘anthropic animal’ which, like the anthropic object and anthropic Homo Sapiens, is an example of Dasein, and as such ought to be understood in terms of being-in-the-world. 3.3 Animals and Worldhood Poverty To begin, I feel it needs to be made explicit that I am not - and I don’t believe Heidegger is - making any claims about the ‘inner life’ of the animal. We approach the issue of animal life rather wrongheadedly if we do so with the question, ‘does the animal have a mind?’. As I made clear previously, I think it is difficult to even untangle what ‘having a mind’ means - if you are asking if the animal has an ‘internal monologue’, then I think the answer is no. All human beings have to have an external monologue before they can internalise it, and there is no reason to think that the case of animals would be any different. If you mean to ask, ‘are we correct in utilising mental predicates in order to describe animal behaviour?’, then the answer lies out here in the world - just like Wittgenstein’s beetle in a box, if the contents of ‘the mind’ are out of necessity impossible to peer into, then it does not really play a part in our language game. It seems to me that there probably are cases in which we are right to describe an animal as clever or cunning. Of course that does not preclude the ‘fallacy of anthropomorphism’ - that is, describing the animal in terms of mental predicates which aren’t necessarily warranted. Moreover, I suspect that there are some mental predicates which can’t be rightly applied to the animal - ‘witty’, for example, seems to require a level of linguistic sophistication. In lieu of a mentalistic account of the animal life, Heidegger presents us with the notion of worldhood poverty. This seems initially to be following in a long line of philosophers who have tried to depict humans as ‘superior’ to other animals, but I don’t think that is his intention. At the very least, it is not what I am attempting to pursue in this thesis. In my view, there is no point denying that I am approaching the question of the animal from an anthropocentric perspective - I am a human being, providing a phenomenology of my experience shaped by a human culture and made possible on the basis of my being-in-the-world. I am personally not sure what S. R. May Page 91 of 255 addressing the animal question ‘objectively’ without anthropocentricism would entail, or even that such an idea is coherent. So, what do I mean when I say that the animal is poor in world? This claim is based solely on the phenomena that I experience. Consider my relationship with my shiny new leather shoes. For me, they belong to a contexture of human activity - I put them on before I leave my flat in order to make a good impression at the interview for the sake of getting a particular job. What relationship does my dog have to those shoes? It would seem that he relates to them largely as a chew toy. Notice that there is a similarity between that equipmental transgression and Chaplin’s shoe based dinner in the Gold Rush. However, the tramp still conforms more broadly to the conventions of human dining - he cuts the shoe at the dinner table (practical context), with a knife and fork in-order to eat them for-the-sake of satiating his hunger. There is no question that he is still in the world with his large, hungry companion. My dog, by contrast, does not participate in the same interlocking practices, equipment and skills for using them. Whilst it is right to say that he lives amongst me and my flatmate, it would be misleading to say that he is in-the-world with me in the same way that my flatmate is. I have previously claimed that language was indicative of a creature (or object) being anthropic, so now is perhaps the time to clarify precisely what I mean by this. Let’s imagine that I have a brief conversation with a goat. I visit a local farm and the goat (let’s call him Billy) says, “Shaun, my friend! How are you? You look well. I’m afraid I am rather busy at the moment but we should go for lunch sometime soon. Let me get my diary…” This short speech is deceptively dense, and indicative of Billy’s being-inthe-world. First, his being busy and attending to schedules implies a similar way to dividing up time as we do - this has implications in terms of Dasein’s temporality which I don’t want to go into at the moment,47 but it is very likely that a creature who makes use of a diary in the same way that we do has a similar understanding of ‘time’. Second, there is the issue of sincerity - is Billy really busy, or does he just want to escape an awkward encounter? Should I read into his response that he doesn’t really like me? Third, the convention of ‘going for lunch’ probably entails at very least a trip 47 The issue of temporality will be addressed indirectly throughout this thesis and probably in most depth in §7.3. S. R. May Page 92 of 255 to Pret a Manger, which implicates the contexture of equipment and skills for dining discussed earlier. Fourth, the phrase, ‘you look well’, is sometimes employed euphemistically to mean that the person has put on weight. If that was Billy’s intention, then this means that he understands the inappropriateness of just saying ‘you’ve got fatter’, and he understands that there are ways of conveying that sentiment whilst maintaining a socially acceptable tone. A similar thing is at play when someone asks ‘would you like to come back for coffee?’ after a date - both play on the implicit aspects of communication which is only grasped tacitly by socially proficient adults. In fact, one of the reasons I think the ‘stupid outsider’ is such a staple in comedy is because it allows an exploitation of the tacit communication that we all take for granted. There is, in my view, no question that Billy is an anthropic goat. If he had just bleated, defecated and tried to eat my t-shirt, I would not be so confident. My claiming that he is anthropic is not made on the basis that he ‘has a mind like ours’, but rather displays the sort of being-in-the-world that we take for granted. It must be noted that there are things that both humans and animals do - eat, sleep and defecate, for example - but we humans have a complex structure of equipment and etiquette which we do not share with the other animals. My basic claim here is that they do not eat at tables, sleep in beds and use lavatories - in short, they do not have projects and as such they are not in-the-world with us. Moreover, in Heideggerean terms, they don’t do so because they lack an understanding of Being and their Being is not at issue for them. What is lacking in the animal is the whole care structure - it does not comport itself in the world and does not have projects in the same way that we do. Much in the same way that the anthropic object is one which is in the world with us, so too is the anthropic animal. Most of the work of Disney utilises anthropic animals to a greater or lesser extent (Mickey Mouse being the most famous example), but one example I find particularly interesting is the character of Brian in the television show Family Guy. He is one of the most intelligent and articulate characters in the family despite being a dog amongst humans, and for the most part his ‘way of life’ is very anthropic. I would claim that much of the humour of Brian’s character comes from the sudden imposition of dog traits on his broadly anthropic persona. One example of this is in ‘Brian Goes Back to College’, in which he considers dropping out of S. R. May Page 93 of 255 university, in response to which Lois ‘persuades’ him to return by hoovering the lounge. Such adversity to the vacuum cleaner, though common in dogs, is incongruous in such an anthropic character - most of us don’t make life choices out of fear of household appliances.48 In conclusion, I want to claim that whilst Heidegger is correct in his assertion that the animal life is characterised by worldhood poverty, the anthropic animal found in fiction is one which, like the anthropic object, can rightly be described as Dasein. That is, it has an understanding of Being and its own Being is an issue for it. Ontically, the anthropic animal might go to university, sing with Frank Sinatra Jr.49 or any number of comic scenarios, possible on the basis of the understanding of Being outlined in the beginning of this chapter. As such, we will take up the issue of the anthropic animal with sustained phenomenology in chapter 6. 3.4 Conclusion Let us finish by looking at the key claims that I made in this chapter, which was divided into four sections. First, I looked at Heidegger’s claim regarding Dasein’s understanding of Being and the ontic/ontological distinction. The former is important because I claim that the defining characteristic of the anthropic object and the anthropic animal is this understanding of being, and its being mattering to it. In this way, I claim that both the anthropic object and anthropic animal are examples of Dasein, and therefore require phenomenological analysis. Second, I looked at embodiment and claimed that embodiment can encompass both the biological limb and the object. Moreover, I claimed that whilst the object failing discloses the referential totality, the biolimb failing discloses one’s own limitedness. The former is the central theme of the fourth chapter, and the latter is central theme of the seventh. Additionally, I claimed that there are serious limits to the cognitive 48 49 This ‘ontological incongruity’ will be addressed directly in §6.6 Another plot line in Family Guy featuring Brian. S. R. May Page 94 of 255 science approach, and as such these themes will be taken up with sustained phenomenology. Third, I looked at the case of the anthropic object, which I define in terms of Heidegger’s being-in-the-world. In this section, I argued that both semiotics and ‘mind-reading’ were unsuited to the task of getting to grips with the phenomena, a task which I will undertake in the fifth chapter of this thesis. Finally, I looked at the issue of the animal, traditionally characterised by worldhood poverty, before moving on to the issue of the anthropic animal. As with the case of the anthropic object, I claimed that the phenomena of the anthropic animal can only be understood in terms of being-in-the-world, a task which I will undertake with sustained phenomenology in the sixth chapter of this thesis. At this point the reader may get the sense that there is about to be a shift in my approach. This chapter concludes ‘part one’ of my thesis, which was intended to set out the critical framework for the way that I am addressing the phenomena in question. Now that the framework is established, I will look at the four main strands of the inquiry - anthropic objects, failed objects, failed bodies and anthropic animals from a purely phenomenological perspective, using case studies to frame and focus the inquiry. In this way, it is my intention that the chapters that follow will further elucidate and develop the ideas that I have presented thus far. S. R. May Page 95 of 255 Part Two – Phenomenological Component 4. Phenomenology of Dysfunctional and Deficient Objects This chapter marks the beginning of Part Two of this thesis, in which I will engage in sustained phenomenological analysis of case studies. In this particular chapter, my case studies will primarily be the use of objects in Chaplin’s films, and my intention is to draw out the way in which the object’s dysfunction discloses the referential structure outlined previously. One thing that may strike the reader from the outset is the way in which I am focussing on rather banal examples of everyday object use. The reason for this is not a lack of imagination on my part, but rather because of my belief - following Heidegger - that because of its everydayness, the interactions we have with these objects have been wrongfully neglected in the western intellectual tradition. In order to understand the extraordinary object manipulation found in the puppet theatre (a project I will undertake in the next chapter), we need to start by getting a handle on the very ordinary object manipulation with which we are constantly engaged. In looking at the very quotidian objects that we use in our everyday life, I hope to emphasise the way in which, despite being fundamental to our going about our business, they aren’t really salient. As an example, before opening up my word processor and starting to type this, I found myself rather peckish and took a quick trip to the supermarket. As it happens, at no point during this endeavour did I encounter equipmental failure, and as such it is hard to notice the complexity underlying this ostensibly very simple task. To begin, I put on my boots, which have fortunately been sufficiently worn in so that getting them on and off is no longer as strenuous as it once was. Similarly, because they have been worn in, I no longer get the nagging pain that usually accompanies the first few weeks of wearing Doc Martins. In short, they are transparent. Crucially, whilst I was listening to the radio I managed to tie my laces with a level of automaticity that I could not achieve when I was six years old. I still remember clearly the struggle that I had developing this skill, and the little chant that I used to say to myself as a reminder of the stages. Now, like many other of the tasks I do with objects every morning, I tend not to give it a second thought. The last time I became aware of the laces routine was when one lace broke a few months ago and as a result I had to S. R. May Page 96 of 255 make my way back from central London with an irritatingly loose boot at the end of my leg. Once the boots are on and fastened, I swing my overcoat on with similar automaticity. Indeed, I seldom notice coat in use, and the last time I was aware of it as a problematic thing was a few weeks ago when it fell off its hanger in the dark corridor and I tripped over it on my way to the bathroom. By contrast, this time it was unproblematic, and I would guess that (at most) a couple of seconds lapsed between me deciding that the weather necessitated the garment and me wearing it. Now, to cover my whole journey to the supermarket, my navigation through the frankly garish christmas displays and the successful unpacking, preparation and consumption of the food would prove rather tiresome. Nonetheless, my having done all this with my attention divided fairly equally between my pangs of hunger and the comic musings of Sandi Toksvig50 demonstrates the deep taken-for-grantedness of my everyday dealings with objects. Hopefully, any reader who takes a few moments to reflect on their own actions prior to reading this51 will notice a similarity between my experience and their own. If the carrier bag had broken on my way back from the supermarket, or if the store had run out of apples, or if I had slipped on some orange juice spilt in aisle three, then it would have been a more interesting - and perhaps more amusing - account of my interactions with objects. Alas, it seems that at the moment the objects around me aren’t failing. Indeed, it is perhaps worth noting that the fact that you are reading this sentence is indicative of the fact that things are going fairly smoothly, as it would only take one incident with a cup of coffee for my computer to become unusable.52 The main part of this chapter will look at concrete examples of object dysfunction, largely from within the physical comedy tradition, specifically focussing on comical cases which exemplify what Heidegger identifies as the three modes of the unready- I was listening to the News Quiz on my mp3 player. Or, indeed, whilst reading it! After all, normally the reader pays attention to the ideas, not the device. 52 A friend of mine recently lost the ‘h’ key on his laptop’s keyboard, which means that he has to copy and paste the letter from a word document any time he wants to use it. I would have more sympathy for his plight had he not lost the letter in such a ridiculous manner, which he has asked that I don’t share. 50 51 S. R. May Page 97 of 255 to-hand object.53 However, before we can get a handle on that phenomena, I feel it is first necessary to look at the cases of deliberate misuse, or equipmental transgressions. In my view, such misuse makes us aware of the tacit structure that underpins our everyday interactions with objects, the referential context. As such, there is much to be gained from phenomenological analysis of such transgression, and those insights will hopefully help to frame the inquiry going forward. 4.1 Equipmental Transgressions To begin, let us recall a central claim that I made about the object in §1.1.2, specifically that it forms part of a referential context in which the hammer relates to the nails, the work bench and a whole contexture of activity surrounding its use. Crucially, the object is not primarily understood in terms of isolable properties, such as mass, but rather in terms of its suitability for the task a hand. So, to recall the structure outlined in the last chapter, we might say that I pick up the brussel sprout at the dinner table with a fork in order to eat it as a step towards having a nice meal for the sake of satiating my hunger.54 Now, we need to acknowledge that whilst this ‘for the sake of’ is an anthropological universal (we all get hungry), the equipment surrounding this ‘for the sake of’ is not. We know of other cultures that use chopsticks, which they are undoubtedly more adept at using than I am. Indeed, I recently had to endure the embarrassment of fumbling with chopsticks in a sushi restaurant whilst the friends eating with me were demonstrating an enviable level of aptitude. In such a circumstance, I would argue it is correct so say that their relationship with the object is fundamentally different to mine - the conversation with my friends fell into the background as I tried to get the two sticks to bend to my will. Undoubtedly I went through a similar process as a child when my parents were forcing me to use a fork instead of the chubby digits which seemed far more adept at getting the food, but I have no such recollection. When I am using the fork proficiently, as I like to think I do most mealtimes, the whole referential context fades into the background and I can concentrate on my conversation. Object failure and To use the Heideggerean terminology, the unready-to-hand. As I mentioned previously, strictly speaking ‘satiating my hunger’ is not a for-the-sake-of in the Heideggerean sense. This will be problematised in §6.1.1, but for the moment it is a necessary fudge to avoid a lengthy digression. 53 54 S. R. May Page 98 of 255 misuse, and the subsequent disclosure of the referential context, is the bread-andbutter of the clowning tradition and I believe that this is exemplified brilliantly by the work of Charlie Chaplin. Let us turn now to the Gold Rush, specifically the thanksgiving scene, which I will proceed to describe in detail.55 A title card comes onscreen which says ‘Thanksgiving Scene’. We see the Tramp pull a shoe out of a pot of boiling water, which he examines and uses a fork to ensure that it is cooked. Big Jim passes him a serving plate and, after removing a little dirt from the plate, the Tramp puts the shoe on there. The camera cuts to a shot of the Tramp’s feet, one without a shoe. We cut back to the Tramp who places the serving plate with shoe on the table and then he sharpens the knife as one would if about to carve a turkey. He pulls away the shoelaces and puts them on a side plate, then he separates leather from the sole, and puts the leathery part on a separate plate. The Tramp hands the sole with nails to his large companion, who promptly swaps the plates. Big Jim looks at the shoe with disdain. The Tramp nibbles a little bit and then turns to Jim, nodding as if to say ‘it’s not bad.’ Jim looks down at his piece, again with disdain, which contrasts with the Tramp’s attitude towards his meal. Jim reluctantly bites and chews the leather. The camera turns back to the Tramp who looks as if he is having a fine meal - he twirls the shoelaces onto his fork like spaghetti before lifting them into his mouth. The Tramp then puts the nails onto a side plate, as one would the bones of a turkey. We turn back to Jim, who is reluctant and repulsed, and then return once more to the Tramp who is sucking the ‘meat’ off the ‘bones’ (i.e. leather off the nails). He picks up a bent nail and, after sucking it clean, holds it in his pinky and directs it towards Jim, as if it were a wishbone. Jim ignores him, so he tries to break it himself, which he is unable to do so he places it on the side plate. After the Tramp has a small bout of indigestion, the scene fades. Now, it is hopefully clear how the structure outlined previously is applicable to the scene here. We might say that the Tramp prods the shoe at the stove with a fork in order to check its edibility as a step towards eating it for the sake of satiating his 55 See DVD Appendix 1, Clip 1 - ‘Gold Rush I’ S. R. May Page 99 of 255 hunger. What is incongruous about this scene is the fact that the shoe is in a referential context to which it does not normally belong. This fact is highlighted by the shot of the Tramp’s feet. There are innumerable shots which feature the Tramp’s unreasonably large shoes in the scenes prior to this one, and yet they aren’t really a salient part of the picture. In fact, this is a notable characteristic of his costume - his attire seems so in-keeping with his character, that it seems appropriate that he should be wearing it even though it is deeply unsuitable for the harsh snowy conditions. By pointing at its absence, the shot of the shoeless foot highlights the usual context in which the shoe is situated and this makes us better positioned to appreciate the incongruity of the meal we are about to witness. The title card sets up the frame of reference - we are witnessing a ‘thanksgiving dinner’. However, there is a marked difference in how the two characters relate to this. The Tramp seems absorbed in this fiction- for him the shoe is turkey, the nail is a wishbone and so on. By contrast, Big Jim never stops relating to the shoe as a shoe. His grimaces are indicative of the disgustingness of his meal, and moreover of the desperate low to which he has sunk. The camera cutting between the two men highlights this incongruity - frame of reference 1 (a pleasant thanksgiving feast) is incompatible with frame of reference 2 (two desperately hungry men eating whatever they can). Yet, the Tramp tries to push them together. When Jim refuses to play along, for example when he doesn’t even try to break the wishbone with his companion, he undercuts the ‘illusion’ and highlights the transgression. There is a good reason why we don’t normally eat our shoes - it is deeply unpleasant! Unlike the Tramp, Big Jim seems unprepared to forget that. The reader might at this point be wondering why we need the Heideggerean concept of referential contexts to understand this phenomena. After all, everyone can appreciate the unpleasantness of eating shoes. However, my point is deeper than that - I want to claim that in order for the shoe be ‘reimagined’ as a component of a Thanksgiving feast, it needs to be removed from the referential context in which it is normally situated. Moreover, relating to the shoe qua turkey requires that it is integrated with the interlocking practices and equipment surrounding Thanksgiving turkeys. Whilst I don’t think it is possible to make this structure wholly explicit, I want to claim that the utility of looking at cases of misuse and failure is that they S. R. May Page 100 of 255 make this structure salient, whereas normally it is completely unnoticed. Indeed, it needs to be unnoticed in order for us to keep going about our business. As I noted in reference to my unsuccessful attempt to use chopsticks (a case of dysfunction rather than transgression), everything grinds to a halt when it is not. If I am struggling to get the sushi into my mouth, my attention is drawn away from the very interesting discussion about Arts Council funding policy and towards the damn chopsticks. They almost rise to the status of agents as they seem to thwart the very basic project of eating, and yet one is compelled to keep trying, as it would be unseemly to use one’s fingers and embarrassing to ask for a fork.56 This failure and its subsequent saliency will be the subject of the next section, which will focus primarily at the object dysfunction, and the three types of failure that Heidegger identifies. 4.2 The Three Types of Unreadiness-to-hand In order to outline the three modes of object dysfunction, it might be wise to turn once more to Dreyfus, who spends more time elucidating this idea than Heidegger himself and draws out a rather useful table of the various modalities. 56 The issue of embarrassment, and how it fits in with one’s self-interpretations, will be addressed in §6.1.1 S. R. May Page 101 of 255 (Dreyfus 1997:124-5) In the first column we see ‘availableness’, and whilst this terminology has not been used before now, the idea should be familiar. When the equipment is functioning smoothly, we are able to be absorbed in the practical activity with which we are engaged. What is important to note is that in this modality there is no subject-object dichotomy and no reflective awareness. I am simply in the world, going about my business being absorbed in the many activities which matter to me. Below that in the table we have the ‘deficient’ modalities. It is only when the object breaks or I engage in a reflective attitude towards it that there is a subject - either ‘self sufficient’, as is the case in pure reflection, or with ‘mental content on a non-mental background’. This is highly atypical, as for the most part I am simply absorbed in the projects with which I am engaged. However, what is of particular interest to my inquiry are the three sorts of equipmental dysfunctions that Dreyfus outlines. For the sake of clarity, I will use Dreyfus’ terms with the Heideggerean correlate in parentheses. First, there is a malfunction (conspicuous) in which a particular characteristic of the object prevents it from fulfilling its function optimally. The example that Dreyfus uses is the hammer being too heavy, which of course means too heavy for the task at hand. There is a good reason why the phrase ‘use a sledgehammer to crack a walnut’ has negative connotations and what is at stake is not the mass of the object, but rather its suitability for the task. When objects fail in this way, what becomes salient is that characteristic - in this example, the heaviness of the sledgehammer. Similarly, when I lean on an object and it cannot hold my weight, this characteristic of the object comes to the fore - it doesn’t have the strength which I previously assumed and its failure highlights this aspect of it. In this way, we can understand why Heidegger chose to talk of conspiciousness - its opposite, inconspicuousness, is a normal characteristic of a chair. If it is a nice, fully functioning chair, we can just ignore it when we are sat down reading or watching television. It is only when it malfunctions that the chair is ‘conspicuous’. Second, there is ‘temporary breakdown’ (obstinate). When the head falls off the hammer, one has to stop hammering and try to fix it. This failure discloses the whole S. R. May Page 102 of 255 contexture of equipment surrounding the activity - the hammer relates to the nails that need hammering, the workbench and ultimately to Dasein’s own project which has been disrupted by this dysfunction. Finally, there is a permanent breakdown (obtrusive). As Dreyfus’ formulation suggests, there is a relatedness between this sort of failure and the previous variety. One of the crucial differences between the two varieties is our stance. In cases of temporary breakdown the problem is overcome - we either fix the problem or adapt the task. In permanent breakdown, by contrast, the issue is insurmountable, and the most typical response is standing before the problem helplessly. The most obvious example of this in comedy is in Laurel and Hardy - the moments when one of them (usually Hardy) looks helplessly straight at the camera with pleading eyes.57 I will go on to argue that there is another - possibly more delightful - response to this within popular comedy, and that is impotent fury. However, we should not get distracted by the various permutations, and I feel that at this point I should be explicit in stating that I am not trying to draw out an exhaustive taxonomy of dysfunctions - I find it quite feasible that Heidegger missed one, and the divisions between them are rather fuzzy from the outset. Instead of fretting about such matters, we need to look at concrete examples in order to understand what Heidegger and Dreyfus mean, thereby getting a handle on the explanatory power of the concepts. 4.2.1 Equipmental Malfunction (Conspicuousness) Let’s begin by looking at a scene from Modern Times in which our two homeless protagonists, the Tramp and his female companion, are delighted to find themselves a home. I will now describe what happens the first time the Tramp enters the house, but it is highly advisable that the reader watches the clip before reading on.58 The Tramp and his companion enter their new home, effectively an old shack rather similar to the one featured in The Gold Rush. As the Tramp closes the door behind 57 Ricky Gervais openly acknowledges that this has been a large influence on his comedy, and was part of the reason why he chose a mock-documentary conceit for The Office. There are many moments throughout the series where an exasperated character looks straight at the camera. 58 See DVD Appendix 1, Clip 2 - ‘Modern Times’ S. R. May Page 103 of 255 him, a plank falls down and hits him on the head. Whilst his companion is putting the plank back, The Tramp sits on the table which collapses under his weight. After picking himself up, he pulls out a broom and half of the roof comes down (it turns out that the broom was propping up the roof). His companion then wedges the roof back in place with the broom declaring, “of course, it’s no Buckingham Palace”. The Tramp then leans on the wall, which he falls straight through and into the pond outside. Fade out. This is quite a concatenation of failures, all of which I would argue are cases of what Dreyfus calls ‘malfunctions’. First, we have the plank falling on him, which I would argue is a brilliant example of an object suddenly becoming salient. Previously, I hadn’t even noticed the plank above the door - it literally faded into the background. When the Tramp closes the door, it suddenly loses its inconspicuous character and we are aware of it. Second, the Tramp tries to sit on the table and it collapses beneath his weight. In this case, we have a fantastic example of the failure disclosing an aspect of the object - the Tramp assumed that the table was capable of supporting his weight, and when it failed him he suddenly discovered he was mistaken. Third, the roof, which the Tramp discovers is actually lodged in place by the broom. Once again, the roof was literally in the background of our attention until it collapse, and I was as surprised as the Tramp was when it fell down. Fortunately it was almost as easy to put the roof back as it was to make it fall. Finally, the pièce de résistance, the Tramp falling through the ostensibly solid wall. At this point, it would probably be logical to question precisely how this structure stays upright, but I suspect that would rather ruin the fun. Instead, let us notice once more how the object’s failure points to the Tramp assuming greater functionality than the object possesses. Moreover, another background feature suddenly becomes salient in a rather amusing fashion. It must be noted that this sort of assumption is often the basis of the Tramp’s pratfalls, with another notable example being in The Gold Rush, in which he tries to lean casually on his cane, with the effect that the cane goes right into the thick snow and the Tramp falls over. In this case, it is the ground itself which fails to be as sturdy as he assumes. S. R. May Page 104 of 255 Before moving on from malfunctions, I want to look at a another case which I think exemplifies the category, again from The Gold Rush.59 In this scene, the Tramp is dancing with a beautiful woman (who is trying to make her lover jealous) and, much to his irritation, his trousers keep slipping down. Several times he tries to discretely pull them up - first with his hands, then with his cane - and when the girl’s friend interrupts the dance to talk to her for a moment, the Tramp ties a piece of rope he sees on a table around his waist. It turns out to be a lead with a dog attached to it. The dog follows the couple around the dance floor a couple of times before the Tramp notices. He tries to kick the dog away but then the dog notices a cat on the dance floor, which it pursues - dragging the Tramp to the floor in the process. Now, although the Tramp being dragged across the dance floor is rather amusing, I am more interested in the little malfunction of the trousers as it seems to me that this is an example that we can all relate to. Whether it is because of a faulty belt or because one has lost a few pounds since last wearing them, sometimes one’s trousers don’t stay up as well as one would like. Now, this malfunction isn’t as severe as falling through a chair but it does have a certain similarity. If your trousers keep slipping down, they are not as inconspicuous as you would like. It seems to me that one of the necessary features of a good pair of trousers is that you can simply put them on and then forget about them. If your trousers prevent you from dancing, talking to your friend or carrying a sofa back to your flat, then there is a sense in which they have malfunctioned. Of course, this malfunction does not always result in hilarious consequences, nor does it necessarily make an interesting anecdote, but nonetheless I thought it important to outline this rather humdrum malfunction to press the point that not all malfunctions are extravagant as falling through a wall. In fact, I am personally drawn to clowns who can pick up on the minutiae of everyday life - making a five minute routine out of very everyday failures rather than requiring rather elaborate contraptions which eventually break down.60 See DVD Appendix 1, Clip 3 - ‘The Gold Rush II’ I think Dr. Brown is a great example of a clown who plays with the minutiae. He is also wonderfully transgressive, especially in the manner that he plays with food. 59 60 S. R. May Page 105 of 255 4.2.2 Temporary Breakdown (Obstinate) Let us turn now to the second type of failure - the temporary breakdown. According to Dreyfus’ chart, there are two defining features of the temporary breakdown. The first is what is encountered, specifically the interconnectedness of equipment in what we have been calling the referential context. And the second is one’s stance towards this failure, which is one of practical deliberation - one works to eliminate the problem. Now, the former feature is of particular interest to me, as I argued previously that the referential context is constitutive of ‘theatrical imaginativeness’. By this, I mean that when the Tramp invites us to reimagine the shoe as a turkey in the thanksgiving scene in The Gold Rush, or - as I will argue in §5.1 - the puppeteer invites us to see life in an inanimate object, fundamental to this phenomena is that the object is situated in a novel referential context. If this is the case, then there is a great deal to be learned from theatrical failures, as they have the potential to disclose this referential context and therefore the very machinations on which the scene relies.61 It is perhaps fitting, then, that some of the best examples of this takes place in stage magic, in which the illusion relies on such a close precision that if an object becomes salient slightly too early the whole effect is ruined. Of course, Tommy Cooper developed a very successful career by getting laughs out of such failures, and Mr. Bean has a rather comic encounter with a stage magician in Mr. Bean Goes To Town. However, I want to focus on Chaplin’s The Circus. Once again, it is recommended that the reader watches the scene in question before continuing.62 In The Circus, the Tramp gets a job in the circus after he steals the show accidentally whilst fleeing the police. After initially trying out as a clown but finding he can’t be funny deliberately, the ringmaster decides to give him a job as a stage hand, and all he has to do is take objects on and off in between acts. In one scene, the Tramp has to help another stage hand get the magician’s table into the ring. After doing so, he falls into a barrel. After recovering he adjusts the table, accidentally pressing a button which makes a top hat appear out of the table and then several birds come of the hat. 61 Both Ridout’s Stage Fright, Animals and Other Theatrical Problems and Bailes’ Performance Theatre and the Poetics of Failure discuss failure’s capacity to disclose the machinations of performance, but I want to suggest that this phenomenon can be better understood in terms of a broader consideration of the potential that failure has to disclose the referential totality that underpins everyday intelligibility. 62 See DVD Appendix 1, Clip 4 - ‘The Circus’ S. R. May Page 106 of 255 Then out of a preset hat a balloon starts inflating. Two rabbits come out of the hat after the birds and then the balloon pops. Cut to the audience who are laughing hysterically. Cut back to the Tramp, who is shocked to see a goose come out of the hat now. Then another goose comes out of the balloon hat and another rabbit comes out of the first hat, which he tries to catch. As he is putting the rabbit into the second hat, a bird - perhaps a chicken - flies out of the first hat. Cut to the magician looking aghast, and then back at the Tramp who is bamboozled by a plethora of animals coming out of both hats. As it cuts back and forth between the troubled Tramp (who is trying desperately to keep on top of the situation) and the magician, we see piglets, birds and balloons all appear. With an air of resignation, the Tramp nods appreciatively to the audience before a horse runs at him. He falls over the table, flipping it over to reveal more animals and a man hidden underneath. So, I would argue that part of the reason that this scene is so amusing is the futile way in which the Tramp tries to sort out the problem - he puts animals back in the hat, and there is a noticeable deliberation going on. This contrasts with the scene in Modern Times in which the table collapses under his weight - in that case, he simply picked himself up. In this scene, he is compelled to try to sort out the problem, despite him not being very adept at doing so. Furthermore, this failure discloses the machinations of stage magic - it becomes clear to everyone watching that when the illusionist pulls a rabbit out of the hat, he is not bringing it into existence through an act of pure volition. Rather, his doing so is reliant on a contraption, the workings of which are completely opaque to the audience when all is going smoothly. At this point, it might be worth addressing an obvious question. In what sense is it correct to claim that the magician’s table is dysfunctional? If one assumes that the mistake in the scene was simply that the Tramp pressed the button when he shouldn’t have, and the table is doing what it normally does, someone might argue quite reasonably that the table was functioning correctly. However, that presupposes that the table’s functionality is self-contained, whereas I want to argue that we need to understand the functionality in terms of the referential context. When the Tramp walks into the ring with the table, he has the role of a stage hand, and the magician wants the table to be understood by the audience as a simple table on which a few unremarkable inanimate objects are resting. Ideally, the magician would like the S. R. May Page 107 of 255 audience to believe that he could do the trick on any table, or even on the floor, and in that way the table needs to be a background feature of the trick. Indeed, if the stagehands were noticeably more careful around the button area or if they seemed to find it heavier than the other tables they have brought on, the audience would start to suspect that it was a special table and it would be more salient than the magician would like. In such circumstances, although it seems strange, we might legitimately claim that it is dysfunctional. So, I want to claim that the table doesn’t fail in the sense that it does something it shouldn’t do, for example, collapse. Rather, it fails in the sense that what it does is not what it ought to do with regard to the referential context in which it is situated. Indeed, I would go as far as to claim that when we talk of an object functioning in such a normative manner, the judgement is based on the referential structure outlined previously. What an object ‘ought’ to do is defined by the contexture of activity surrounding it. The magician’s table at one point ought to act like any other, and at another point it ought to inflate balloons. Crucially, I want to claim that this is an issue of ontology. Whilst the most common response to temporary breakdown in Chaplin’s comedy is the Tramp trying to eliminate the problem with little success, that does not necessitate that this sort of comic failure precludes successful adaptation. Indeed, Carroll (2009) argues that a key motif in Keaton’s work is the ‘successful adaptation’ gag - that is, we laugh when Keaton successfully eliminates the disturbance against the odds. To illustrate, I want to look very briefly at a key moment in Keaton’s The General.63 In this scene, Johnnie Gray is driving a train in pursuit of some Union spies who have inadvertently kidnapped his girlfriend. The spies start throwing timber onto the tracks in an attempt to derail Johnnie's train. So, Johnnie is confronted with a large piece of timber on the tracks. Johnnie climbs to the front of the train and then runs out in front of it and tries to remove the timber. He manages, but not before the train scoops him up so he is sat on the front of the train with a big piece of timber. He then 63 See DVD Appendix 1, Clip 5 - ‘The General’ S. R. May Page 108 of 255 throws the first piece of timber at the second piece, successfully overcoming the obstacle and avoiding derailing. Although it might not seem natural to refer to the timber on the train tracks as ‘unready-to-hand’, I think I am justified in doing so. What I want to highlight is that the object is not ‘unhandy’ only in cases when the head falls off the hammer or when the car won’t start, but rather at any point when the object gets in the way of one’s projects. We need to avoid construing the notion of the ‘unready-to-hand’ as simply something breaking - Heidegger extends this notion to the object which is missing, after all. This is only coherent if one understands the unready-to-hand more broadly than simply as being a synonym for breakage. So, to focus on the example from the General, the piece of wood on the tracks stands in the way of his main ‘towards-which’ (goal), i.e. capturing the spies. If he cannot eliminate this disturbance, then his train may crash, the spies may escape and ultimately the Confederate Army might lose the war. Moreover, this disturbance highlights the whole referential context on which this project is situated. We could say that he chases the spies on the railway with a steam train in order to stop them returning to base for the sake of furthering the cause of the Confederate Army. Thus, the timber on the tracks is just as ‘unready-to-hand’ as the train would be if it broke down. So, we have seen that the notion of the unready-to-hand includes both the table that is too weak to hold my weight and the timber on the railway tracks which may result in a crash. In the case of the former, I might just dust myself off and in the case of the latter, I might have to act very quickly to resolve the issue. Of course, the line separating the two varieties is rather fuzzy. Under Dreyfus’ formulation, it seems like the distinction between the obstinate and the obtrusive is even fuzzier - both are referred to as ‘breakdowns’ by Dreyfus, with the main terminological distinction being its permanence. The permanent breakdown, then, is perhaps a misnomer - the object which one has lost might at some point be found, and it seems peculiar to use ‘breakdown’ in reference to an object which is functional but misplaced. The crucial characteristic in this third variety seems to be that the activity with which we are engaged has to cease - I can’t put up the shelves because I’ve lost the screwdriver; I can’t go to Mabel’s wedding because the car won’t start. Although when it happens to us in everyday life there’s very little to laugh at, there are clear examples in comedy in S. R. May Page 109 of 255 which I think this is at play,64 so let us turn our attention to obstinacy in popular comedy. 4.2.3 Permanent Breakdown (Obtrusive) As I noted previously, it is this Obstrusiveness that is a common theme in the work of Laurel and Hardy and I would argue that it is at play in Ollie’s famous ‘camera look’ in which he stares desperately at the camera. As an example, take the scene in Busy Bodies in which Stan manages to wedge both of Ollie’s hands in a window frame. After demanding that Stan helps him, Ollie notices Stan referring to blueprints. Ollie explains that these blueprints are for the Boulder Dam and then gives us an exasperated look as if too say, ‘look what I have to put up with!’65 Crucially, in this example, they cannot continue with their activity until the hands are free - if the problem is not overcome then Ollie cannot continue, and in fact he will probably have to go to the hospital to have his hands freed.66 Such moments are much rarer in the comedy of Chaplin, and as such I think it is important to draw them out. The example that I want to focus on, and a fantastic example of obstinacy, is the ‘Billows Feeding Machine’ in Modern Times.67 According to the salesman of the machine, it is a practical device which automatically feeds employees while they work. The inventor decides to give a practical demonstration of the device, and the boss chooses Chaplin’s character as the unsuspecting volunteer, so Chaplin is strapped in and ready to go. First, a bowl of soup is lifted and poured into his mouth, then a sponge swings round and wipes his mouth, much to his surprise. The machine rotates and a plate of bitesized nibbles lifts up and then a metal tong pushes the first bite into Charlie’s 64 It is perhaps worth reminding the reader that I am not trying to outline the necessary and sufficient conditions of humour, and as such it is outside the remit of this thesis to unpick precisely when breakdown results in laughter. Rather, I am trying to outline the hermeneutic conditions of humour - that is, what needs to be in place for the situation to be intelligible. In my view, this is the phenomenon of world. 65 See DVD Appendix 1, Clip 6 - ‘Busy Bodies’ 66 When I was 9 years old, I rather stupidly handcuffed my right hand to my left ankle and lost the key. My grandfather had to take me to the fire station where they removed it using a frankly terrifying saw. I missed almost a whole day of school because of this foolish act, as such I think it is quite right to define this as a ‘permanent breakdown’, despite the fact that I was eventually freed. 67 See DVD Appendix 1, Clip 7 - ‘Modern Times III’ S. R. May Page 110 of 255 mouth. The plate rotates and a second piece is pushed into his mouth, followed by a third. The plate goes down and the sponge swings round and cleans his mouth again. The machine rotates, and this time a spinning corn-on-the-cob pops up. As it moves left to right, Charlie dutifully eats it. Cut to the machine’s salesman who seems rather impressed with the contraption. We return to Charlie eating the corn, when suddenly there is the sound of electric ‘fizzing’ and the corn speeds up. Charlie is helpless as corn the spins frantically on his face. The machine maker does something to the contraption which makes it cease. It starts up again, stops, and then it attacks again. The salesman is hunched over the contraption’s controls trying to fix the problem. One of the engineers pulls the corn away from Charlie’s face, much to his relief. He tells the salesman to try again, and the corn attacks Charlie once more. The corn attacks repeatedly, with Charlie shouting for help in between bouts. After the final attack, the sponge calmly swings round and wipes his mouth. The machine seems to be okay now, so the salesman declares, “We’ll start with the soup again”. The soup lifts up and it looks like everything is going well, but then the bowl flops down and soup spills down Charlie’s front. The sponge swings round, wiping Charlie’s face. The engineer wants to try once more, so he fills the bowl with soup again and nods to his colleague to start. This time the bowl shoots up, flinging soup in Charlie’s face. Once again the sponge swings round - this time it is needed but it is rather ineffectual (it only wipes the mouth area, not the rest of the rather wet face). Cut to the salesman who makes a few more adjustments to the machine, leaving two bolts on the plate with the small portions on it. The salesman pulls a lever and the machine rotates once more. This time the plate with food (and bolts) lifts up. First a piece of food is put in Charlie’s mouth, which he chews, but then a bolt is put in there. Followed by another one, much to his surprise. The sponge swings round and wipes his mouth, preventing him from spitting the bolts out in between courses. The contraption turns leaving the pudding in front of Charlie, then the plate lifts up and plants the pudding in his in his face. The sponge swings round and once again ineffectually wipes his face. Then there is another problem, and the sponge swings back and forth beating Charlie in the face. Eventually the S. R. May Page 111 of 255 contraption breaks down completely and Charlie falls out. The factory owner declares, quite rightly, “It’s no good - it isn’t practical” and walks away. Now, as mentioned previously, there is one moment in which I would argue Chaplin is utilising Hardy’s trademark ‘camera look’. This look encapsulates what Dreyfus might call Charlie’s ‘stance’ - he is completely helpless. He is quite literally strapped into a machine and at its mercy. It is clear that such a major breakdown prevents Charlie from undertaking the main project of his lunch hour (i.e. eating lunch), although he does manage to eat a little before the machine starts to attack him. Referring back to the structure outlined earlier, we might say that the boss straps Charlie into the feeding machine with the metal arms in order to feed him as a step towards increasing productivity for the sake of his being a successful factory owner. By this criteria it has failed, as the factory owner himself admits when he says that it is not practical. There is, of course, a rather unsubtle but important message that Chaplin is making in this scene and Modern Times more generally, and that is the dehumanising effect of such mechanisation. Even if we acknowledge that the human giving us an impression of a thing is amusing, as Bergson famously claimed, we must equally acknowledge that a human treating another human like a thing is deeply unsettling. However, there is a more pressing question. Specifically, is Chaplin and Hardy’s response to obstinacy the only response found in comedy? As I mentioned previously, I don’t believe so. In order to make this case, I want to turn now to a comic character almost as famous as the Tramp, Basil Fawlty, whose response to permanent breakdown I want to argue is characterised by impotent fury. In the Fawlty Towers episode, Gourmet Night,68 hotel manager Basil is trying to organise a night of gourmet cuisine in order to attract a higher class of customer. Unfortunately, the chef has drunk too much and passed out in the kitchen. Basil has 68 See DVD Appendix 1, Clip 8 - ‘Fawlty Towers’ S. R. May Page 112 of 255 arranged for another chef to cook the meal (roast duck), which he will pick up from a restaurant on the other side of town. After the first duck was dropped and trodden on, an increasingly agitated Basil rushes to pick up a second one. On his way back to the hotel, Basil’s car breaks down. Over the choking of the engine, we hear Basil shouting. "Come on! Come on! Start! Start you vicious bastard! Come on! Oh my god! I'm warning you, if you don't start! I'll count to three! 1! 2! 3! RIGHT!" Basil then gets out of the car. He starts pointing aggressively at the car and shouts, "Right, that's it. I've had enough! You've tried it on just once too often! Right! Well, don't say I haven't warned you! I've laid on the line to you time and time again! Right! Well, this is it! I'm going to give you a damn good thrashing.” He turns and runs out of shot. He then returns and beats the car ineffectually with a branch. It is impossible to describe this scene in such a way that it does it justice, but it seems to me that this example - the car not starting - is a paradigmatic case of the permanent breakdown (obstinacy). We can plot Basil’s project in the referential structure; Basil drives to the hotel with a car in order to give the guests a fine meal as a step towards attracting a better standard of clientéle for the sake of becoming a successful hotel manager. Clearly the car breaking down stands in the way of that. However, Basil does not simply sit there helplessly and look at us with pleading eyes, he rages with a hilarious impotence and exacts revenge on the inanimate car. The ineffectualness of the thrashing is highlighted by the car’s lack of response and the guests simply waiting longer. It doesn’t do anything to help Basil achieve his aims, and yet it is a very natural response. Although we probably don’t go to the same extremes as Basil, I’m sure most of us have exacted our revenge on inanimate objects, suggesting that perhaps we are not the ‘rational animals’ that we like to believe ourselves to be. Before moving away from impotent fury as a response to obstinacy, I want to look another type of obstinate object - the one which is missing. As a case study for this, I want to look at Rhod Gilbert’s short routine on his lost suitcase, which I think almost S. R. May Page 113 of 255 matches Basil Fawlty in the impotent fury stakes.69 As this routine is quite language heavy, I will shift to a more ‘transcriptive’ way of representing it on the page. I was excited and then I bought myself a brand new suitcase as well, one of the posh ones with the wheels and then I flew to Dublin. I will show you what I found when I arrived in Dublin airport just a few hours later. (He produces the handle). That. *audience laughs* It's not funny! *audience laughs* Anyway, I get the last laugh, it still works. *audience laughs* You can see where some hilarious baggage handler has put a 'heavy' label on that, look. *audience laughs* Bend your knees is the advice to anyone tackling that baby. *audience laughs* Listen, I'm not going to lie to you, the flight was about £19.99, I wasn't expecting miracles. (Looks at handle) *audience laughs* If I'm completely honest with you, the first three times this went round the baggage carousel, I laughed. *audience laughs and claps* Everyone laughed the first three times it was hilarious - the staff, the passengers, everybody was having a great time. And then one by one they went home. *audience laughs* It was just me and this. *audience laughs* I thought I could sort this out. I took this to the desk. *audience laughs* Marched over, I thought 'I'll sort this out'. I didn't know what I was up against - the girl at the desk looks at me, no hint of irony, she says, "what seems to be the problem?". *audience laughs* I said mainly it's about my luggage. *audience laughs* She said, 'is that not it?' *audience laughs* I said, 'this is some of it'. *audience laughs* Don't get me wrong, I'm thrilled to get this back. *audience laughs* The thing is, I'm here for a month. *audience laughs* I'm pretty sure I packed more than this. *audience laughs* She started asking me those questions, you know those questions they ask you at airports? I've heard these questions all over the world. They are normally perfectly sensible questions. There was no need for it. She said, ‘could anybody have interfered with it?’ *audience laughs* I said we probably shouldn't rule that out. *audience laughs* She said, 'have you left it unattended at any point?' *audience laughs* I said, 'I suppose I must have.' *audience laughs* I'm not the most observant person in the world but if this had happened while I was wheeling it through the airport I think I would have noticed. *audience laughs* Surely it would have gone very light very quickly? *audience laughs* She said, 'did you pack it yourself?' *audience laughs* I 69 ‘See DVD Appendix 1, Clip 9 - ‘Rhod Gilbert’ S. R. May Page 114 of 255 thought, 'why? what are you suggesting? You think my mother packs for me and thought this is all I'd need?! *audience laughs* Now, the stimulus for this rant is an absent object, a fact that is highlighted in the moments when he walks across the stage holding the handle down behind him like one would with a suitcase on wheels. Whilst there is perhaps a utility in his going to the desk to report the bag missing, at the point at which we are hearing the story the bag is still missing, or at very least we assume that he hasn’t got his luggage back. Much like the beating that Basil gives his car, the rant Rhod Gilbert performs onstage does nothing to resolve the issue. Both are futile fist-shakes at a failure which they are helpless to resolve. However, whereas in Fawlty Towers the fourth wall is always maintained, the conversational70 nature of stand-up comedy allows Rhod to both plead like Hardy and rant like Fawlty. When he is describing how, ‘everybody was having a great time and then one by one they went home’, one imagines Rhod stood in the airport, helpless and not knowing what to do. Indeed, whether intentionally or not, he looks straight at the camera in a Hardyesque manner when he delivers that line. After that he goes into an impotent rant which wrings laughs out of the audience at an impressive rate - around one big laugh per sentence! 4.3 The Present-at-Hand Modality Hopefully it is clear at this point how I feel Heidegger’s terminology around the dysfunctional equipment is useful for understanding the comic phenomena addressed. As I mentioned previously, my intention is not to outline an exhaustive taxonomy of types of failure, or even types of gags found in the physical comedy tradition. There are undoubtedly cases which are somewhere in the grey areas between the varieties, and there may well be other types of failure which I have not considered. Let us now turn to the modality at the bottom of Dreyfus’ chart - what he calls ‘occurentness’, and what I have previously called the present-at-hand. In the previous sections, I have been drawing the readers attention to specific moments within Chaplin films - moments which actually make up a small fraction of 70 Or, rather, the pseudo-conversational nature of stand-up comedy. S. R. May Page 115 of 255 the screen-time of the Tramp in those films. In order to do this effectively, I have provided the reader with a DVD containing only those clips and I have described the phenomena in the main body of the thesis text. In doing so, there is a sense in which one could say that I have divorced the scenes from their native referential context. One could perhaps argue that understanding the shoe eating scene in The Gold Rush requires that the viewer has watched all the scenes leading up to that moment, so that we truly understand what is at stake. I completely agree and one of my main recommendations when approaching this thesis is that the reader has watched all the case study films in question. However, I understand that the reader (that is to say, the examiner) may not have either the time or the will to do so, which is why this ‘cherry picking’ is a necessary evil. Moreover, I feel that is it important to emphasise how atypical this is as a mode of engagement with comic phenomena. Usually when I am watching a comic performance or film, it is a social affair in which I am truly ‘in the moment’. Often I struggle to breathe because I am laughing so hard. In these moments, I am fully absorbed in the activity and as such I am not aware of the structures outlined previously. However, in order for me to highlight the referential structure, I had to discourage you from engaging with the phenomena in such a manner, which is why the clips are divorced from their native contexts. This ‘divorced’ mode of engagement - what Heidegger calls the present-at-hand - is a popular methodological tool of the natural sciences, but I want to claim that this is also a very popular tool of the comedian, and the remainder of this chapter will be devoted to making the case for this claim. The evolutionary biologist and Radio 4 stalwart Dr. Steve Jones often describes his job as making sex boring, as is necessary if one wants to critically engage with reproductive science. I would argue that modern ‘blue’ comedians take a similar methodological approach, but rather than making reproduction seem clinical and dull they make it seem strange and amusing. What would happen, then, if one were to do a similar thing to the practice of stand-up comedy itself? Fortunately, we do not have to imagine, as that is something I would argue that Stewart Lee has been doing for a substantial part of his career. In the routine that follows, Lee discusses contemporary stand-up comedy and the large part that broken objects seem to have in the routines S. R. May Page 116 of 255 of mainstream comedians. Once again, I would recommend that any reader unfamiliar with the material consult the DVD appendix before reading on.71 What the comedy is now…it's not like the 80's, what it is now, is a load of people and they all hate their electrical appliances. *audience laughs* And they go out to a place and there is a guy on stage there and he hates his electrical appliances. And he goes "I hate my electrical appliances" *audience laughs* And the audience goes "we hate our electrical appliances as well" and they go home happy, £47.50 well spent. *audience laughs* "I hate my toaster, it's only got two settings - black burned charcoal or just warm bread. It's only got two settings." * audience laughs* It's broken, isn't it? *audience laughs* Mate, that toaster's broken. *audience laughs* They wouldn't make a toaster like that, would they? They wouldn't, there would be no market for it. *audience laughs* It would be rejected at the design stage. *audience laughs* "Mr. Morphy-Richards, I've got a design idea for a new toaster" "Oh yeah?" "Yes, it either burns the bread black, or it doesn't do anything to it really." *audience laughs* "We're not going to make that toaster, sir." *audience laughs* "There would be no market for it. Put the plans in the bin, put them in there." (Lee pauses) It's broken, isn't it? If you've got a toaster and it either burns the bread black or it doesn't do anything, it's not a new kind of toaster, it's broken, right. *audience laughs* Take it back. And they'll change it if you've got a receipt. This routine seems to be criticising Eddie Izzard’s show, Glorious (1997) which does have a routine in which he bemoans the fact that his toaster either burns the bread or does very little to it. However, I think he is doing something more than simply attacking a fellow comedian. What I think is interesting about this routine is that Lee makes the audience take a certain stance on the practice of comedy. By putting the practice of stand-up comedy ‘under the microscope’, Lee is encouraging a ‘present-athand’ engagement with it. Normally, one gets completely absorbed in the gig - when I first heard the Izzard routine, I found it rather funny, and the last thing I was concerned with was the process of returning the appliance. In using the practice of 71 See DVD Appendix 1, Clip 10 - ‘Stewart Lee’ S. R. May Page 117 of 255 comedy as its subject matter, Lee’s routine encourages a more ‘present-at-hand’ mode of engagement, one which I think is essential to critical engagement with an activity.72 Let’s move away now from the Ouroboros73 of comedy-about-comedy, and look at the present-at-hand mode more generally. As I expressed previously, I want to argue that Dreyfus and Heidegger are right in claiming that when I am fully absorbed in the activity with which I am engaged, there is no ‘subject’ engaging with a ‘object’ or ‘mental content’ but simply Dasein prereflexively engaging with activities which matter to it. In the deficient present-at-hand modality, this prereflexive engagement is disrupted - there is a critical distance between the Dasein and the activity and/or object. I want to argue that the distance that this stance creates can make the object or activity seem comical. As I claimed in Chapter 2, the object is not meaningful by virtue of any internal structure or its components but rather by the referential context in which it is situated. As such, any stance which divorces an object or activity from its native context has the potential74 to make it seem meaningless. The example of this that I gave in 2.6.1 was an article in the mock-newspaper The Onion, in which the U.S. economy collapses because everyone stops believing in the value of the coins passed between them. This is also a familiar trope in observational comedy, which I want to illustrate with a routine from Dylan Moran recorded in 2006, when Arnold Schwarzenegger was still governor of California.75 Arnold Schwarzenegger is the governor of California. *audience laughs* There's a perfectly ordinary english sentence. *audience laughs* How did that happen?! *audience laughs* Do you know how that happened? Coz I'll tell you. You know how he got into that position? He got there…by lifting things. *audience laughs* Now, you and me, we avoid lifting things. It's unpleasant. *audience laughs* Especially heavy things. Even a five year old child knows this. They go, "huh? no, fuck 72 There is, of course, a slight slippage from discussing objects to discussing practices. Whilst I don’t think one can conflate the two, it is hopefully clear that they are not as distinct as usually construed. The practice of comedy is situated within a referential context partially constituted by the equipment surrounding it. Our understanding of the practice and of the equipment are inextricably linked together - what one ‘ought’ to do with a prop is contextually determined, after all. Moreover, just as you can assume a present-at-hand stance to an object you can assume the same stance to the practice of which it is a part. 73 Ouroboros is a snake eating its own tail. 74 The natural sciences take this stance towards human interaction and whilst it doesn’t always mean that they render it comical, I would argue that this entails that they cannot hope to understand what it means for someone to be ‘in love’, for example, as this cannot be reduced to either an evolutionary imperative or a set of neurons firing. One of the strengths of Raymond Tallis’ work is his rebuttal of such reductionist strategies in the sciences. 75 See DVD Appendix 1, Clip 11 - ‘Dylan Moran’ S. R. May Page 118 of 255 it no. I'm going to put lego up my arse, I'm not doing that. No." *audience laughs* He took a different approach. He lifted the heavy… And you know, you lift things when you have to. Piano falls on granny - you lift the piano. Coz granny has mixed feelings about the whole situation. *laughs* Sunday lunch continues. *audience laughs* He didn't do any of that! We went right over to the heavy thing and lifted it, and put it back down and didn't move it anywhere. *audience laughs* And then he lifted it again, hundreds of times. And said to the people who had stopped to observe this abhorrent behaviour, "look how good I am at lifting the heavy thing" *audience laughs* “In my underpants.” *audience laughs* Now that sounds a little dim. But it was they who said, "you're the man." *audience laughs* "You're the one we want to deal with immigration and water rates and taxes and all that kind of shit." *audience laughs, claps and cheers* What this routine brings out brilliantly is how absurd competitive weight-lifting seems when one is not invested in that particular activity. I want to argue that is because Dylan Moran positions himself and us in a referential context exterior to Schwarzenegger’s, and as such the activity seems pointless. To the outsider, it is a bunch of men parading around in their underpants picking up heavy things. However, for the weightlifter, it might be the culmination of years of effort, and he picks up the weights in the gym with his bare hands in order to build up his biceps as a step towards perfecting his physique for the sake of being crowned Mr. Universe. This structure is what makes the activity meaningful to him, and as such the activity is not wholly intelligible to someone in a position of exteriority - in a very real sense, they just don’t ‘get it’. In those situations, it seems natural to laugh. It is an obvious truism that outsiders are well positioned comically, both in the sense that they are easy subjects of humour (as the prevalence of ‘funny foreigner’ type humour indicates) and that they are well positioned to make our own practices seem peculiar. Of course, this does not necessitate that there is an unbridgeable gulf between my projects and those of Schwarzenegger. I might not have any desire to become Mr. Universe and he might not have any desire to be a scholar, but we may well have more projects in common than we do differing ones. Moreover, whatever the project, our activities and interaction with objects are intelligible only by virtue of the referential structure that I have tried to outline in this chapter. As long as we understand the S. R. May Page 119 of 255 distorting effect that the present-at-hand modality has on everyday intelligibility, there is nothing wrong with enjoying the absurdity. However, I would be wary of certain intellectual traditions which posit such absurdity as a fundamental characteristic of the human condition. 4.4 Conclusion I began by looking at what I refer to as 'equipmental transgressions', which I elucidated with the example of the Thanksgiving Scene in The Gold Rush. After that, I looked at the three types of object dysfunction (unreadiness-to-hand) that Heidegger and Dreyfus identify, i.e. Malfunction (Conspicuousness), Temporary Breakdown (Obstinacy) and Permanent Breakdown (Obtrusiveness). I argued that in cases of Malfunction (Conspicuousness), what becomes salient is the problematic characteristic of the dysfunctional object (for example, it’s instability) and that the most common response to this in Chaplin's work is simply the Tramp dusting himself off and getting on with what he was doing. Temporary Breakdown (Obstinate), by contrast, discloses the referential context as the person (usually The Tramp) deliberates over how to resolve the problem. Crucially, I argued that one needs to understand the machinations of performance-construction in terms of referential contexts, and moreover that the Temporary Breakdown has the potential to disclose these machinations, such as in the case of the magician's table in The Circus. The Permanent Breakdown (Obtrusive), as the Dreyfus' name suggests, is a more enduring failure. Although calling it a 'breakdown' is a little misleading as it can also refer to an object being missing. We saw a that the usual response to this in silent films is to look helplessly at the camera, but I also made the case that the impotent fury of a figure such as Basil Fawlty is also a common response to such dysfunctions. After moving on from the unready-to-hand modality, I looked at what Heidegger calls the present-at-hand (in Dreyfus' table, the occurrent). I argued that this position has the potential to make our everyday activity seem strange, perhaps even absurd, and that this is a common technique in stand-up comedy. In the next chapter, I will look at the anthropic object, which I want to argue is characterised by being-in-the-world, S. R. May Page 120 of 255 beginning with cases of puppet theatre in which the manipulator is as present on stage as the puppet. S. R. May Page 121 of 255 5. Phenomenology of Anthropic Objects (and a ‘Real Girl’) In this chapter, I will look at examples of what I call ‘anthropic objects’ - that is, ‘objects’ that ought to be understood in relation to the phenomenon of ‘being-in-theworld’. I am not committed to the idea that such objects exist ‘in real life’ - as my treatment of computational humour theory indicated, I think we are a long way off being able to create truly anthropic robots - but in principle I don’t think it is inconceivable at some point in the future. Rather than getting caught up in the current debates about such matters, I want to be clear from the outset that each of my case studies will be treated with ‘agnosticism’ regarding this issue. My concern isn’t whether the puppet or robot is an ‘actually-existing-Dasein’, but rather what makes the object seem ‘object-like’ in some instances and ‘Dasein-like’ in others. My contention is that often this shift is accompanied by laughter, and that these shifts can only be understood phenomenologically. I will begin this chapter by looking at Blind Summit’s production of The Table and relate it to the investigation of failure pursued in the last chapter. After this, I will work my way through several case studies in order to build a phenomenology of the anthropic object. 5.1 Failure and Puppet Manipulation In Blind Summit's production of The Table, there are several features that I want to argue can be best understood with recourse to the framework that I developed in previous chapters. Specifically, I want to focus on the status of the eponymous table. Recall my discussion in chapter two about the table at my parents' home in which I argued that what made it the 'play table' at one point and the 'dinner table' at another was the concrete contexture of activity surrounding it - for example, I pick up the parsnip at the table with a fork in order to eat it as a step toward have a satisfying meal for the sake of satiating my hunger. As such, I argued that the table as a site of activity is flexible in its significance and potentially allows for incongruity. I want to argue that most of the humour in The Table arises out of this flexibility and the subsequent incongruity.76 76 I was initially tempted to claim that all the humour in the piece is of this variety, but I don’t think this is quite true. For instance, there is a joke about pythagoras’ theorem which probably doesn’t arise from this flexibility and subsequent incongruity. S. R. May Page 122 of 255 In this production, Moses, a three-man operated Bunraku style puppet with a cardboard head and gruff demeanour, openly acknowledges the artifice of the performance. He states that he has never left the table and openly discloses the machinations of manipulation - there are several moments when he turns to the manipulators for agreement or to chastise their abilities as puppeteers. Furthermore, he outlines the three essential ingredients of puppetry - focus, breath and fixed point (i.e. the puppet’s movements follow our intuitive understanding of physics77). In doing so, he integrates the mechanics of puppetry into the dramaturgy of the piece. He never denies his puppetness, and at one point asserts that he used to be a box. For him (and, therefore, the audience) alongside its humdrum everydayness, the table is also present as a site of imagination. At one point, he claims it can become France, Germany or Egypt as he chooses, and he likes to think of the stage left area of the table as his garden. Around halfway through the piece, a mysterious woman comes and sits at the table apparently completely oblivious of Moses’ dramaturgical reality - much to his dismay. For her, the table is the place at which she sits mournfully flicking through a diary. When this happens the puppet reacts with shock, insisting that it's his table and she has no right to be there. He tries shouting at her, kicking her and putting all his weight behind him in an attempt to shove her off the table, but to no avail. His diminutive stature and her dramaturgical incongruity conspire to make her an immovable mountain on his tabletop continent. In the end, his protests and attacks are as impotent as those Basil Fawlty subjects on his car, for very much the same reason. Both the inert woman and the dysfunctional car are obstacles that thwart the projects of their respective protagonists completely. Just as the car prevents Fawlty from getting the food to the guests, the puppet cannot reenact the final hours of Moses’ life whilst the woman is 'in his garden'. In Heideggerean terminology, both the 77 This roughly means that the body is subject to gravity (in the sense that it falls when unsupported and that it has a centre of gravity which governs when it is ‘off balance’) and is self-propelled - it moves by exerting force upon the surface of the table. S. R. May Page 123 of 255 woman and Fawlty’s car are obtrusive and in both cases impotent fury is the response engendered.78 Whilst this deliberate obtrusiveness was interesting, far more exciting from my point of view was a failure that was not a scripted part of the show. Shortly preceding the arrival of the woman, the puppet engaged in a piece of physical comedy with an imaginary treadmill which lead to his ear coming loose and flapping about every time he moved his head. This was acknowledged several times by the puppet, and was integrated rather well into the performance. When he was ranting impotently at the woman, the flapping ear became an irritant. He declared "I've had enough of this!", ripped off the ear and threw it away. However, he (or rather, Mark, the puppeteer) did this with such vigour that the puppet's hand came off too. Immediately, one of the puppeteers started corpsing. The puppet took a few moments to assess the situation before turning to Mark and calling him a “twat”. As Mark was responsible for voicing the puppet, he was effectively insulting himself, thus highlighting the seemingly paradoxical nature of the puppet. I believe that the referential structure I outlined in the previous chapter is ideally suited to understanding this phenomenon. Let us recall what Koestler says about incongruity, specifically that what underpins incongruity humour is ‘bisociation’ - ‘the perceiving of a situation or idea in two self-consistent but habitually incompatible frames of reference, M1 and M2’.(Koestler 1989:35) I want to claim that we need to understand this moment in those terms. M1 is constituted by three puppeteers manipulating a broadly anthropomorphic puppet - that is, they move the puppet on the table with their hands in order to give it 'the illusion of life' as a step towards staging a memorable theatre piece for the sake of being respected puppeteers. M2 is a man trying impotently to remove a woman from his table - that is, he kicks the woman on the table with his feet in order to move her as a step towards clearing his performance area for the sake of telling the story of Moses. When the puppet breaks - specifically, when the hand falls off - this interrupts both M1 and M2. The puppeteers in M1 can't continue manipulating the puppet until the 78 The reader might have noted that this is the first instance in which I have used this terminology in relation to human beings rather than objects. I will return to this issue in §5.2.1, but I am well aware that Heidegger would probably not approve of this usage. S. R. May Page 124 of 255 issue is addressed and the puppet in M2 can't continue with his projects either - losing a hand is rather debilitating. The performers overcome the problem adeptly by having the puppet (M2) chastise the puppeteer (M1) and getting him to fix the problem, and in so doing he gets a number of big laughs from the audience. Indeed, I would go as far as to say that the main source of comedy in this piece are the moments in which the two referential contexts meet or clash. Moreover, the performative failure of the puppet discloses the theatricality of the context, and we become aware of both the referential contexts and our position as audience members. The Table is a fantastic example of a piece which knowingly plays with two referential contexts which are nestled in together, but I want to suggest that this nestling is a necessary structure of all puppet theatre. Insofar as you have a puppeteer animating an object and the object has intentions and projects which are ostensibly different to those of the animator (perhaps the defining feature of puppetry), then you have two referential contexts which structure those projects and intentions. When the puppet fails, such as when the puppet's hand falls off or the marionette gets tangled in its own strings, then the failure discloses this nestled structure. Imagine I am performing a gripping production of Hamlet in which Ophelia is played by a puppet. If my skills as a puppeteer are up to scratch, then you will have been gripped and moved by the performance. Now imagine that Ophelia's head suddenly falls off and you see my hand poking out of her neck. At that moment, you are ripped away from whatever’s rotten in the state of Denmark (M2) and confronted with a red-faced performer struggling with a prop (M1). So, the central claim that I want to make about the puppet theatre is that constitutive to the 'illusion of life' often taken to be the defining characteristic of the puppet theatre is there being at least two referential contexts nestled together. In this way, both puppet and puppeteer can share a stage and be co-present, having projects and intentions which ostensibly diverge and/or clash with each other. If there is only one referential context, then the objects being manipulated by the human on stage are understood exclusively in terms of the human's projects - the spoon is a prop, the humanoid doll is a 'toy'. This does not preclude the object thwarting the project, as we saw in the case of the dysfunctional object in the work of Chaplin, but it does entail that the object cannot be understood as having projects - it cannot truly be S. R. May Page 125 of 255 humanlike. By this, I mean that only the anthropic object can have a referential context, and therefore it can have projects and intentions of its own. Usually there are two referential contexts co-existing together in the puppet theatre, but there is no reason in principle why that is the maximum. In fact, I want to look at a short scene in Nina Conti's show, Evolution, in which there are three referential contexts co-existing on stage, a fact that underpins much of the humour in the piece. As with the previous chapter, it is recommended that the reader watches the clip in question before continuing.79 In this production, it is established that Nina Conti is rather prudish and she is unable to speak frankly about sex, for example, without doing so through the Monkey character. In order to try to get over her dependency on the Monkey, she decides to use a puppet of her father - the actor, Tom Conti - to help. In the scene that follows, Nina holds Tom in her arms and Tom puts his hand inside Monkey - ostensibly in an attempt to manipulate the puppet. So, in the dramaturgy of the piece, Nina controls a puppet (Tom) who wants to learn to control a puppet (Monkey). This is somewhat confused by the fact that Monkey is aware that he is not real and at times seems to rebel from both Nina and Tom. A dialogue between the three follows. Nina: So Dad's going to try some ventriloquism Monkey: Ok, Tom, get your hand in. Nina: Alright, you ready? Tom: I think so Nina: Ok, so…ask monkey a question and then do the answer. Tom: Ok Monkey: Ask away Nina: You two sound like each other. Tom: It's your lack of talent. Nina: Ask him a question. Tom: Do you like nuts? Monkey: Oh, Jesus, he's worse than you are! 79 See DVD Appendix 2, Clip 1 - ‘Nina Conti I’ S. R. May Page 126 of 255 Tom: What's the matter? Nina: Monkey's…err… he knows he's not real. Monkey: It's kinda deconstructive. Tom: Oh, I see. Nina: So ask him another question. Tom: Do you like having a hand up your jacksy? Monkey: Yes, I love it. Tom: Did I do that? Nina: No, I did that. Tom: Did she do that? Monkey: Yes she did. Tom: Very good. Nina: Thank you. So ask him another question. Tom: Do you wish you were a real monkey? Monkey: No, not really. Tom: Did I do that? Nina: No, he did that. Tom: You did that? Monkey: No, she's fucking with you. Nina: You do it this time and you do the voice. Tom: How do you do the voice? Nina: The voice is kinda like swallowing and throwing up at the same time. Pause Nina: Go on. Tom: Do you like climbing trees? Monkey makes some groany noises whilst Tom's mouth moves. Tom: How was that? Nina: It was not bad, but I saw your lips move. Monkey: Me too, fucking loads. Tom: It's too hard. Forget it, Nina. I want to claim that the best way to understand this is in terms of three referential contexts, each nestled in another. First (M1), there is Nina Conti, manipulating two puppets on stage as part of a fringe comedy show. Second (M2), there is Tom Conti, S. R. May Page 127 of 255 who is trying to learn puppetry by manipulating a Monkey puppet. Third (M3), there is Monkey, a reluctant puppet in a comedy puppet show who doesn’t allow himself to be manipulated by either Tom or Nina. The protagonist in each referential context is aware of the other referential contexts - when Tom attributes the similarity between his and Monkey’s voice to Nina’s ‘lack of talent’, he acknowledges the reality of M1. Similarly, when Monkey admits to knowing that he is not real (saying ‘it’s kinda deconstructive’) that alludes to the reality of M1. However, the moment when Tom ventriloquizes poorly must be situated within M2 to be intelligible. The fact that there is so much ambiguity as to who is doing what and to whom is an indication of how unsustainable this nestled structure is. (Perhaps that’s the reason why two referential contexts is much more common within puppet theatre). Moreover, this instability underpins much of the humour in the scene. I want to suggest that this is because, like the case of failure seen in The Table, this failure discloses the referential structure to us. In non-comical puppet theatre there are seldom moments when the puppet character alludes to his fictitiousness, because to do so undermines the structure and reality of the piece. However, comic puppet theatre can draw many laughs out of doing just that. It could perhaps be argued that this is one of the main characteristics of comedyclub ventriloquism. In fact, the puppet asking ‘what is your hand doing up my jacksey?’ borders on cliche, but almost invariably gets a laugh nonetheless. So, I want to claim that in order for us to invest fully into the dramaturgical reality of the piece, we need the referential context which contains the machinations of puppet theatre to fall into the background. When this happens, the puppeteer can be present but not phenomenologically salient. It is perhaps worth briefly addressing how the puppeteer achieves this before addressing the broader question of what it means for the object to be humanlike. 5.1.1 Principles of Saliency (Or Puppetry 101) In his doctoral thesis, Paul Piris, one of my colleagues at the Royal Central School of Speech and Drama, draws out a phenomenological account of the practice of ‘manipulacting’. That is, the performer who both acts and puppeteers at the same S. R. May Page 128 of 255 time, maintaining a presence alongside the puppet. Piris’ thoughts on the role of the gaze in manipulaction is one of his most important insights, and as such I believe it is worth quotation at length. The look of the manipulactor has several functions. The manipulactor guides the look of the audience through the direction of his own look. For instance, by looking at the side of the head of the puppet, the manipulator signals to the audience that the focus of the attention is the puppet. If the manipulactor exchanges looks with the puppet, he signals that he is also part of the action… Five calibrations of the look exist when manipulactors and puppets interact together: - The puppet looks at the surroundings while the manipulactor looks at the puppet. - The manipulactor looks at the surroundings while the puppet looks at the manipulactor. - The manipulactor and the puppet exchange looks. - The manipulactor and puppet share an object of vision by looking at the same place in their surroundings. - The puppet and the manipulactor do not look at the same place for reasons inherent in their relationship. It could be that they are scared of each other, or that they are purposely ignoring each other because of an earlier argument, or that they are both absorbed in very specific tasks. (Piris 2011:215-6) These are the possible permutations that Piris identifies which can create a co-present manipulactor. It is important to state that these ‘calibrations’ aren’t fixed, and invariably one sees several changes throughout a good piece of ‘manipulacting’. Crucially, it should not linger on the first calibration - the puppet engaging with the surroundings whilst the puppeteer looks at the puppet. When one does this, the puppet becomes the predominant character and the manipulator falls into the background, and this is precisely what happens in non-manipulacted puppetry. For example, in their recent production, Or You Could Kiss Me, Handspring Theatre Company’s puppeteers fall into the background fairly immediately, because their gaze is fixed firmly on the puppets at all times. By contrast, in The Table, when the S. R. May Page 129 of 255 puppeteers look up to illustrate the importance of their focus, they suddenly become a salient part of the scene. This finding echoes the research that I outlined in §3.2.1 regarding Breazeal’s robot, Kismet, and the way in which it uses gaze and protospeech in order to share a sense of saliency of things in the environment. In §3.2.2, I went on to challenge Baron-Cohen’s belief that we understand the other through an occult act of ‘mind-reading’, which I believe is not only false, but overlooks the more fundamental way in which we are in the world with others. I hope to take up this point in the next section, in which I will look at cases of the anthropic object - those objects that are characterised by being-inthe-world. Before I move away from the principles of puppetry, there is one other aspect which I feel is worth addressing briefly, and that is the role of body schema in developing the sense of the autonomy of the puppet. As Piris states, in manipulacting ‘the performer identifies distinct parts of his body as belonging to the puppet and other parts as belonging to the character that he acts...The ultimate role of the manipulactor is to create a dialogue between these two parts’. (Piris 2011:56) Let us recall a central claim that I made about the manipulated puppet in §3.2.1 and §3.2.4, specifically that it can become embodied in much the same way as our biological limbs. The division of the body schema might be as simple as looking in different directions or as complex as making your hand synch with your vocalisations (as in the case of Nina Conti). If there is only one body schema and only one set of projects, then the object will continue to seem object-like - the scene is a person playing with an inanimate object, rather than two characters interacting. So, my central claim regarding puppetry is that in order for the object to seem humanlike, there needs to be more than one referential context structuring more than one set of projects (whether or not they clash is a dramaturgical choice)80. Additionally, if the performer wants to be present but not salient, then it is important that he maintains focus on the puppet. By contrast, the manipulactor needs to refrain 80 As a side point, I think this framework could also be fruitful for discussion of the position of the actor to the character he or she is portraying. For example, when one sees Sir Ian McKellen playing Widow Twankey, there seems to be two sets of projects - one of a widow who gives advice to Aladdin, the other of a classically trained actor having fun - which can be played with for laughs. S. R. May Page 130 of 255 from looking exclusively at the puppet because the manipulactor and puppet need to exchange glances with each other and share a sense of what is salient in the environment. Moreover, the manipulactor needs to develop the ability to split his body schema in order for us to perceive two individual characters onstage rather than one character and his inanimate play thing. Let us look now at cases of the anthropic object in which there isn’t a visible manipulator, for which I believe the short films of Jan Svankmajer are fantastic case studies. 5.2 Svankmajer’s Stop-motion and the Anthropic Object First, let us look at the film Meat Love.81 I want to argue that although the steaks do not look like a human, they are still anthropic - that is, they are characterised by what Heidegger calls ‘being-in-the-world’. Hopefully by now the reader will have a strong sense of what precisely I mean by claiming this. It is ‘in the world’ insofar as it has an understanding of the interlocking practices, equipment and skills which form the fabric of social life, but it is more than that. Fundamentally, Dasein - and by extension, the anthropic object - is characterised by having projects which matter to it. These projects and intentions underpin and structure our understanding of the practices and equipment necessary and appropriate for their successful realisation. Using an earlier example, Basil Fawlty experiences the car as something which thwarts his projects. However, for the most part things go smoothly and one can just get on with the project with which one is immersed. In the last section, I claimed that when the puppet is co-present with the person manipulating it, there are necessarily at least two sets of referential contexts nestled in together. I do not think this happens in the stop-motion case studies I am studying in this section, but there is still an interesting interaction between the anthropic objects and the humans which share a world with them. In Meat Love, after being cut from a slab of meat, a steak stands up and looks at her reflection in a spoon. A second piece of meat walks up to her and slaps her behind, in response to which she drops the spoon, picks up a tea towel and wraps it around her 81 See DVD Appendix 2, Clip 2 - ‘Meat Love’ S. R. May Page 131 of 255 to hide her modesty. The second steak then turns the radio on and invites her to dance. After they fumble around in some flour and begin to make love, the two steaks are suddenly picked up by a pair of carving forks and thrown into a pan. Now, clearly both the steaks have intentions and projects which underpin their interaction - at the risk of sounding coy, let’s say that they are engaging in a ‘fling’. The courtship ritual that they engage in is a staple of many romantic comedies. At first, the male is too coarse in his advances - the slapping of a bottom is a rather crude signifier of interest, to which the female responds with (perhaps feigned) offence and modesty. Understanding that the lady needs to be wooed, he tries the more socially acceptable tact - what is often called the ‘vertical expression of a horizontal desire’,82 i.e. dance. Not soon after, he gets his way. This courtship ritual underpins the use of a towel and a radio, and this tool usage is indicative of their ‘being-in-the-world’. It is notable that the description I have just given could be equally applicable to human actors. In fact, aside from the superficial visual differences, it is hard to pin down precisely why those characters are fundamentally different from you or I - after all, aren’t we also ‘slabs of meat’? However, this difference becomes clearer in the final moment when the fork picks them up and throws them into the pan. I want to argue that this precise moment is characterised by an ontological shift. In the moments preceding this, they are two Dasein engaging in the activity of seduction and we do not relate to them as mere ‘things’ that one uses in one’s everyday activity. (i.e they are not situated in the ‘dinner table’ referential context that I outlined in the previous chapter). This completely changes when they are picked up and put into the pan. The moment that they are lifted from the plate, it seems like they return to ontological ‘objectdom’. It is important to note that they do not react to being stabbed and thrown into a boiling hot pan in the same manner as you or I would. (I imagine most of us would scream and flail). In short, they stop relating to each other and the context in which they are situated. It is on this basis that I want to claim that they cease to be anthropic the moment they leave the plate - if they did not, then the piece would be much crueler and I suspect that far fewer people would be amused. Whilst this phrase is often attributed to Robert Frost, I first heard it in Warren Drew’s play, The Common Good, at the Roundhouse Theatre in 2010. 82 S. R. May Page 132 of 255 However, I feel I should add two caveats. The first is regarding our sentiments specifically, I suspect most of us have a lingering empathy for the formerly anthropic object. Although we might understand intellectually that the object is no longer ‘with us’ - that is, anthropic - we can’t sever the empathetic attachment we have to it very easily. This has a clear parallel in how we relate to the dead. We have very strongly held beliefs about what one ought to do with a person’s remains even though most of us don’t believe that the body or ashes is ‘still them’. Similarly, (although ultimately more trivially) I’m rather reluctant to shove a puppet in a suitcase after a three hour rehearsal in which I have seen it ‘come to life’. The second caveat warrants a longer digression, as the issue of ethics weighs heavily on both Svankmajer’s work and the area as a whole. Whilst I said from the outset that I don’t want to deal with the issue of ethics in detail, I feel it is necessary to make a detour into ethics in order to address the issues with the sensitivity that they deserve. 5.2.1 Detour into Ethics In his book, Zero Degrees of Empathy, Simon Baron-Cohen recalls his father telling him, aged seven, how the Nazis turned Jewish people into lampshades and soap. This stuck with him and eventually led him to write the book, which attempts to answer the question, ‘how can humans treat other people like objects?’ (Baron-Cohen 2011:1) Baron-Cohen answers from a very cognitivist viewpoint - essentially, that there is a ‘circuit’ in the brain which corresponds to empathy and certain conditions can lead to this being impaired - but I’m more interested in the question than his answer. Underpinning his justifiable horror at the atrocities of the Nazis, there is an issue of ontology. Treating a human as if he or she is an object is both ethically and ontologically wrong. Our horror is down to a fundamental conviction that we ought to treat other Dasein differently to equipment, and yet Baron-Cohen’s book is potent in illustrating how easily this conviction can slip. In contrast to Heidegger - who seems very ambivalent regarding the issue of ethics - it is my belief that fundamental ontology can provide a solid grounding for certain ethical demands. Indeed, I would personally go as far as to state that the ontic/ontological distinction that Heidegger draws out is germane to the question of S. R. May Page 133 of 255 ethics. We might have certain ontic commitments that are a necessary condition of certain wrongs but are culturally relative - for example, the concept of spousal infidelity is tethered to a cultural commitment to the value of monogamy, which might not necessarily be found in all cultures - and in this sense, some moral values are culturally relative. However, I think there are also normative demands which arise from ontology which are absolute - understanding the other as a fellow Dasein entails treating the other as a Dasein. Unfortunately I do not have time to draw out and defend my position in full, but I thought it worth being explicit in stating my view on this matter.83 Returning to my claim regarding Meat Love, I would argue that if the steaks stayed anthropic whilst they were being cooked, there would be ethical implications. It would be an act of cruelty, in Baron-Cohen’s strict sense, and I would suggest that if we were to laugh then we would be implicated in such cruelty. This is a rather trivial example, especially when contrasted so starkly with the cases that Baron-Cohen deals with, but I think the point is important. Laughter at such cruelty would be distinct from the sort of laughter that Meat Love engenders.84 The latter is underpinned by an ontological shift - from anthropic to objectlike - whereas the former is not. The boundaries between these are rather fuzzy, and I suspect that this is the reason that the humour of Svankmajer is rather dark.85 Nonetheless, I would like to maintain that there is such a distinction, and for the time being focus on cases of the latter. As a side point, there is a clear link between the plight of the steaks in the film and the ethics of meat consumption. I personally find the argument for vegetarianism very convincing (in fact, I am a vegetarian) but I don’t think that this thesis is the right platform for me to make that argument.86 Not least because I have not yet sufficiently outlined the ontological status of the animal - this ontological account will be drawn out in the next chapter. 83 For a position antithetical to my own on the relationship between ontology and ethics, I would recommend Levinas (1989). Obviously it falls outside of the scope of this thesis to articulate a response to that work here. 84 Laughter at cruelty is perhaps best understood in terms of the Hobbesian ‘superiority theory’. I don’t think that such superiority laughter is as universal as the theory’s proponents often claim, and it does not help us understand the ontological question at hand. 85 After I presented these ideas at a conference a stranger suggested afterwards that Svankmajer’s work isn’t actually comic, with the implication being that it falls outside the scope of this thesis. I would dispute this. I think the comedy is very dark but still present nonetheless. 86 I would recommend Peter Singer’s Animal Liberation as a compelling version of this argument. S. R. May Page 134 of 255 5.2.2 Back to Svankmajer Let us return now to the work of Svankmajer, specifically to the short film Picnic with Weissman. I think this an interesting contrast to Meat Love because in this film it is the objects which are cruel to the human. Let’s look at the first clip, which I have described below.87 A shovel gets off a peg and starts to dig a hole. The record finishes, the needle of the gramophone lifts up then the record gets off and rolls away. A new record slides out of its jacket, rolls out and hops on to the gramophone. The gramophone starts again. Cards on a table flip over. We return to the shovel, which is still digging away. The cards, now all turned over, collect themselves and slide into a draw. The clothes sit up, pick up a prune, which travels up one arm, across the body, and then a stone is spat out of the other arm. He has a couple more. And then finishes the rest. Now, what I find interesting is the difference between the objects in the scene. First, consider the shovel. I don’t think there is any question that this object has intentions and projects of its own.88 There is a clear reason why it is digging, and it does not allow itself to get distracted from that. Although it only occasionally relates to the other objects explicitly (such as when the ball falls in the ditch he has dug, so he flings it out), I think it is clear that they all share a world even though their projects diverge a little bit. In short, I would suggest that the shovel is anthropic. By contrast, I don’t think the prunes which the clothes consume have intentions of their own. The movement through the clothes is more akin to digestion than deliberate travel, and they seem to be merely pieces of food rather than agents which choose to be consumed. Then there is the gramophone. This could well be a sophisticated automata, as it fulfils the same function as it normally does and it doesn’t really display any of the hallmarks of Dasein. Perhaps, unlike the record which chooses to See DVD Appendix 2, Clip 3 - ‘Picnic with Weissman I’ An alternative reading of this, suggested by my supervisor, is that the objects are animated by some supernatural being. In situations where this is the case, I would suggest that the nestled structure outlined in §5.1 will be a useful explanatory tool. Moreover, this is definitely what is happening extra-diegetically - Svankmajer is moving the objects between shots. However, I think diegetically the most satisfactory reading of this animation is the one I’m pursuing here. 87 88 S. R. May Page 135 of 255 hop on and be played, the record player is just a piece of equipment that the others use to listen to music. There is one moment which seems to contradict this reading that is, when the ball lands on the gramophone’s needle, and the gramophone shakes it off. Even if the gramophone is freely choosing to play records, it is more bound to its equipmentality than some of the other objects. The clothes are probably the clearest example of objects which diverge from their everyday utility - instead of simply being worn or hanging up inert in the wardrobe, they lounge around and eat prunes. As such, I think it is clear that different anthropic objects can have different attitudes toward their usual functionality. We can imagine some objects dutifully fulfilling their function despite having a choice and others trying to fight back (successfully or impotently). In this way, we can find an analogy between the object’s function and the social roles live humans undertake. In one of his live shows, the comedian Peter Kay likens a Hobnob biscuit to a marine with respect to its aptitude for dunking demonstrating a cocky arrogance and demanding to be dunked repeatedly into a mug of tea.89 Much in the same way that the puppet can realise his puppetness and either embrace or rebel against it, so too can the other anthropic objects regarding their equipmentality. Perhaps the biggest rebellion that the anthropic object could undertake would be the overthrowing of man, and this rebellion forms the climax of Picnic with Weissman.90 At the end of this film, the gramophone stops. Everything gramophone, chess game, chaise lounge and all - are covered with autumn leaves. The wardrobe opens and a man, bound and gagged, falls out and into the grave. The shovel then begins to cover him in dirt. This clearly demonstrates the triumph of the anthropic objects over the human Dasein to which they were previously subservient, and this is a common theme in science fiction. More often than not, when robots are depicted as going beyond being objects that we use in our everyday activity to truly engaging in activities with us the next step seems to be them trying to either enslave us or eradicate us completely. Although this fact is interesting, I don’t think it is worth pursuing here. Nonetheless, I want to look at the case of robots for two reasons - first, because unlike the objects in 89 90 See DVD Appendix 2, Clip 4 - ‘Peter Kay' See DVD Appendix 2, Clip 5 - ‘Picnic with Weissman II' S. R. May Page 136 of 255 Svankmajer’s films they usually have a mastery of language. Second, because they tend to also have another defining feature of human Dasein - an understanding of their own finitude. In the next section, I will pick out key moments in the film Short Circuit to elucidate the applicability of the Heideggerean framework that I am trying to develop. 5.3 Short Circuit and the Anthropic Robot In the 1986 film Short Circuit, a military robot leaves the compound on which he was developed (due to confusion after being struck by lightening). After a short while, he is discovered by Stephanie who initially thinks he is an alien. Stephanie tries to teach Number 5 all about life on earth, allowing him to read all the books she has and then immersing him in popular television culture. Once she discovers Number 5 is a robot, she phones Nova Robotics (the company that developed him) and arranges for them to pick him up. Below is a transcript of the conversation that directly follows her discussion with Nova.91 Stephanie: Hey you! Number 5! What are you doing? You're going to scare my animals, bozo. Listen. I've just called Nova and they are coming out to get you, they are going to give you a tune up. Number 5: Tune up? Input? Stephanie: No, take you apart, find which screw's loose. Number 5: Apart. Undone. Dismantle. Dissect. Disassemble. Stephanie: Right… Number Five notices a grasshopper. Number 5: Jump! Stephanie: Oh, look! It's a grasshopper! Number 5: Grasshopper. Orthopterous insect. Jump! Number 5 starts jumping like the grasshopper. Stephanie: Alright, let's go back now… hey! 91 See DVD Appendix 2, Clip 6 - ‘Short Circuit I' S. R. May Page 137 of 255 Number 5 turns to Stephanie and accidentally jump on the grasshopper Stephanie: Dammit, you klutz! Look what you did! Number 5: Error! Grasshopper disassemble...Reassemble. Stephanie: Huh? Number 5: Reassemble. Stephanie: I can't reassemble him. You've squashed him. He's dead. Number 5: Dead? Stephanie: Right. Dead as a door nail. Number 5: Reassemble Stephanie! Reassemble! Stephanie: I know you don't understand. But when you're dead, you're dead. That's just the way it is. Dead is forever. Number 5: Squash - dead. Disassemble - dead. Disassemble! Dead!!! Number 5 starts to panic and runs away. Stephanie: Hey! Slow down! Number 5: No disassemble! Stephanie: Where are you going? Number 5: Flee. Escape! Number 5 goes into Stephanie's truck. Stephanie: Oh my god! Hey you! Get out of my truck! Number 5 locks the door. Stephanie: Hey! Hey! Let me in! No! Don't!! Number 5 reads the manual for the truck. Stephanie: You open this door right now! Number 5 starts the truck. Stephanie: No! Don't start my truck! You don't know how to drive! Number 5 drives away. Stephanie manages to climb onto the back of the truck. I think it is clear from this short clip that Number 5 shares a world with Stephanie. First and foremost, they have a shared sense of what is salient in the environment. When Number 5 notices the grasshopper, Stephanie is able to follow his gaze in order to understand what has sparked his interest. This fact is important, because it is on this basis that she is able to name it. Recall my discussion of ostensive definitions in §2.1.3. Even though philosophers have often thought that the ostensive definition (i.e. pointing and naming something) is basic and fundamental, I want to claim that this is S. R. May Page 138 of 255 far from the case. When I point at something and give it a name, there is an inherent ambiguity in that gesture. The practice of pointing is something we have to learn and the ostensive definition is always ambiguous. If I point to a tree and accompany that act with a word, how does the listener know if I am naming the object, its colour or the texture of the bark? There needs to be a shared context which underpins everyone’s understanding in order for the issue to be resolved. Moreover, the sort of understanding that they both bring to the discussion is interesting - Number 5 has a lot of propositional knowledge, which a computer is very adept at processing, and Stephanie has more practical understanding. If they were not in the world together, then I suspect that the epistemological gulf between them would have been insurmountable. It is because they are both embodied and have shared environment that they are able to build on each other’s understanding. As a side note, I think Hubert Dreyfus would probably appreciate the fact that Number 5 is actually a terrible driver, indicating that the know-how that one builds from months behind a wheel is not reducible to a set of facts in a manual. Although these issues are an important part of the account I am trying to build up of what it means to be ‘in-the-world’, there is perhaps a more pressing issue that has not yet been adequately addressed. Specifically, our understanding of our own death. Number 5 was familiar with all the concepts surrounding death (he read the whole Encyclopedia Britannica) yet he did not understand the gravity of it, particularly regarding his own death. This has a clear parallel in literature, specifically Tolstoy’s short story The Death of Ivan Illych. In this, the titular character learns that he is dying, to which he responds with incredulity. The syllogism he had learnt from Kiesewetter's Logic: "Caius is a man, men are mortal, therefore Caius is mortal," had always seemed to him correct as applied to Caius, but certainly not applied to himself. That Caius - man in the abstract was mortal, was perfectly correct, but he was not Caius, not an abstract man, but a creature quite, quite separate from all others. (Tolstoy 2011:70) Recall what I said about our everyday understanding regarding death in §2.6.2. Specifically, that according to Heidegger there are three ways in which one idly talks S. R. May Page 139 of 255 about death. First, as a mishap, allowing one to conclude that it won’t happen to me or that I might be able to overcome it. Second, with avoidance - death will happen eventually, but we shouldn’t worry about it. Third, in very general terms which can allow me to avoid the specificity of my death. It seems to me that Illych’s response is a clear case of the third, whereas Number 5’s is perhaps an example of the first. It seems as though Number 5 thinks that his being disassembled is something that he can survive and it is only when Stephanie states that “dead is forever” that he truly understands the gravity of this. Once he does understand this - that is, once he confronts his own finitude - this provides a stimulus for both the narrative and the character’s development into a truly anthropic being. As Mulhall writes, ‘an authentic confrontation with death reveals Dasein as related to its own Being in such a way as to hold open the possibility, and impose the responsibility, of living a genuinely individual and genuinely whole life’ (Mulhall 2008b:130) I want to argue that this is eventually what Number 5 manages to do. According to Heidegger, in an authentic confrontation with death, Dasein becomes individuated. Before Dasein might have been ‘lost’ in the they - taking up the projects of the crowd and just ‘doing what one does’ - but this is no longer possible. Once I understand that ‘dead is forever’, and that no-one can die for me, this fact rips me from the ‘they’ and my existence is an issue for me.92 Now, I’m not entirely sure that this happens to Number 5 at the point outlined above. After all, his initial reaction is to ‘flee’ (which is often used as an example of an inauthentic response to death). But by the end of the film, I would say that he has an authentic grasp of his own finitude, and on the basis of that he undertakes projects which matter to him. In contrast to the other four robots of his batch (Numbers 1 - 4), he disobeys his own programming - refusing to undertake the project for which he was created (i.e. killing). This point is brought out forcefully in the following dialogue with Newton Crosby, the man who created him. Newton: Right, one more time from the top - who is your programmer? Number 5: Me. (Shows him circuitry). Newton: You rewired all your switches! No wonder you're malfunctioning! This is still a very general portrait of authenticity and being-towards death. In §6.4.1 I will develop a much richer account which takes into account Heidegger’s concept of temporality. 92 S. R. May Page 140 of 255 Newton goes to change something. Number 5: Uh-uh. Switches are my switches. Life not malfunction. Not malfunction. I am alive. Newton: No you're not. You can't be. There's gotta be another explanation. Number 5: Okay. What? Pause. Number 5: Sorry, time's up. Newton: Wait a minute, I'm thinking… could be any number of mechanical possibilities. Entrance of moisture into the system? (Number 5 shakes his head). Heat expansion? Number 5: Try again. Newton: Vibration damage? Number 5: No way, José. I'm fit as a fiddle. Newton: Okay, then why did you ignore your programming? Number 5: Programming says destroy. Disassemble. Make dead. Number 5 cannot. Newton: Why?! Why cannot? Number 5: Is wrong. Incorrect. Newton Crosby, PhD not know this? Newton: Well of course I know it's wrong to kill. But who told you? Number 5: I told me. Whilst it is tempting to make parallels between the ‘programming’ of Nova and the ideas that we inherit from ‘the they’, I feel that would probably be rather clunky and miss the nuances of Heidegger’s view.93 Instead, I want to simply draw your attention to the fact that Number 5 is considerably more individuated than he was in the previous clip. Before Stephanie explained the finality of disassembling him, he was perfectly fine with Nova taking him apart. Now, he is reluctant to let Newton even fiddle with his circuits - they are his circuits. Even more notably, he has taken a deliberate stance on the practice of killing and decided that it is wrong. In several points during the film, Number 5 could have killed the antagonists but he does not. Even in circumstances when his own survival is at stake he decides to refrain from killing. Crucially, this imperative to not kill comes from within. Although it is not clear how this development comes about, I think two key things are indicative. First, that 93 A more detailed treatment of normativity will take place in §6.2 - 6.4 S. R. May Page 141 of 255 he does think Nova have a right to kill him; and second, he believes that he is fundamentally the same as Stephanie, Newton and all the other human characters. Perhaps the source of his moral conviction comes from the ‘principle of universality’ ‘If something's right for me, it's right for you; if it's wrong for you, it's wrong for me.’ (Chomsky 2007) So, once Number 5 has grasped the gravity of his own death, this leads him to take a stand on his own existence and pursue projects that matter to him. This is the hallmark and distinguishing feature of Dasein. However, this is not the point at which Newton Crosby is convinced. Before we move away from Short Circuit, let us look at the short scene in which Number 5 eventually manages to persuade Crosby. I will divide the transcript into two sections, largely for the sake of exegesis, but I would recommend watching the whole clip in question before continuing.94 In this scene, Number 5 has spent most of the evening talking to Newton. Stephanie gives Newton a mug of soup, which in turn sparks an idea. Newton pours a little soup onto paper and then folds it, making a Rorschach test. Newton: Number 5. What do you make of this? Number 5: Hmmm… wood pulp. Plant. Vegetable. Tomato. Water. Salt. Monosodium glutamate. Newton: Okay! Thank you! Now you're talking like a robot. Number 5: And resemble…look like… butterfly. Bird. Maple leaf. Newton: Where? Newton looks at the paper Newton: Holy shit! Number 5: No shit. Where see shit? Newton is speechless. Although the efficacy of the Rorschach test is somewhat debated clinically,95 in this context it is useful. Newton’s question is deliberately ambiguous. If he had asked ‘what is this?’, then the very scientific answer Number 5 gives at first would have been correct. If he had asked, ‘what does this look like?’, then he would have clearly wanted 94 95 See DVD Appendix 2, Clip 7 - ‘Short Circuit II' See, for example, Lillenfield et al. (2001) S. R. May Page 142 of 255 a different answer. Usually one doesn’t need to be explicit in such a manner, as what is being required is often clear from the context. If I asked you at a book club what Dan Brown’s latest novel is like, one could justifiably claim that you misunderstood the question if you gave a list of the dimensions, weight and type of ink used in its production. By the same token, I think it is clear that Newton is after is a description of what the soup blots look like. The robot can, by design, analyse the chemical properties of the objects, so his doing so would prove nothing. The fact that Number 5 can answer the question is not only indicative of the fact that he is capable of understanding visual representation, but that he can understand intrinsically ambiguous questions. The issue of ambiguity is crucial, as I would claim that not only is it a brute fact of our language, but it is also one of its positive features. This point is made by Pinker et al. (2008), who look at the logic of ‘indirect speech’ such as euphemism and innuendo. Whilst I don’t think it is necessary to go into it in great detail, consider the man who wants to get away without a speeding ticket. According to Pinker, there are three possible actions the driver can do - overt bribe, implied bribe and no bribe. The consequences of each action is plotted as follows. So, in terms of pure game theory, the implied bribe is an optimal strategy. If I don’t bribe, then I get a ticket either way. If I bribe overtly, I go free if the officer is dishonest but I get arrested if he’s honest. The implied bribe has the same benefit as the overt bribe, but considerably less cost. In fact, this cost you will incur even if you don’t attempt to bribe, so you might as well try an implied one! Whilst one could perhaps challenge this example on the basis of it being immoral, I don’t think that this takes away from Pinker’s central argument. Often we want to save face, or minimise potential for offence, so we refrain from being overt in our bribes, threats or sexual advances. Fundamentally, this ambiguity is a feature of the language that we share, and for the most part it is unproblematic for socially proficient adults. Moreover, I would argue that it is only because our language is ambiguous that we can share jokes, such as the one that Newton tells Number 5. S. R. May Page 143 of 255 Newton: Now listen close. There's a priest, a minister and a rabbi, they're out playing golf. And they are trying to decide how much to give to charity. So the priest says, "we'll draw a circle on the ground, throw the money way up in the air, and whatever lands inside the circle, we'll give to charity." The minister says "No, we'll draw a circle on the ground, throw the money way up in the air, and whatever lands outside of the circle, that's what we'll give to charity." The rabbi says "No no no. We'll throw the money way up in the air, and whatever God wants, he keeps!" Long pause. Number 5: Hmmmm. Oh, I get it! Number 5 laughs loudly. Stephanie: What's the matter Is he laughing? Newton: Yeah! Yeah! And the joke wasn't even that funny, and I think I screwed up the punchline. Number 5: "Whatever God wants, he keeps!" Stephanie: Well you look kinda shook up. Newton: Yeah! It's really true! Spontaneous emotional response! Number 5: I am alive, yes? Newton: Yeah! They all cheer. Newton and Stephanie embrace and then kiss. Now, I’m not really interested in analysing the logical structure of the joke, and the quality of the gag in question is not particularly relevant either. I think it is indicative that this is a turning point in the narrative - when Number 5 gets the joke, Newton Crosby is finally convinced that he is ‘alive’. What the characters mean by ‘alive’ in the film is never really defined, but clearly they are not referring to a purely biological function. Whether or not my pet gerbil is still alive cannot be resolved by telling it a joke. Instead, I think what is at stake is precisely the sort of being-in-the-world which I have been outlining in the thesis thus far. As Critchley argues, the telling of a joke necessarily presupposes a shared world, (Critchley 2002:4) and as I have been arguing throughout the thesis, in order to get the joke you have to ‘be there’. Put another way, being-in-the-world is the hermeneutic condition of humour. In §1.2.1 I looked at examples of actually existing ‘jokebots’ and argued that the main problem with such programmes is that they are not yet in the world in the same way as you or S. R. May Page 144 of 255 I. Once they are - assuming this ever happens - I would suggest that perhaps humour would be a good litmus paper for the roboticists success. Even if, as Crosby himself admits, the joke isn’t that funny and one screws up the punchline, the anthropic robot might be able to give us a pointers on how to improve our performance. 5.4 Reflections on the Anthropic Object The chapter thus far has covered a wide range of objects - from humanoid puppet to the stop-motion shovel and finishing with a robot from science fiction. In the first set of case studies I looked briefly at the machinations of the puppet theatre, in the second I looked at the object’s relationship to its equipmentality and then finally I looked at Number 5’s relationship to his own death and humour. In all of these examples, I argued there is clear evidence that they share a world with other Dasein whether that’s overtly, as in the case of direct communication with a human or implicitly when relating to its own equipmentality. Before moving on from this phenomena, I want to pick up and develop an issue which was implicit in the last chapter, but that I decided not to draw out explicitly until now. Recall the reaction of Basil Fawlty, who angrily chastises his car for not starting. Part of the humour in this scene, I would suggest, is due to the asymmetry between cause and effect. At the heart of this asymmetry is ontology - Basil’s actions are ineffectual because the car is not anthropic. (If he chastised Herbie in such a manner, perhaps the car would respond apologetically and resume its journey). I stated earlier that when one treats a human like an object the effect is often horrific, and although this doesn’t necessarily preclude laughter, this humour is often rather dark. By contrast, what is it like when a human treats an object as if it is a human, even though it is patently not anthropic? In order to address this question, I want to look briefly at the film Lars and the Real Girl. 5.5 Lars and the Real Girl In this film, Lars, the main protagonist, has a sustained delusion that a sex doll he purchased from the internet is a human girlfriend, called Bianca. In this scene, he has S. R. May Page 145 of 255 brought Bianca over to have dinner with his brother Gus and Gus’ wife, Karen. It is very hard to describe the awkward glances between the couple, so I would encourage the reader to watch the clip in question before proceeding.96 Lars and Bianca are sat next to each other at the table. Lars puts a piece of carrot into his mouth and nods contentedly. He smiles to Karen. She smiles back. Lars then cheekily takes a bit off of Bianca's plate. Karen looks to Gus, who is awkwardly avoiding eye contact. Lars cuts a piece of meat on Bianca's plate and then puts it into his mouth. He looks at her and smiles sweetly. Lars: So, you're never going to believe this. Oh, it makes me mad. Bianca's from the tropics, she's Brazilian. (He turns to Bianca and reacts as if she corrected him) Well, half Brazilian half Danish, that's right. And somebody stole her luggage. Karen: Oh? Lars: Yeah. And they stole her wheelchair. Karen: That's terrible Karen is clearly uncomfortable. She reaches for her water. Lars: Yeah! (Turns to Gus) Can you believe that Gus? Gus: Yeah, I can't believe it. Lars: Right. (Turns to Bianca, as if she is talking) Well, it makes me angry. Anyway (turns back to Karen) I wanted to ask you a favour. (Turns back to Bianca) She doesn't mind. I promise. (Turns to Karen) Karen, you don't mind lending Bianca some clothes, do you? She doesn't have any. Karen looks at Lars, then at Gus who avoids eye contact. Lars looks at little perturbed. Lars: Do you? Karen: I'm not sure we're the same type, Lars. Lars: Well, that's okay Karen, because Bianca doesn't really care about superficial things like that, so it's okay. Karen looks feebly at Gus then back at Lars. Karen: Sure. Lars: Yeah, that's … (turns to Bianca) see, I told ya. Thanks. 96 See DVD Appendix 2, Clip 8 - 'Lars and the Real Girl I' S. R. May Page 146 of 255 Lars puts another piece of carrot in his mouth. So, in what way am I justified in saying that Bianca is not anthropic in the same way that Number 5 is? Perhaps, you might retort, she is just rather shy? Well, aside from the fact that it is made explicitly clear within the narrative of the film that Lars is delusional (the doctor confirms this), we can relate the scene at the dinner table to the referential context I outlined in the last chapter. We might say that Karen cuts the meat at the table with a knife in order to eat it as a step towards having a good meal for the sake of satiating her hunger. Clearly Bianca does not relate to the referential context in this way. Although the fork is placed in her hand, she does not grip it in a manner such that it is suited for the task of getting food to her mouth. Additionally, whereas Lars, Gus and Karen exchange glances with each other, Bianca’s gaze never changes, even when Lars looks straight at her and speaks. This is a fundamental characteristic that even Breazeal’s robot Kismet manages to achieve. There might well be a temptation to suggest that Bianca does indeed have a mind, but that Lars is the only character who is able to communicate with it. (Perhaps she is ‘locked in’ to her body.) However, this notion is only coherent insofar as you uphold that the mind refers to an ‘inner space’ to which we only have contingent access. I have already addressed this view in §2.1.3, so I don’t feel it necessary to return to the argument here. As I stated previously, ‘the idea that the word ‘mind’ refers to private inner space is problematic, and we need to understand mental predicates as not ‘pointing inwards’ to this occult space, but rather as part of a shared discursive practice. When we describe the chess player’s intelligence, this predicate does not point to the ‘interior space of the mind’ (which by definition cannot be observed), but rather describes his actions with respect to normative criteria ‘out here’.’ If I am correct about this, then I am perfectly justified in stating that we have no reason to apply mental predicates to Bianca, therefore Lars is clearly delusional.97 In short, I think the case of Bianca stands in stark contrast to the anthropic objects that we have looked at throughout this chapter. Bianca ostensibly has no 97 However, if I am incorrect about this matter, then ‘the inner life’ of Bianca (including whether or not she actually has one) is by definition unknowable and, by extension, we cannot know for sure that Lars is delusional. This would lead us to an impasse and there would be little point in arguing against this view any further. S. R. May Page 147 of 255 understanding of the being of others, and moreover, does not relate to her own being in the same way as you or I. There is a brilliant incongruity between the way that Lars responds to Bianca and the way that the other characters do. Crucially, I want to argue that what underpins this is the ontology which I have been outlining throughout this chapter - Lars treats Bianca as if she is anthropic, but fundamentally he is mistaken about this. 5.1.1 Bianca as an Occurrent Object Now that it’s clear that Bianca is not an anthropic object, it is perhaps worth considering what sort of object she is. As an anatomically correct sex doll, she was clearly designed for a specific purpose, but it is made clear within the narrative of the film that Lars doesn’t sleep with her - in fact, the only time they share a bed is when she is ‘dying’. However, we might still be able to refer to the doll as ready-to-hand in reference to the function for which Lars purchased her - that is, as an ersatz companion. Perhaps her function is as an emotional crutch for Lars to use whilst developing as a person, much like the ‘transitional object’ in the child development literature.98 Whilst this is undoubtedly her role within the narrative of the film, and perhaps clinically, I don’t think Bianca is a ‘transitional object’ in the conventional sense. It might be helpful to contrast Lars’ relationship with Bianca to the relationship that Margot, Lars’ love interest, has to a more traditional ‘transitional’ object - her teddy bear. In the following scene, after a petty work feud in which Margot hid her colleague’s action figures she returns to her desk to find her teddy with a noose around its neck.99 Margot: You've crossed the line Colleague: Well, you kept swiping my action figures. Margot: I hide them. I don't hang them! Colleague: Well, whatever Margot. You are too old for that thing anyway. Margot: Take off the noose. 98 99 See Winnicott (2005) See DVD Appendix 2, Clip 9 - 'Lars and the Real Girl II' S. R. May Page 148 of 255 Colleague: No. Margot: Take it off. Colleague: Face it Margot, the bear is dead. Burn on you. Margot leaves. Lars notices and follows her. Colleague: I warned her. Cut to Margot who is now crying. Lars sits with her. Margot: It's not just the bear. I broke up with Eric. Lars picks up the bear and starts to remove the noose Lars: I'm sorry to hear that. Margot: Yeah, you know, I didn't even have a good reason. He just wasn't very interesting. Lars jokily performs CPR on the bear. Margot laughs. Lars: Then why was he your boyfriend? Margot: I get lonely. The bear is ‘resuscitated’ and ‘sits up’. Lars: Phew! Margot laughs. Although Margot objects to the teddy being hanged, she does not react to its demise in the same way that Lars does to Bianca’s. In the former case, she feels compelled to clarify that she is not crying over the teddy bear, implicitly acknowledging that the bear is not alive and she doesn’t actually treat it as if it were. Both the teddy and Margot recover quickly from the incident, and both the characters and the audience forget about it fairly promptly. If the sex doll is a transitional object, then, it is a pathological version of it. Whereas the teddy just falls into the background of Margot’s daily activities, Bianca does not. Generally Bianca seems to lack the transparency of the ready-to-hand equipment. In the scene when Lars takes the sex doll to church people can’t help but look at it - everyone but Lars is explicitly aware of it and it never blends into the background of the scene. For this reason, I think it is fair to say that the Bianca doll is an occurrent object - it never ceases to be the focus of attention, for both the audience and the local community. But ultimately what the example of Bianca really highlights is that there is an inherent ambiguity in the phenomena that we are addressing. Certain features, such as a humanlike face or a cuddly demeanour, compel us to relate to objects in ‘irrational’ ways. Most of us S. R. May Page 149 of 255 developed with a childhood toy to which we were deeply attached, and many of us continue to feel that attachment as an adult (although we might not admit it as readily as we used to). The film concludes with a very moving sequence in which Bianca ‘dies’. Initially, Lars finds her ‘unconscious’ and rushes her to hospital. Eventually, when Lars is able to live without her, he starts relating to her as an ‘inanimate’ body and pronounces her dead. In contrast to the relationship that Number 5 has to his own death, or Tolstoy’s Ivan Illych has to his, Bianca never relates to her own finitude and we only understand the loss in terms of the grief of Lars and the rest of the community. More than anything, the final sequence - in which not just Lars but most of the community mourns Bianca - highlights how deeply attached to objects we can get, even if they are not anthropic. Although we might laugh at how Mr. Bean relates to his inanimate teddy as if it were an anthropic friend, we might also be moved by his horror and grief if something terrible happened to it. 5.6 Conclusion In this chapter, we have looked at a number of anthropic objects and one example of an inanimate object that someone relates to ‘incorrectly’. It is quite possible that the division between the two is not as clear cut as it might have initially seemed. Ultimately, Nina Conti’s relationship to her puppets is not too dissimilar to that of Lars’ to Bianca, with perhaps the main difference being that she acknowledges the fictitiousness dramaturgically. One of the central premises of this chapter is that I have maintained an agnosticism regarding whether or not the objects I have looked at are anthropic ‘in real life’. The simple answer would be, of course, that they are not. Indeed, Conti’s work plays with this fact to great effect. Nonetheless I would maintain that, with the exception of Bianca, if they were to exist ‘in real life’ each of the objects I have described would be as much an example of Dasein as the humans with which they interact. This is the true essence of the anthropic object, and there are many features which are constitutive of this. First, the anthropic object has an understanding of being including the being of other entities and Dasein, as well as its own being. Second, on S. R. May Page 150 of 255 the basis of this, it is able to share our language. Finally, it has a relationship to its own finitude, regardless of whether or not that is an authentic one. As we have seen, when an object makes the transition from inanimate to anthropic the effect is often amusing. We also like it when humans treat inanimate objects as if they were anthropic. Perhaps most fascinating of all, the anthropic object - because it is a being in the world - can potentially get the joke as well. In the next chapter, I will turn my attention to the question of the anthropic animal. In doing so, I will develop a deeper account of certain aspects of being-in-the-world, such as temporality, finitude and authenticity, which will become increasingly important as we progress towards the existential analytic of the final chapter. S. R. May Page 151 of 255 6. A Phenomenology of Animals In this chapter, I will address the issue of the anthropic animal. My central claim regarding the anthropic animal is that, much like the anthropic object and the humans that usually merit the title Dasein, it is fundamentally a being-in-the-world. Rather than establishing this by going over the well-trodden ground of the previous chapter, I will attempt to deepen my account of being-in-the-world. In doing so, I will hopefully be able to tie up some loose ends remaining from the previous chapters and lay solid foundations for the final chapter, which will involve more existential considerations. The loose ends in question (which may or may not have distracted the reader) are the issues of mind, self and authenticity. Although previously, in §2.1.2 - 2.1.4 and §3.2.2, I formulated a negative definition of ‘mind’ - that is, I tried to make it explicit that I do not think that mental predicates point ‘inwards’ - I have not adequately answered the question of how precisely we understand the intelligent actions of another Dasein. I will argue that for the most part we ‘let the world do the work’100 and the reason why I haven’t made this argument sooner is that a rich account of the world is necessary for us to understand how it can do almost all the work that ‘theory of mind’ is usually invoked to explain.101 Similarly, I will argue that the self is socially constructed and that authenticity ought to be understood in those terms. These arguments will be structured around a number of examples of anthropic animals, primarily Brian Griffin from the animated comedy Family Guy. Although many of these points could have been exemplified using anthropic objects or humans, (all of which, ultimately, have the same ontological character - they are Dasein) the purpose of treating the subject of animality separately is threefold: First, I believe it is important to distinguish Dasein’s understanding of world from that of (non100 This is title of one of the chapters in Matthew Ratcliffe’s book Rethinking Commonsense Psychology. It is perhaps the most convincing contemporary attempt to understand interpersonal interaction that I have encountered, and one that has had a marked influence on my thinking. 101 In my view, ‘the objective’ standpoint which is usually characteristic of science is constitutively incapable of accounting for the fundamental way in which we understand each other. The ontological and epistemological assumptions of naturalism lead it to deworld the very phenomenon that it is attempting to explain and this fact has lead scientists to invent innate faculties such as ToM modules which are simply not necessary and, moreover, don’t actually explain anything. S. R. May Page 152 of 255 anthropic) animals. Second, I will argue that the anthropic animal has unique comic potential - specifically, it can ‘collapse’ back into animality with a more benignly comic effect than the human becoming animal tends to engender. Third, I will argue that Critchley is broadly correct in suggesting that the human-becoming-animal is usually disgusting, but I will argue that this disgust is often analogous to disgust of the ill body, using Cronenberg’s The Fly to exemplify this point. Before any of that, I feel it is necessary to draw out an account of the animal, which Heidegger argues is characterised by worldhood poverty. In the next section I will explain what precisely Heidegger means by this. 6.1 Animality and Worldhood Poverty Let us turn to what Heidegger says about the animal - specifically, in this passage, the domesticated one. They belong to the house, i.e., they serve it in a certain sense. Yet they do not belong to the house in the way in which the roof belongs to the house as protection against storms. We keep domestic pets in the house with us, they ‘live’ with us. But we do not live with them if living means: being in an animal kind of way. Yet we are with them nonetheless. But this being-with is not an existingwith because a dog does not exist but merely lives. Through this being with animals we enable them to move within our world. We say that the dog is lying underneath the table or running up the stairs and so on. Yet when we consider the dog itself - does it comport itself toward the table as table, towards the stairs as stairs? All the same, it does go up the stairs with us. It feeds with us - and yet, we do not really ‘feed’. It eats with us - and yet it does not really ‘eat’. (Heidegger 1995:210) This is an incredibly dense passage that encapsulates a substantial amount of Heidegger’s thought. I agree with him on each point - the non-anthropic animal is simply not in the world in the sense that we are; it does not have the same understanding of objects (including the equipment of eating) as we do, it is not S. R. May Page 153 of 255 subject to the same normativity that we are and it does not have an understanding of its own existence. As such it is incapable of existing either authentically or inauthentically. But crucially, unlike the chair and stone, the animal is alive - it just does not exist in the same sense that Dasein does. At the heart of the passage above are a series of dichotomies that I feel are worth exploring with concrete examples. Those dichotomies are, in the order that I will be addressing them, feeding/eating, living with/being with and living/existing. 6.2 Feeding and Eating What precisely is the difference between feeding and eating? Hopefully it will be clear that the answer lies in the terrain covered in §4.1 in which I looked at the referential context surrounding eating a meal. I claimed that, ‘I pick up the brussel sprout at the dinner table with a fork in order to eat it as a step towards having a nice meal for the sake of satiating my hunger.’ I want to suggest that this structure is constitutive of the practice of eating. When Heidegger says that the dog does not really ‘eat’, what he means is that it does not participate in the interlocking practices, equipment and skills that define that activity. However, there is a point that is necessary to address before we continue - specifically the nature of the ‘for the sake of’. Strictly speaking, satiating my hunger is not a ‘for the sake of’ in the Heideggerean sense, and my using it in previous chapters was a necessary fudge to avoid a lengthy digression. At the time it served the purpose, but now it is time to tug at that loose thread. Heidegger's uses the term "the for-the-sake-of-which" to call attention to the way human activity makes long-term sense, thus avoiding any intimation of a final goal. A for-the-sake-of-which, like being a father or being a professor, is not to be thought of as a goal I have in mind and can achieve. Indeed, it is not a goal at all, but rather a self-interpretation that informs and orders all my activities. (Dreyfus 1997:95) S. R. May Page 154 of 255 Clearly satiating my hunger cannot be a ‘for-the-sake-of-which’ in this sense. But I would maintain that there are certain self-interpretations that would directly inform and order the practice of eating. Consider the person who sneers at the idea of eating with one’s hands, even in contexts when it is appropriate such as eating a hotdog at the fair. Or, perhaps a more usual example, we might think of a person who refuses to speak with their mouth full. Such people might consider themselves to be persons of ‘good breeding’, a self-interpretation that would inform how they sit at the table, what utensils they use, how they use them, with whom they eat and when. Different cultures have different ways of displaying one’s class and status, and many comedies play on the possibilities that this opens up for faux pas at the dinner table.102 Moreover, the possibilities that this opens up for transgression is incredibly fruitful for the artist - Alfred Jarry famously ‘inverted’ the practice of eating at a restaurant (moving from dessert to starter, rather than the other way round), and the clown Dr. Brown revels in playing with food - he seems to do almost everything with it except ‘what one ought to do with food’. The dog cannot transgress in the same manner because the dog feeding is not subject to the same normativity - generally I have found dogs to be rather agnostic as to whether the food is in a bowl, on the floor or in the hands of a stranger. It is not really clear to me what precisely would constitute a dog feeding ‘incorrectly’ - although, of course, there are a number of things that we humans would rather the dog refrained from feeding on. (Two examples that spring to mind are my sofa and its own vomit). It is only for Dasein that where, when, what, how and with whom one eats is informed by ones self-interpretation and this is a fundamental component of the activity.103 When Heidegger claims that the dog does not really ‘eat’, this is precisely what he is referring to. Only the anthropic animal has ‘for-the-sake-of-whichs’. This fact is illustrated in following excerpt from Series 9 Episode 8 of Family Guy, in which Brian Griffin - an anthropic dog - is dining in a fancy restaurant after a long day publicising his best-selling self-help book.104 Fawlty Towers and Keeping Up Appearances are two British sitcoms that immediately come to mind. The temporal aspect of our practices will be addressed a little later. 104 See DVD Appendix 3, Clip 1 - ‘Family Guy I’ 102 103 S. R. May Page 155 of 255 Brian - God, you know, Stewie, I used to think that John Lennon was a kind of a jerk for saying the Beatles were bigger than Jesus. But now, I'm not saying that I am, but I get it. Stewie - Now that we have a few minutes to let the dust settle, I just wanna say that I'm really proud of you. Brian - Hey, I'm proud of myself, man. I think, like, I think everyone has greatness in them but really it's about having the courage to kinda get inside your own head and kinda poke around in there, you know, and be like, "Hey! Oh my gosh! What's under here? what do you call yourself? Oh! Wisdom. Oh! Profundity. Oh! Truth. Hey, let's all go hang out together between the covers of a book." Stewie - I love hearing about your process. They get down from the table. Brian - Hey, enough about me. This was a great meal. Stewie - Oh, good, good. I'm glad you like it, they told me everybody comes here. As they go to leave, Brian notices Renee Zellweger. Brian - Hey, there's Renee Zellweger. Hey Renee, how you doin'! Renee - Oh, hi Brian. She notices an ant crawl on the floor and eats it like an ant-eater. Brian and Stewie walk out. Stewie - She seemed really nice. Brian - (angry) Get over here. Stewie - Is everything okay? Brian - No, everything is not okay. Can you figure out what the problem is? Stewie - I… er…I don't think…oh god. Brian - How do you think I feel walking out of the back room of the restaurant and seeing Renee Zellweger eating at the front room of the restaurant? I am mortified. I am absolutely mortified, you should know better than this! Stewie - I told them who you were when I made the reservation… Brian - Look, I have written a best-selling phenomenon. I should be sitting in the front damn room! Hopefully it should be clear how Brian’s self-interpretation informs where, what and how he eats. It is perfectly conceivable that he would similarly chastise Stewie for taking him to a less esteemed establishment where one is expected to eat chicken S. R. May Page 156 of 255 from a bucket with one’s hands.105 Although the idea of there being an 'alpha male' amongst certain animal groups is fairly established, I would suggest that the privilege that comes with this pales in comparison to the special treatment that surrounds being a celebrated film star, author or the Pope. Our society is deeply hierarchical, and with this hierarchy comes different levels of normativity - what is acceptable in McDonalds is markedly different to what is acceptable in the Ritz. The comic moment when Renee Zellweger eats the ant is a brilliant reversal of this - her animality is deeply incongruous within this setting. There is also the question of when one eats that I think is important to draw out. Humans are remarkable in their ability to delay gratification, and although there is some variation in this ability within the population106 it is something that we all do. I recently went to a wedding reception at which there was a huge, delicious cake looming large over a room full of hungry guests who were waiting for the couple to arrive. Obviously none of us tucked in before the couple had made the first cut, but this seemingly unremarkable fact is indicative - we all felt a sense of tacit prohibition that was never overtly declared or enforced. It is hard to imagine a room of 100 hungry dogs displaying the same willpower, and the issue is not just that they are unprepared to 'tow the line' with regard to this normativity - it simply does not exert any notable force upon them. 6.3 Living with and Being With So, fundamental to our ‘being with’ others is that those others impose certain normative constraints upon us, to which we can either conform like Stewie or transgress like Jarry. In simply knowing ‘what one ought to do’ at the dinner table or with a pair of scissors, the anthropic dog is subject to a level of normativity that does not trouble his non-anthropic canine brethren. This lies at the heart of the distinction between being with and living with - the being-with characteristic of Dasein entails that ones practices and use of equipment is subject to normative criteria that ‘they’ E.g. Kentucky Fried Chicken Some psychologists have suggested a link between this ability in children and future success in careers, but that is rather tangential to my point. 105 106 S. R. May Page 157 of 255 determine. Living with, by contrast, does not. We saw that this normativity pervades the practice of eating, but it also pervades other bodily functions that we share with all mammals. Just as we have a remarkable ability to refrain from ingesting food at inappropriate times, most socially proficient adults are similarly able to refrain from defecation. As with eating, there are equipment, practices, skills and norms governing this very basic necessity. Transgressions of these norms are not treated lightly by society, but nobody really expects animals to conform to them. The fact that dogowners are instructed by law to ‘clean up after’ their pet suggests it is taken as a given that attempts to train them to ‘hold it’ are futile, and the responsible owner will instead adjust his routine to accommodate that fact. On the official YouTube channel of Crufts, there is a video entitled ‘HILARIOUS - Dog Takes a Dump on TV’107 which received over 1,500,000 views and nearly 4000 ‘likes’ in a little over a month. So even if the reader is unamused by such things, it must be noted that the video appeals to more than the Kennel Club clique. In the video, a dog is disqualified from the agility competition because it defecates in the middle of the course. In this way, it shows a deep disregard to the context and norms surrounding the competition. 108 It seems unlikely that the dog really understood what it was doing, so it does not appear to be a wilful act of defiance. Consider what it would be like, by contrast, if a contestant defecated in the middle of the stage in a Miss World or Mr. Universe contest. The commentator on the dog show video explains that ‘a dog’s got to do what a dog’s got to do’, but that probably wouldn’t be a sufficient explanation in the case of the human competitors. The contestant having irritable bowel syndrome might well suffice, or perhaps the contestant was making a deliberate ‘dirty protest’ against the objectification that is endemic in such competitions. In short, for an anthropic animal or human there are two sorts of explanation that would normally satisfy - either a bodily failure or a ‘for-the-sake-of-which’. The former will be addressed in the next chapter, so let us look at the latter, which again I want to See DVD Appendix 3, Clip 2 - ‘Youtube Clip’ In his book, Stage Fright, Animals and Other Theatrical Problems, Nicholas Ridout draws out an interesting account of the non-anthropic animal onstage, which is an interesting phenomenon in its own right. Fundamental to his account is the idea that ‘by sharing the stage with us, the non-human animal is co-opted into patterns of intention’ (Ridout 2006:102). I agree with him on this point, but I suspect I diverge from his view with my belief that this is best understood within a framework of the ‘referential structure’ outlined by Heidegger. 107 108 S. R. May Page 158 of 255 exemplify using a scene from Family Guy. In this scene, Brian is reluctantly competing in a dog show in order to win some prize money for the Griffin family.109 Announcer - Next, Peter Griffin and his dog, Brain. [sic] Brian - Well, we're off to a good start. The referee signals. Brian leaps over the beam, runs through a tunnel and over a see saw. He pauses to get a cigarette out, lights it and smokes it before throwing it on to the ground. Then he continues on the course- over the bridge, jumping over three beams and then through a tire. Announcer - A beautiful performance from Brain Griffin. [sic] Meg and Lois - Go Brian! Chris - Yay! Brain! [sic] Peter - Alright Brian, we've got it all sewn up. Peter places a treat on Brian's nose. Brian looks incredulous. Brian - What…what...what the hell is this? Peter - Oh, this? Well this is the part where you…er… you beg for a treat. Brian - Oh, I don't think so. Brian takes it off his nose. Peter - Brian, you're embarrassing me. Lois - God, he can't expect Brian to do that. Chris- It's easier than it looks, Mom. Peter - Come on, Brian, we had a deal Brian - Well the deal's off. Me and the little shred of dignity I have left will be waiting in the car. Peter - Hey Brian, come. Don't you walk out on me. Err… (Trying to fool the judges that this was part of the act) I now command you to leave. Yep, keep going. That's right, flip me off. Good boy. Hopefully it is clear that Brian’s disobedience is the result of a conviction that dog shows are demeaning, and his ‘shred of dignity’ means that he is unprepared to beg for food. Whilst in the last clip he was probably being unreasonable, in this one I have a lot of sympathy for his position. To ask another Dasein to beg is clearly degrading, 109 See DVD Appendix 3, Clip 3 - ‘Family Guy II’ S. R. May Page 159 of 255 and Brian’s ‘self-interpretation’ as someone who deserves to be treated with respect prevents him from going along with Peter’s request. The issue is not whether this selfinterpretation is reasonable or justified - as we saw in the restaurant, it does not have to be - but rather the issue is how this self-interpretation informs and orders one’s activities. It is important to state that one’s self-interpretations do not develop ex nihilo, but rather they are adopted and adapted from existing practices and norms in society. Moreover, the norms of society have both positive and negative aspects, and in the next section I will address the question of the positive aspect. 6.3.1 ‘Positive’ Normativity As we have seen, Brian’s self-interpretation governs where he eats - in fancy restaurants, preferably in the front - and entails that he is unprepared to beg for food. The normativity surrounding when, where, what and how we eat is constitutive of the practice and has implications for how we relate to one another. There is a scene in S05 E11 of Family Guy in which Stewie is having dinner with Martin Landau and during their conversation Landau’s chewed food repeatedly flies in Stewie’s face - a comic reminder of why one shouldn’t speak with one’s mouth full.110 In every culture, there are expectations about ‘what one ought to do’ and this is at the heart of Heidegger’s discussion of ‘Das Man’ (translated as either ‘the they’ or ‘the one’). However, we need to avoid the temptation of thinking that ‘the one’ is purely restrictive and negative, as it is only because our practices are normative that they are intelligible. The functioning of the referential whole [requires that] everyone must (at least most of the time) eat the normal way. If some ate with forks, others with chopsticks, and still others used their right hands, the way food was cut up, and whether one got a washcloth with dinner, whether there was bread or rice, plates or bowls, etc. would be undecided and the whole equipmental nexus involved in cooking and eating a meal could not exist. For eating equipment to work, how one eats, when one eats, where one eats, what one eats, and what one eats with 110 Although it is not something that I am pursuing here, I think Stewie’s status as an anthropic baby is interestingly rather ambiguous. Some of the characters seem to understand his speech, such as Brian, and to others it seems like baby babbling. This is used to comic effect in a number of episodes. S. R. May Page 160 of 255 must be already determined. Thus the very functioning of equipment is dependent upon social norms. (Dreyfus 1997:154) This idea is most clearly seen in the example of our linguistic practices, which both Heidegger and Wittgenstein seem to suggest are contingently normative, but despite this the normativity is necessary. By this, I mean that the pronunciation of a specific sentence or word is a historical contingency - it could easily have been otherwise - and there is room for some variation. It doesn’t matter how you pronounce ‘tomato’ as long as your interlocutor understands you. However, there needs to be some normativity in order for the practice to be meaningful. If everyone used the word beetle to mean something different, or indeed, pronounced it radically differently, then it would cease to be intelligible at all. Let us turn now to another clip from Family Guy. In this scene, Brian is frustrated with Stewie’s peculiar pronunciation of ‘Cool Whip’.111 Stewie - Ooh, you’ve got some pie, eh? Can I have a piece? Brian - Errr...sure. He passes the plate to Stewie Stewie - Ooh, let me have some of that Cool wHip. (Placing emphasis on the ‘h’) Brian - What d’you say? Stewie - You can’t have a pie without Cool wHip. Brian - Cool wHip? Stewie - Cool wHip, yeah. Brian - You mean Cool Whip? Stewie - Yeah, Cool wHip. Brian - Cool Whip. Stewie - Cool wHip. Brian - Cool Whip. Stewie - Cool wHip. Brian - You’re saying it weird. Why are you putting so much emphasis on the ‘h’? Stewie - What are you talking about? I’m just saying it - Cool wHip. You put Cool wHip on pie. Pie tastes better with Cool wHip. 111 See DVD Appendix 3, Clip 4 - ‘Family Guy III’ S. R. May Page 161 of 255 Brian - Say Whip. Stewie - Whip. Brian - Now say Cool Whip. Stewie - Cool wHip. Brian - Cool Whip. Stewie - Cool wHip. Brian - Cool Whip. Stewie - Cool wHip. Brian - You’re eating hair! Stewie spits out. In what sense is Brian right to chastise Stewie’s pronunciation?112 Perhaps that is not the usual way to pronounce ‘whip’, but there are a number of words for which we permit variation - for example, bath and scone. In the UK, there seems to be regional variation on the pronunciation of those words, but it’s not clear to me on what basis you would deem a particular one to be ‘correct’. Historically, the aristocracy were considered to be the measure of good pronunciation but that has obvious class-loaded motives that make me uncomfortable. The crux of my interest is not the issue of whether Stewie is wrong, but what allows Brian to make that charge. In order for Brian to be in a position to challenge Stewie’s pronunciation, they need to be playing the same ‘language game’. Recall the point I made about the ‘ostensive definition’ in chapter 2 - my use of a word is only meaningful by virtue of the role it plays in a shared cultural practice. The criteria against which my usage or pronunciation is assessed are out here in the world. This might seem obvious but it is worth making this explicit because it runs counter to the more ‘conventional’ view of language as a sort of externalisation of something essentially inner (i.e. thought). As Dreyfus puts it, ‘meaning is grounded neither in some mental reality nor in arbitrary decision but is based upon a form of life in which we necessarily dwell.’ (Dreyfus 1997:201) Crucially, Heidegger explicitly denies that we use language as a means to externalize something intrinsically ‘inner’. 112 More generally, there is a strange play of status throughout the scenes between Brian and Stewie. At some points Brian acts as a guardian or caregiver – often babysitting, for example. However, at other points it is made clear that Brian is a pet, and as such his life is considered less valuable than that of the human characters, both within the family and in society more generally. S. R. May Page 162 of 255 In talking, Dasein expresses itself not because it has, in the first instance, been encapsulated as something ‘internal’ over against something outside, but because as Being-in-the-world it is already ‘outside’ when it understands. What is expressed is precisely this ‘Being-outside’. (Heidegger 1996:205) Heidegger’s point is that language makes explicit something that was already shared. In fact, I would argue that language can only do this. As Wittgenstein’s private language argument indicates, if there is something intrinsically inner then there is no meaningful way to refer to it. This is at the heart of Wittgenstein’s beetle in the box argument - the word beetle doesn’t point ‘in there’, as there are no criteria against which we could differentiate correct from incorrect usage. The normativity that pervades everyday speech is precisely what fixes the meaning. My suggestion in §2.1.2 was that mental predicates refer to the skill with which certain actions are performed. When we describe someone as witty, smart, cunning etc., the referent and everything we usually need to understand it - is out here in the world. In the next section I will attempt to further elucidate what I mean by claiming this. 6.3.2 Understanding Others and Letting the World Do the Work I observe another Dasein, such as Brian from Family Guy, perform a simple task and I understand what he is doing and why he is doing it. But how? This seems like a simple question, but it has proved deeply troubling for much of the intellectual tradition. Psychologists such as Baron-Cohen have posited that in order for me to understand the other, I need to develop a ‘theory of mind’. I criticised this view in §3.2.2, but I didn’t go very far in developing a positive account of this ability. In this section I will attempt to do just that.113 113 Again, the core argument in this section can be made about all varieties of Dasein, and could have been made in the previous chapter regarding the anthropic object. However, I think this has important implications for nonanthropic animals. Often we feel inclined to describe animal behaviour using the same mental predicates that we use for Dasein. If my view is correct, then this invariably smuggles too much of Dasein’s understanding into it - if mental predicates are made possible on the basis of our sharing a world, then they cannot rightly be applied to creatures that do not share our world. At best, the use of such predicates in reference to animals should be understood metaphorically - much like ‘the brain is a computer’, it is useful for explanation and the best metaphor we have, but it will lead us to irresolvable problems if we take it too literally. S. R. May Page 163 of 255 The first thing that it should be noted is that, for the most part, I don’t take a detached theoretical stance. Rather, I appreciate the distinctive character of other Dasein through a specific sort of concern that ‘involves receptiveness to the fact that [they are]...a locus of projects.’ (Ratcliffe 2007:72) This concern, what Heidegger calls solicitude, is a thoroughly practical affair - the other is encountered in terms of our projects within the world, and our ‘expectations’ of them are largely based on the shared public norms outlined earlier. As one co-ordinates one’s activities with others, one need not attribute intentional states but can instead work on the implicit assumption that they will do ‘what people are supposed to do’ in that kind of environment. The assumption that they inhabit the same world of interrelated equipment and routines is sufficient to anticipate the majority of behaviours in situations where routines are there for all to follow. Simultaneously attributing beliefs and desires to several hundred people would require considerable cognitive effort with little reward. (Ratcliffe 2007:91) It is only when someone is doing something extraordinary that this is insufficient. If my friend Ollie was to take off his clothes and jump onto a wedding cake, then we might need to ponder upon his actions and perhaps call a psychiatrist. (Unless, like Alfred Jarry, he is a transgressive artist - in which case you might simply say, ‘oh, he’s being arty’ and resume your meal.) Similarly, I want to suggest that my understanding the actions of a character onstage very seldom requires that I ponder upon his mental states - unless the performance is truly dire, I simply understand that character as a locus of projects in light of the referential totality surrounding his activity. We should not make the mistake of thinking that pondering upon his belief states (known in the philosophical literature as folk psychology) is the fundamental activity underpinning our everyday interpersonal relationships. In fact, as Ratcliffe argues, ‘participation in the social world is the prerequisite for the development of [Folk Psychology]’ (Ratcliffe 2007:101) - we can only develop this special faculty to deal with the exceptional cases once we are in the world.114 The implications of this view, then, are 114 This special ‘folk psychological’ faculty that we use in exceptional cases is, in my view, narrativistic. As Daniel Hutto suggests, we situate the person within an explicit linguistic narrative in order to clarify why they are doing what they are doing. S. R. May Page 164 of 255 that the normativity surrounding everyday activities and social roles are necessary for interpersonal understanding. We make ourselves readable to each other by conforming to shared conventions. Once again, I feel I should be explicit in my view that this isn’t a case of making the ‘inner’ more readable, but rather making more explicit what is already shared (i.e. our projects). So, it is only on the basis of the shared practices that one inherits that one can develop self-interpretations that permit one to differentiate oneself from others. The sharedness that underpins our different ‘for-the-sake-of-whichs’ root them and provide a basis for commensurability. Picking up a theme developed earlier, shortly after the scene at the dog show, Brian Griffin engages in a civil rights battle to ensure that animals are treated equally to human beings. In the excerpt that follows, Brian appeals to the court that previously ruled that he should be put down for being ‘dangerous’.115 Brian walks into courthouse in suit. Felicia - Oh, good luck, sweetness. Brian - Thanks, Felicia. Chairman - This meeting was called to review the judgement of the city of Quahog versus Brian Griffin. Brian - Justice. For all or for some? Does a dog not feel? If you scratch him, does his leg not shake? Yes, he is man's best friend. But what manner of friend is man? I would like to cite if I may the case of Plessy versus Ferguson… Chairman - Wait a minute, why are we listening to a dog? Take him away! Brian is taken by the collar. Brian - Wait, does every dog not have his day? Peter - Wait! Please, please! I gotta say something. All Brian's ever wanted was the same respect he gives us. Well, that and snosages he's mental for those snosages…and er… sure, sometimes we have arguments…like when we're in bed and Lois is in the udenay but Brian won't amscray. Lois - Peter… 115 See DVD Appendix 3, Clip 5 - ‘Family Guy IV’ S. R. May Page 165 of 255 Peter - Okay, okay, okay. Look - the point is that he's a member of our family first and a dog second. And I'm real sorry I forgot that, buddy. Sometimes we all need a second chance. Sometimes we all need to forgive! Chris - (crying) I stole ten dollars from Meg's room Meg - (crying) I stole ten dollars from mom's purse. Lois - (crying) I've been making counterfeit ten dollar bills for years. Chairman - Mr. Griffin, this dog is a danger to society - albeit an articulate and charismatic one - but the law is the law and it cannot be circumvented by pretty words. Peter - I'll give you each twenty bucks. Chairman - Deal, he can go. This scene, and the events leading up to it, draws clear parallels between Brian’s experience as an anthropic dog and the African-American civil rights movement. Brian is expelled from a shop and a restaurant because he is a dog and this parallel was made explicit in his attempt to cite the landmark case of Plessy v Ferguson. Although ultimately the case is decided by Peter’s bribe rather than Brian’s defence, the fact that he mounted such a defence was guided and informed by his selfinterpretation as a Dasein that deserves the same respect as any other Dasein. This self-interpretation is possible only on the basis of there always already being a world with pre-existing roles and norms, and ‘changing the world’ requires one’s activity to be rooted within them. As Dreyfus puts it, this always takes place on a background of ‘accepted for-the-sake-of-whichs that cannot all be questioned at once because they...must remain in the background to lend intelligibility to criticism and change.’ (Dreyfus 1997:161) Ultimately, according to Heidegger the for-the-sake-of-whichs that we take up from society are at the heart of achieving an authentic existence. Authenticity (if it is possible) requires an ownership and modification of the preexisting meanings and values from the world into which one is thrown. Unfortunately, according to Heidegger, we usually fall into Das Man - just doing what one does, without said ownership and modification. In the next section I will interrogate these ideas, specifically outlining the different debates within the literature about what precisely Heidegger means by authenticity. S. R. May Page 166 of 255 6.4 Living vs Existing (Or: The Possibility of Authenticity) As I mentioned in the introduction to this chapter, only Dasein is capable of existing, either authentically or inauthentically. The anthropic animal, as a Dasein, has an understanding of its own being that non-anthropic animals do not have. There are two divergent accounts of what Heidegger means by authenticity within the literature, and I will argue that both accounts, and the tensions between them, are potentially fruitful for my inquiry. Fisher provides a concise overview of the two positions in the following quotation. The first correlates Heidegger’s talk of authentic historicality with that of selfauthorship. To the alternative perspective, however, Heidegger’s talk of Dasein’s existentiality, with its emphasis on nullity and unattainability, is taken as evidence that Dasein is structurally and ontologically incapable of being completed via any life-project. (Fisher 2010a:241) The former position, a broadly narrativistic one, was briefly outlined in the previous chapter and as such I think it would be best to develop the opposing view before trying to bring them into dialogue with each other. Perhaps the most famous proponent of the ‘alternative perspective’ is Hubert Dreyfus. Dreyfus is explicit in the fact that the shared practices in which we all are immersed are the source of intelligibility. Fundamentally, I understand what chairs are because I am familiar with what one does with them and there is nothing outside of our everyday practices to fix and determine their meaning. However, this is something that tends to get forgotten or ‘covered up’ by us - our way of doing things seems to be right and intrinsically sensical. Our way seems to make intrinsic sense - a sense not captured in saying, ‘This is what we in the west happen to do’. What gets covered up in the everyday understanding is not some deep intelligibility, as the tradition always held; it is that the ultimate ‘ground’ of intelligibility is simply shared practices. There is no S. R. May Page 167 of 255 right interpretation. Average intelligibility is not inferior intelligibility; it simply obscures its own groundlessness. (Dreyfus 1997:157) So, the problem with average everydayness is that it gives us a sense that there is fixed, intrinsic meaning. For this reason, the feeling of anxiety is crucial because it reveals this fact to us. In anxiety, we become acutely aware that meaning is dependent on this tissue of public significance, and feel the groundlessness that this implies. Dreyfus draws a parallel between the world experienced in anxiety and the broken tool, claiming that ‘unlike ordinary equipmental breakdown, anxiety is a total disturbance. Rather than revealing some part of the workshop world from the inside, it reveals the whole world as if from the outside. It reveals the groundlessness of the world and of Dasein’s being-in-the world.’ (Dreyfus 1997:179) In the previous chapter, we saw Number 5 gain an understanding of his own finitude, and as a result achieve ‘narrativistic’ authenticity, but there is no reason in principle that he could not have responded in a more Dreyfusian manner.116 To exemplify this outlook, I want to turn to an anthropic animal that, upon learning about the nature of death, wrestles with the very anxiety that Dreyfus is addressing. In this clip from the mock-news channel The Onion, scientists have taught a gorilla that it is going to die.117 Presenter - Scientists at Tulane University's Primate Research Centre announced they have taught a gorilla that someday it will die. Nate Meredith has more in The Lab Report. Nate - Thanks, Dan. In a historic first, a team of primatologists have succeeded in teaching Quigley, a western lowland gorilla the concept of mortality and his inevitable doom. Lana Burroughs and Phillip Townstend are the researchers leading the project. It is a strange quirk about robot mythology that, as a non-biological system, they do not necessarily have a determinate life span. I know that already my body is deteriorating and the most I could reasonably ask for is an extra 100 years on this earth. A robot such as Number 5 could, in principle, be constantly upgraded so that - baring catastrophic accidents - he could live on indefinitely. Perhaps that is why in science fiction most robots fear the catastrophic destruction rather than natural degeneration. (In a recent lecture, John Gray posited that even if we humans were in the same position, the probability of accidents entails that we’d be unlikely to live longer than 600 years if aging was no longer an issue. So immortality would be a statistical impossibility even if it became a biological possibility). By contrast, humans and animals both have to face up to physical perishing alongside the chance of accidental death, so in that regard the anthropic animal is slightly more similar to human Dasein than the anthropic object. 117 See DVD 3, Clip 6 - ‘The Onion’ 116 S. R. May Page 168 of 255 Phillip - When we first started the project with Quigley he was just a normal happy ape, not a care in the world. Lana - The first thing that we did was we taught him patterns, like 'red block, blue block, green block' over and over. Then it became a pattern of 'gorilla born, gorilla grow, gorilla die' over and over. Nate (VO) - The researchers then showed Quigley photographs of dead and dying gorillas while communicating the phrases 'you some day' and 'no choice'. Phillip - It took thousands of repetitions, but Quigley finally became cognisant of the correlation between himself and the decomposing pile of hair and flesh in the photo. Nate (VO) - Quigley shared his feelings in a confessional after completing each exercise. Quigley (signing) - Muscles mine. Will rot away. Lana - That was a great moment. Nate (VO) - Quigley also began painting pictures like these almost every day. To make sure Quigley retains the awareness of his own demise the team spends several hours a day reinforcing the certainty of death's arrival. Lana - Quigley, you die. You will die soon. Quigley (signing) - Sad. Cry. Scared. Nate - The researchers say that at first Quigley could only communicate rudimentary fears about his own death but he soon moved on to expressing more complex emotions, such as indifference and self-hatred. Quigley - Stupid Quigley. Now see truth. Existence. Cruel joke. Nate - And just two days ago Philip Townsend and his colleagues witnessed what they believe to have been a panic attack in Quigley. Quigley - Gorilla animal nooo! Gorilla no away. Philip - He was letting out these anguished cries and banging his head against the wall and I just thought - we did it! In becoming aware of the gravity of his own death, Quigley understands his being as something that is an issue for him, but moreover he feels the groundlessness that is revealed in anxiety. On Dreyfus’ reading of Heidegger, this anxiety in the face of death ‘can be an analogon for living lucidly in such a way that the world is constantly seen to be meaningless’ (Dreyfus 1997:311) On this view, authenticity is a ‘style’ in which one S. R. May Page 169 of 255 engages in one’s projects - one which ‘manifests my understanding that no specific project can fulfill me or give my life meaning.’ (Dreyfus 1997:322) [The authentic athlete] does not expect his dedication to and success in sports to give his life intrinsic meaning because he lives in anxious certainty that no object of concern can give his life that. Giving up hope for ultimate or intrinsic meaning lets him see and appreciate relative meaning, like the difference between making a brilliant basket and missing one. (Dreyfus 1997:323) At this point, I feel I should be explicit that I have reservations about this account of authenticity. Not because I believe it to be a misreading of Heidegger - I think this interpretation has as much exegetic support as the narrativistic account of authenticity - but rather I am not convinced that such a position is sustainable as a way of living one’s life, as Dreyfus at points seems to suggest. It is perfectly possible for one to have brief moments of ‘lucidity’, and I broadly agree that they can be productive, but we cannot help but proceed with a conviction that our activities are intrinsically meaningful and immerse ourselves ‘inauthentically’ into our projects with that conviction. The lucidity that Dreyfus outlines, then, is not a way of living but a sober wake-up call. In §4.3, we saw how Dylan Moran was able to make competitive weight-lifting seem absurd by positioning us in a referential context exterior to those invested in the activity. My suggestion is that this Dreyfusian lucidity allows us to do the same thing to existence itself. This is at the heart of much ‘dark humour’ and will be the subject of the next chapter, specifically §7.4, in which I will suggest that the bodily failure can also act as a catalyst for anxiety which brings with it much mirth specifically, using Beckett’s Endgame as an example. For the moment, however, I want to turn to the narrativistic reading of self and authenticity, at the heart of which is Heidegger’s notion of temporality. 6.4.1 Self, Authenticity and Narrativity In contrast to Dreyfus’ account, Guignon utilises Heidegger’s concept of temporality in order to piece together an account of the self and the possibility of authenticity. S. R. May Page 170 of 255 Dasein is always “ahead of itself”: it is a projection into the future insofar as its actions involve a commitment as to what sort of person it will be as a totality. What this means is that, in taking a stand on its own life, Dasein takes some range of possibilities as definitive of its own identity...[Similarly, its] “thrownness” refers to our being already enmeshed in a particular context. As a parent, for example, I find myself stuck with obligations rooted in my past undertakings that I must take up in my current actions. At the same time I also find myself enmeshed in a particular historical culture that predefines the range of possibilities of action that will make sense in my situation. (Guignon 1998:225) This clearly has a lot of resonance with what I have been saying throughout this chapter. Brian Griffin has found himself in a context in which dogs are treated with less respect than human beings and on the basis of this he has fought for animal rights. As I touched on in previous chapters, on the narrativistic view authenticity entails facing up to the gravity of one’s death and constructing a narrative with one’s life which is ‘true’ to one’s values. Understanding that one day my ‘story’ will end and deciding what sort of story I want that to be means that I have to take authorship of it. In doing so, my actions make me the sort of person that I am. As Guignon states, 'what is important is building myself as this kind of person, not scoring points or getting rewards “down the road.” When life is lived as an ongoing process of selfbuilding or self-composing, it has the kind of cumulativeness and continuity that makes up authentic temporality.' (Guignon 1998:231) This authentic temporality is found when activities are undertaken not as a means to a certain end but as constitutive of a certain ‘for-the-sake-of-which’ that one identifies as a fundamental self-interpretation. To illustrate this idea, I want to turn now to another scene from Family Guy, in which Brian decides to give his kidneys - and therefore his life - in order to save the life of Peter.118 Doctor - As a dog, Brian's kidney's are smaller and don't have the capacity of a human kidney. For the procedure to work we would have to transplant two. Brian - But… but I only have two. 118 See DVD Appendix 3, Clip 7 - ‘Family Guy V’ S. R. May Page 171 of 255 Doctor - That's right. The procedure would kill you. Pause Ha ha! That car's getting towed! Lois - My god, Dr. Hartman, isn't there any other way? Doctor - I'm afraid not, Mrs. Griffin. Brian - I'll do it. Peter - What? Brian - I'll…I'll do it. I'll give you my kidneys. Lois - But Brian, you'll die. Brian - Peter, you're my best friend. You gave me a home when I didn't have one and you've treated me like a family member ever since. I wouldn't be here if it wasn't for you. I would probably be dead anyway lying under some freeway overpass and…I wanna return the favour. After all, I'm a dog, I have another eight years at best. I'm willing to give that up so that you can have another forty. Peter - Brian, I don't know what to say. You're saving my life. Brian - Well, you saved mine. And hey, we had a lot of good years together, right? Peter - Yeah, we sure did buddy. So, with the framework I have been developing, we can see that Brian has several selfinterpretations - as an author, a civil-rights activist and as a friend. These are constitutive of his existence and sense of self, and the narrative that will end upon his death will feature these themes prominently. However, the latter self-interpretation is one that he is not only committed to living for, but prepared to die for. At this point, we can understand what Heidegger means when he says that the (non-anthropic) animal lives but it does not exist - Dasein is capable of ‘owning’ its own existence deciding the terms upon which it is prepared to live and die. We can choose to starve ourselves in front of a plate of food out of protest for a social or political ideal - as far as I know only humans can do this, and in my view any animal that could do that would be anthropic.119 119 I have said previously, specifically in §3.2.1, that the term ‘anthropic’ is a potentially misleading misnomer, but it is worth reminding ourselves once again of this fact. Although in Heidegger’s work Dasein does refer to human beings, it could in principle refer to other beings that have an understanding of being. This is ultimately what is at issue here - the creature is anthropic - which is to say it is Dasein- if it is a being-in-the-world, regardless of what it looks like. S. R. May Page 172 of 255 The main claim that I have made throughout this section (and this chapter more broadly) is that we understand each other and ourselves narrativistically. Indeed, I would argue that self is narratively constructed - it is, to borrow a phrase from Dennett (1992), the ‘centre of narrative gravity’.120 It is an open question - and a point of heated debate - as to whether this is the correct reading of Heidegger. I feel I should be explicit in stating that I am not defending this position as a correct interpretation of Heidegger’s view, but rather I am defending this position as a correct interpretation of the phenomena I experience. In short, I believe it regardless of whether or not Heidegger did. I would suggest that it is because the self is the centre of narrative gravity that it can endure physical changes and metamorphoses. Technically, almost every cell in my body has died and been replaced since I was first born and yet, despite this, I still endure. This change is minor in comparison to the next example I will focus on Gregor Samsa in Kafka’s short story Metamorphosis. 6.5 Humans Becoming Animal Eventually my life will end and when that happens all those things that I never got round to doing will simply be things I never did. What I was will be defined by what I did, therefore my present activities are self-constituting. It is in these terms that we understand ourselves, and each other, and it is on this basis that we can understand change, transformation and metamorphosis. A recovering alcoholic has undertaken a profound change in his self-interpretation and so in that sense he is a 'changed man'. However, this change has happened on the background of a life-story that started before he touched a drop of whiskey and will end with his death, and the 'self' is the centre of narrative gravity that is perceived to have endured throughout.121 I want to look now at the character of Gregor Samsa to see how his change can be understood in terms of the framework that I have been developing throughout this thesis. 120 Importantly, in my view H. Sapiens are the only animals that self-narrate in this specific way and as such they are unique in having a ‘self’. 121 Like Theseus’s ship or, to use an example from comedy, Trigger’s broom (in Only Fools and Horses) this does not entail that is persists in the everyday sense of ‘persistence’. Nonetheless, we are able to meaningfully refer to it as a singular enduring thing, and I suspect this adds to the perception of it as something which endures throughout. S. R. May Page 173 of 255 When Gregor Samsa awoke one morning from troubled dreams he found himself transformed in his bed into a monstrous insect. He was lying on his hard shell-like back and by lifting his head a little he could see his curved brown belly, divided by stiff arching ribs, on top of which the bed-quilt was precariously poised and seemed about to slide off completely. His numerous legs, which were pathetically thin compared to the rest of his bulk, danced helplessly before his eyes. 'What has happened to me?' he thought. (Kafka 2000:71) What, indeed, has happened to Gregor? It is, perhaps, tempting to understand this transformation as a human mind having been transposed into the body of another creature. Hopefully by now the reader will have a sense of why I would object to this interpretation. Such dualism is profoundly confused, in my opinion, and rests upon a grave category mistake. If there is no 'ghost in the machine' to begin with then it cannot be simply be a case of the ghost relocating. I want to suggest that narrativity can do all the necessary work to understand this transition. The metamorphosis in question was a bodily affair and the mental predicates we are inclined to use have their referents out here in the world. As Mulhall states, ‘[what] maintains our conviction as readers in Gregor's humanity is the fact that he never loses his narrative function as our point of view upon events, and so never loses his status as being possessed of a perspective upon his own existence (at least, not until he no longer exists at all).’ (Mulhall 2007:142) In other words, despite being transformed into an insect, Gregor is a being-in-theworld. His being is an issue for him, and he still has commitments and projects that are deeply important to him. The tragedy of the story is that his new body prevents him from fulfilling them. In this way, his plight can be read as analogous to the bodily failure that we all experience - to a greater or lesser extent - at some point in our lives, and particularly as we grow old.122 For several pages the author outlines the difficulty Gregor has getting out of bed - as the author states, ‘he would have needed arms and hands to raise himself to a sitting position; but instead he only had these numerous 122 I would suggest that a more severe metamorphosis would cause not just a deprived relation to the world but a wholesale collapse of that world. However, I do not think that is what’s happening in Metamorphosis. In my view, for the whole time that he is alive, Gregor never ceases to be anthropic. S. R. May Page 174 of 255 legs which...he was unable to control.’ (Kafka 2000:79) Ten pages later, once they find firm ground, Gregor finds his legs 'obeying him perfectly', but there is still much he cannot do in his new form owing to the fact that he no longer has hands. This is brought out forcefully when one considers the picture that he protects with his injured body. This picture, which it is established earlier he made by cutting images out of a magazine, ‘represents his creative impulse- a trace of his ability to make his own individual mark on the world, at a time when he had hands with which to make such a mark.’ (Mulhall 2007:140-1) In the build up to this, Gregor's sister and mother decide to remove everything from his room so that he is able to freely crawl around. This action was undoubtedly motivated by their desire to do what was best for Gregor, yet for him it was a sign of him losing his ‘humanity’. By this, I mean that he was still ontologically Daseinal, yet ontically his non-human form places factical limitations on his projects.123 The referential context was no longer structuring his activities - the desk at which he had always done his homework as a child, for example, was no longer ready-to-hand (as he no longer has hands) - and yet he still has an enduring connection to it. He wanted it to stay there as a reminder of who he used to be. Clearly Gregor still has a relationship to his past, the projects he undertook and the equipment that he used. The fact that his body factically limits his ability to continue with those projects does not mean that he is no longer in the world - he still understands the desk as a desk, even though this is a rather deprived understanding. Similarly, he still relates to his family as other Dasein. He never loses his consuming concern for his family's well-being; indeed, its inherently self-destructive tendency finds its ultimate expression in his willing embrace of death by starvation, understood by him as a way of ending the suffering that his new existence inflicts on his family. (Mulhall 2007:139) Despite being transformed into an insect, Gregor is able to sacrifice himself for the well-being of his family. This is precisely because he is still an anthropic creature, or Dasein. Much like Brian Griffin choosing to die so that Peter can live, Gregor chooses To be absolutely clear - being a member of the species H. Sapiens is an ontic, factical matter. Being anthropic which is to say, being Dasein - is an ontological one. 123 S. R. May Page 175 of 255 to die so that his family is no longer burdened by looking after him. Whether or not that was the right choice is beside the point - my claim is that only anthropic creatures can choose death (or life), because it is only for Dasein that it's own being is an issue for it. Moreover, such actions are only coherent as part of a broader narrative in which Gregor’s projecting towards the possibility of his death is linked to an ongoing concern about his family and his past with them. 6.5.1 Private Languages and Beetles in a Box While we are on the topic of Metamorphosis, it is perhaps worth discussing language and the privacy of Gregor's utterances.124 I have previously claimed that a truly private language could not be meaningful because there would be no criteria against which usage could be deemed correct or incorrect.125 It is established in the novella that Gregor speaks but nobody understands him - ‘the words he uttered were evidently no longer intelligible, despite the fact that they had seemed clear enough to him’. (Kafka 2000:85) Thus, it seems that it is conceivable for an utterance to be privately intelligible. However, it is my contention that his utterances are not truly private - the reader is given a 'god's eye view' of the whole affair. Gregor's inner monologue is rendered intelligible by the narrator's eccentric position - he allows us to 'hear' the internal monologue of Gregor and the external ones of the Samsa family. We are able to appreciate the incommensurability precisely because the narrator acts as a bridge. Moreover, I never denied the existence of an internal monologue - rather, I asserted that such privacy is only possible on the basis of us previously having learnt to speak intelligently aloud. It should also be noted that the language problems Gregor encounters are not symmetrical - Gregor continues to understand his family although his family cannot understand him. As such, there are still normative criteria at work ‘out here’ in the 124 This issue of privacy is the main reason why I have focussed on Kafka’s novella rather than any one of the many stagings of it. Staging the tale necessarily ‘externalises’ his ‘inner monologue’, and in this section that ‘inner monologue’ is precisely what is at issue. 125 See §2.1.3 S. R. May Page 176 of 255 world - he might have previously been mistaken about the pronunciation of 'overzealous' and learnt of his mistake when he heard his sister use it correctly. I don't think there is any reason to suppose that Gregor was 'speaking in mentalese' and the problem was in the translation from mentalese to a shared language. Rather, his failed attempts at communication were failed attempts to join in with a practical activity. By way of analogy, I am a poor tennis player but I would not suggest that the problem lies in my not being able to translate ‘the moves in my mind' into movements in my body. It is correct to say that 'I know what to do but I am unable to do it'. But rather than indicating a gulf between my mind and my body, it indicates a deficit in my know-how which cannot be compensated with know-that. In short, both Gregor's failed speech and my failed sportsmanship are practical failures, not 'mental translation' ones. It is a prerequisite of failure that success is a possibility - a chair can neither save a penalty nor fail to do so, because this would require that it was participating in the interlocking practices that constitute a game of football. In the same way, a creature can only fail to speak if speaking is a possibility for it - that is, if it is a being in the world. So, although it initially seemed like the case of Gregor Samsa's language usage was problematic for the framework that I have been developing, I would claim that is in fact further evidence of his being in the world. 6.5.2 Response to Critchley In this chapter so far, I have argued that both Brian Griffin and Gregor Samsa are clear examples of anthropic animals. The former has always been an animal but Gregor used to be a human. Thus, what the last case study was tacitly addressing was the issue of transition - what it means for a human to become an animal, or more specifically for a human Dasein to collapse into factical animality. Perhaps now is the right time for me to address that question more explicitly. Simon Critchley claims that ‘there is something charming about an animal become human but when the human becomes animal the result is disgusting’. (Critchley 2004:34) Regarding the latter point, does the character of Gregor Samsa disgust us? S. R. May Page 177 of 255 Admittedly he has tastes in food that we are less inclined to and his physical form is rather unsightly but I would argue that he is the character for which we have the most sympathy. He remains anthropic but he is stripped of his dignity and humanity because of his form. Part of the problem with Critchley’s formulation is that the disgust is rather ill defined. I don’t think the disgust that Critchley identifies precludes sympathy, and it would be rather simplistic and one-dimensional to focus on disgust in Metamorphosis and ignore the sympathy. I would like to suggest that part of the tragedy of Gregor Samsa’s plight is that his metamorphosis is rather like the change that one encounters in aging, disease and disability. The dehumanisation that occurs, then, is not exclusively due to the physical condition, but also the rejection that he encounters from the other Dasein around him. A similar thing is found in Cronenberg’s film, The Fly, which I would like to address to draw out Carel’s argument about the transformation qua illness. In The Fly, the gifted scientist Seth Brundle creates a machine that can teleport anything from one place to another. (Technically, it annihilates the thing in one pod and recreates it in another - something that would be deeply problematic if the self were not, as I argue it is, narratively constructed). After teleporting himself when there was also a fly in the pod, the machine fuses Seth and the fly into a genetic concoction he sardonically names ‘the Brundlefly’. Cronenberg himself explicitly states that he sees Brundle’s transformation as a metaphor for disease - but rather than being a specific disease, such as Aids (which was suggested by a number of commentators), he sees it more generally as ‘the disease of being finite’. As he states, ‘we’ve all got the disease - the disease of being finite. And consciousness is the original sin: consciousness of the inevitability of our death.’ (Cronenberg in Rodley 1992:128) Drawing on Cronenberg’s statements, Havi Carel argues against readings of The Fly that understand the film as a simple story of a man turning into a monster. This reading does not fully appreciate Seth’s humanness throughout the film and as such falls into the trap Cronenberg sets for the viewer. The trap is contained in the thought that Seth is slowly losing his humanity simply because his body is trans-humanly transformed. I believe that Seth does not become a monster. He becomes a man with a diseased body that is perceived as a monster by the other characters. Throughout the film we watch a man grappling with the changes and S. R. May Page 178 of 255 decay of his body, the grotesque malformations that result from its mutations, and his resulting abjection. But throughout the film Seth is - and remains thoroughly human. (Carel 2007a) This is rather similar to what I have been claiming about Gregor Samsa - although his transformation from human to insect places factical limitations on the projects that he can pursue, the character never stops being anthropic. In other words, both Gregor and Seth have an understanding of their being - Seth desperately wants to be human again, and this fact also makes us pity him. The moments of sardonic humour present in The Fly reflects Seth’s anthropic nature. Towards the end of the film he says, ‘My teeth have begun to fall out. The medicine cabinet [in which they are kept] is now the Brundle Museum of Natural History’. This dark line indicates that he is still relating to himself and his situation as a Dasein. Even at the very end, when he is transformed into a truly disgusting fly-machine hybrid, he holds the gun to his head in a manner that suggests he wants Ronnie to pull the trigger. Non-anthropic creatures cannot do either of these things, because to do the former requires an understanding of what a museum is and the latter requires an understanding of both the equipment (gun) and one’s own finitude. I would like to suggest that the disgust that Critchley identifies is definitely present in many human-to-animal transformations, but he completely overlooks the way in which the disgust is often rooted in how the transformation is analogous to physical disease, and the way in which society responds to the abject diseased or disabled body.126 Moreover, this disgust does not say anything about the ontological status of the character portrayed - people were disgusted by John Merrick (the eponymous deformed man in The Elephant Man) but the whole point of the film is that he is still a Dasein (and, indeed still a Homo Sapien), despite the way he is treated. (Lynch 1980) Of course, Critchley does not completely overlook the role that the body has in animal humour. As he states, ‘animal jokes are a sort of code for the body and its rather wayward desires’ (Critchley 2004:47). In other words, they refer to the sort of 126 This will be the subject of the next chapter, so I will pursue it no further here. S. R. May Page 179 of 255 activities that we hide behind the closed doors of the bathroom and bedroom. It seems that it might be worth returning to the case of the dog that defecates at Crufts. In this case, I argued that the dog was not subject to the same sort of scrutiny that the Miss World contestant would be if she did the same thing. This is precisely because the latter has an understanding of the context and as a result is subject to a level of normativity that does not trouble the dog. In this case, the disgust that occurs when the ‘human becomes animal’ is nothing to do with the ontological shift that I am interested in but the transgression of societal norms. Indeed, if the human truly became an animal then it would not be anthropic any longer and so would not be open to the same criticism. After all, babies - the quintessential non-anthropic humans - are unperturbed by societal norms when they want to defecate. Generally we refrain from criticising them for this because they ‘don’t know any better’. There is a point at which we expect humans to tow the line when it comes to excremental norms, and after that point we might use animality as a metaphor to describe their transgressions. However, we should not lose sight of the metaphorical nature of these descriptions - ultimately they are not making the same sort of ontological claims that I am making about Brian Griffin or Gregor Samsa. One example that I think is problematic for Critchley’s dichotomy is Bottom from A Midsummer Night’s Dream, which does not seem to invoke the same disgust as the other examples. In this play, the character is magically given the head of an ass. However, the fact that he doesn’t really notice the transformation indicates that it has not had the same negative effect as Gregor or Seth’s metamorphoses. That is to say, it doesn’t really act as a metaphor for illness. However, I have not tried to claim that this is a universal feature of this sort of phenomenon, so I am less troubled by the counterexample as Critchley should be. I would like to suggest that perhaps what is comical about Bottom’s transition is that it really hasn’t made any change to his lifestyle at all. He was a rather ‘asinine’127 character to begin with, a fact that was highlighted by the transition. The aim of this chapter is not to try to draw out generalised rules for this type of humour but understand it in terms of the ‘hermeneutic conditions’ of humour - being in the world. In cases such as Metamorphosis and The Fly where the transformation is analogous to disease, the change places factical limits upon our 127 Using a more literal etymological sense of the word, along the vein of ‘like an ass’. S. R. May Page 180 of 255 being-in-the-world and the abject body is a source of disgust. In other cases, as outlined by Critchley, the animal body trangresses the social norms surrounding our ‘basic’ bodily functions. In further cases, such as A Midsummer Night’s Dream, the transformation might cause very little behavioural change, highlighting the fact that the character was already quite bestial in his comportment to begin with.128 Now let’s consider the other side of the coin - the anthropic animal. Is this invariably charming, as Critchley seems to suggest? As I mentioned previously, I’m not so convinced. When the pigs in Animal Farm become anthropic and then oppress their fellow animals, the effect is far from charming! I’m not even sure that this implies that they are ‘disgusting’ either, as the dichotomy seems to be rather underdeveloped. I don’t deny that the anthropic animal can be charming - Disney have made billions of dollars exploiting the fact that they can be - but I don’t think this charm is particularly important when it comes to the ontological question at issue. Anthropic animals can charm and delight us, just as any Dasein can, but this says almost nothing about their ontological character. The character of the anthropic animal is defined by the projects that it undertakes, and whether it is charming or abhorrent is dependent upon that it can be the animal equivalent of Michael Palin or Adolf Hitler, and ought to be judged on this basis rather than any ontological criteria. This seems almost too obvious to be worth stating, but it is a point that Critchley seems to gloss over. The main thing that is worth noting is that it is only once the animal is truly anthropic that is, once it understands something as something, or more precisely Dasein as Dasein - that we can really make any moral judgements about it. The lion that kills the antelope is neither moral nor immoral - rather, it is amoral because it lacks the hermeneutic conditions for moral ascriptions. This is precisely what is missed by Critchley’s account. 6.6 The Anthropic Animal ‘Collapsing Back into Animality’ As I stated at the beginning of the chapter, much of what I have said about the anthropic animal is equally applicable to other Dasein (i.e. anthropic humans and It could be argued that this is reflects a satirical portrayal of the working class and whilst I suspect that this is an aspect of the character, I don’t particularly want to pursue this reading here. 128 S. R. May Page 181 of 255 anthropic objects). Fundamentally, they are characterised by being-in-the-world and as such have an understanding of being including their own being - which entails that they understand their own finitude and hence can exist either authentically or inauthentically. However, the anthropic animal is distinct from human Dasein in one regard - we saw that the human becoming animal-like often invoked disgust, but the animal ‘collapsing back’ into more stereotypical animal behaviours can have a more benignly comical effect. For example, in Series 4 Episode 15 of Family Guy, we see Brian deciding to drop out of university, to which Lois responds in a rather novel way.129 Lois - Brian, what are you doing home? Brian - Lois, I couldn't do it. You know, I thought I'd be able to finish this time, but I just don't have what it takes to be a college graduate. Lois - But you're so close - I mean, your final exam's tomorrow. You can't just give up. You could study tonight and I think if you really work at it… Brian - Lois, Lois. It's over, alright. I'm not going. Lois - Well, whatever you say. She goes over to the cupboard and opens it, reveals a vacuum cleaner. Lois - Hey, what's in this closet? Brian - Err…what are you…what are you doing? Lois - Well, my my - Mr. Hoover's come to visit! Brian - I don't want to see Mr. Hoover. Lois - I wonder if Mr. Hoover has anything to say about all this… Brian - Lois, this is not funny. I really don't want to see Mr. Hoover. Lois starts up the vacuum cleaner, Brian jumps off the sofa to flee. She chases him around the room. Brian - Stop it, stop it. It's scaring me! Leave me alone! It's so loud. He hides behind an armchair and barks at it. Brian - Stop, stop! Stop it! Alright, alright, I'll study. I'll study. Lois - I'll help you if you want. Brian - No thanks, Lois, there is only one person who can help me. 129 See DVD Appendix 3, Clip 8 - ‘Family Guy VI’ S. R. May Page 182 of 255 The decision to go back to university, and the subsequent decision to drop out of it, lies at the very heart of Brian’s self-interpretations. When he talks about having ‘what it takes to be a college graduate’, clearly he has a notion of the prestige that goes along with attending an Ivy League university, and a self-interpretation as someone who is not capable of achieving that. In fact, it could be argued that this prestige is built on the fact that not everyone is able to get into the institution, and not everyone that does attend ‘has what it takes’ to graduate. This sort of understanding is indicative of his being-in-the-world – there aren’t any equivalents to the Ivy League in the animal kingdom. Usually the decision to persevere with education is done with respect to these self-interpretations, which makes the encounter with ‘Mr. Hoover’ deeply incongruous. This irrational fear of the vacuum cleaner, which he shares with many other dogs, simply does not make sense to us. Whilst some people might be coaxed into going to a specific university by parental affection (or wanting to avoid ‘disappointing them’), or the offer of a new car, the notion that such a decision might hinge upon a fear of an everyday appliance is laughably strange. It is difficult to understand the sort of threat that he sees it as presenting, but it is a common trait amongst dogs. Wittgenstein suggested that if a lion could speak then we would not be able to understand it. (Wittgenstein 2001:223) In §2.4.1, I suggested that he means that we speak as we do because of the world that we share, and that the world-poor understanding of the animal is so fundamentally different that its ‘worldview’ is incommensurable with our own. I would suggest that the almost pathological fear that some dogs have of vacuum cleaners is indicative of this – it does not understand the vacuum cleaner as a vacuum cleaner (i.e. how it relates to the interlocking practices and equipment of the world), and I don’t understand the vacuum cleaner as a mysterious-object-to-fear. I would suggest that this is why we might laugh at the irrational fear that our pets have of the vacuum cleaner. However, I have suggested throughout this chapter that the fact that Brian speaks the same language as us indicates that we share a world with him. In contrast to the actions of our pet, which at times seems ludicrous because we do not share a world, for the most part Brian’s actions are completely intelligible to us. This is because, as I have been pressing throughout this chapter, we understand him as a locus of projects S. R. May Page 183 of 255 with self-interpretations that informs those projects. When he suddenly reverts back to animality his actions become strange – we can no longer understand them in those terms. Moreover, I would suggest that the incongruity is more acute in the ‘Mr. Hoover’ scene precisely because it is performed on the background of his selfinterpretation as someone who is ‘bright, but not quite bright enough to graduate’. In one way, this incongruity is rather similar to that found in a ‘clash of cultures’, which plays on the way that certain foreign practices are so different to ours that they seem laughably peculiar.130 The similarity between both of these examples and Dylan Moran’s treatment of Schwarzenegger’s weightlifting is not coincidental - all practices are only intelligible from a position of interiority and as such they seem peculiar to anyone outside of that context. Animal life is separated from human experience by a gulf that simply cannot be traversed - if we truly became an animal then we would cease to have the understanding that could render our experience intelligible to Dasein. As such it should be no surprise that moments of the anthropic animal ‘collapsing back’ into animality would seem laughably peculiar. This is only skimming the surface of a phenomenon that could be addressed in much greater detail, and the main reason that I haven’t pursued it further here is that I don’t want us to get too distracted from the main ontological claims that I am making. I would suggest that ‘collapsing back into animality’ is a unique possibility open to the anthropic animal because of its ontological status as an anthropic animal. Yet it is not its defining feature. The titular character of Who Framed Roger Rabbit, (Zemeckis 1988) for example, never collapses back into animality in this way – in fact, the character could have been a human without much change to the script. (After all, his wife is a cartoon human). Fundamentally, I would suggest that Lois Griffin, Brian Griffin, Roger Rabbit and Jessica Rabbit are all ontologically the same – they are examples of Dasein. However, within Family Guy one finds a particular comedy trope – the anthropic animal ‘collapsing back into animality’, thereby disclosing the incommensurable gap between Daseinal and animal understanding. Roger Rabbit does not do this, so functionally he is indistinguishable from Lois and Jessica. 130 Nowadays comedies that hinge on a ‘clash of cultures’ seem rather dated - perhaps because of globalisation, or maybe because of the much-bemoaned ‘political correctness’. Either way, I suspect that white middle-class comedians might be more successful attempting to get laughs out of animal otherness than cultural otherness. In both cases it could be argued that what we are laughing at is a clash of facticities - the ‘funny foreigner’ doesn’t know how to use our equipment, the dog isn’t physically able to. S. R. May Page 184 of 255 Nonetheless I would suggest that due to the fact that he is an anthropic animal it is always a latent source of humour. 131 6.7 Conclusion The main reason I thought it important to treat the anthropic animal separately from the anthropic object is because we need to distinguish Dasein’s understanding from that of the world-poor (i.e. non-anthropic) animal. Unlike the chair, it lives. But unlike Dasein, it does not exist. However, once it is anthropic it is Dasein, so everything I said about the anthropic animal in §6.2 - 6.4 is equally applicable to anthropic humans and objects. §6.5 and §6.6 are the only sections in which I made claims about the anthropic animal that do not apply to the other ‘varieties of Dasein’. In §6.5, I addressed what it means for a ‘human to become animal’ and argued that the disgust that Critchley identifies is often due to the transition acting as a metaphor either for disease or for transgressions of norms regarding bodily functions. In neither case does this disgust impinge on the ontological status of the animal - both Gregor Samsa and the Brundlefly are Dasein despite being disgusting. Indeed, I suggested in respect to the ‘bodily functions’ sort of disgust that it presupposes that the character is still anthropic - after all, we don’t chastise a baby for transgressing excremental norms because it doesn’t know any better. In §6.6, I argued that the anthropic animal is able to make us laugh by ‘collapsing back’ into animality. But whereas the human Dasein becoming animal-like often invokes disgust, the animal doing the same tends not to, and moreover it allows us to appreciate the peculiarity of animal practices. In addition to drawing out the contrast between the anthropic and non-anthropic animal, §6.2 - 6.4 prepared the foundations for the final chapter, in which I will address the subject of bodily failure in comic performance. As we saw in the example of Gregor Samsa and Seth Brundle, the body places factical limits upon the projects one can undertake in the world and how one relates to both equipment and other 131 Another element of humour in Who Framed Roger Rabbit? that I haven’t really touched on is the difference between ‘Toons’ and humans. The laws of physics apply differently to Toons – they can survive incidents that would kill a human, such as an anvil falling on them or a steamroller running them over. At some point I would like to write a paper on such ‘cartoon physics’, but I suspect it’s outside of the scope of this thesis. S. R. May Page 185 of 255 Dasein. However, I am going to go further and suggest that, like death, the body failing can induce an anxiety which reveals that meaning is determined not by some ‘ultimate ground’ but simply shared practices, and makes us feel the groundlessness that this implies. I will suggest that this is precisely what is at play in the dark humour of Beckett’s Endgame. I will also suggest that it is also possible to laugh in the face of bodily impairment in a manner congruent with the narrativistic reading of authenticity, using Francesca Martinez’s stand-up as a case study which exemplifies this position. S. R. May Page 186 of 255 7. Phenomenology of Bodily Impairment In this chapter, I address a range of bodily impairments within comic performance. First, we will look at the ‘possessed hand’, in which it is diegetically established that a performer’s limb is being controlled against their will by another agent. I will argue that we can understand this phenomenon as an ‘anthropic limb’ - that is, a limb which ostensibly has projects that diverge from those of the ‘owner’ - using an excerpt from Nina Conti’s work to exemplify the continuity between the animated puppet and the anthropic limb. This will develop into a discussion of multiple personalities ‘inhabiting’ the same body, specifically using the example of the Jim Carrey film Me, Myself and Irene. In my view, the phenomenon of ‘multiple personalities’ is continuous with the phenomenon of the anthropic limb because in both cases there are more than one set of projects being followed by more than one self, despite the fact that both of these selves are embodied together. At this point it might be worth clarifying the terminology used here. First, and most fundamental, there is the ontological level. Whenever I refer to something as being anthropic, or when I discuss Dasein, I am describing an ontological phenomenon. Secondly, and derivatively, there is the ontic level. Whenever I discuss the self, ‘personality’ or ‘character’, I am describing an ontic phenomenon. Importantly, I want to suggest that it is a fundamental structure of Dasein - its narratability132 - which gives rise to the phenomenon of self. In short, the self is constructed through Dasein’s narrativistic comportment. It is important that we understand that it is only on the basis of our being-in-the-world that we are able to narrativise in such a manner, and as such this being-in-the-world is more fundamental than our ontic self and commitments. After I have addressed these issues, I will then turn my attention to the three categories of ‘malfunction’, ‘temporary breakdown’ and ‘permanent breakdown’. I will suggest that in terms of Dasein’s stance there is a notable similarity between the object and bodily failure. However, regarding what precisely is disclosed, I will A term coined by Fisher (2010a) to refer to ‘the basic phenomenological condition for...self-interpretive praxis’. (Fisher 2010a:255) 132 S. R. May Page 187 of 255 suggest that the latter failure discloses Dasein’s facticity and, as Noël Carroll suggests, the bodily intelligence that is necessary for skilful coping in the world. In §7.3, I will look at Havi Carel’s claim that bodily impairment can inaugurate a change in one’s temporal phenomenology, and I will suggest that this allows for ‘temporal incongruity’ in which two characters in a scene operate with different ‘temporal horizons’, thereby creating an incongruous encounter between them. Following on from this, I will suggest that the entropic nature of one’s physical body – that is, the inevitability of its breakdown – grounds Dasein as ‘thrown projection’ and its being-towards-death. I will suggest that, because of this, physical impairment has the potential to induce an existential anxiety, using the bodily impairments that one encounters in Beckett’s Endgame to illustrate this idea. Although there have been a couple of notable Heideggerean readings of Beckett133 and almost innumerable ‘existential’ readings (perhaps most famously Esslin’s Theatre of the Absurd), I am hoping to draw out a slightly different position. Throughout this thesis, I have argued that the world is the source of all meaning and intelligibility - a claim that seems to be at odds with the ‘absurdist’ position often attributed to Beckett, in which a fundamental meaninglessness of the world seems to be at issue.134 However, I agree with Cavell, who argues that ‘the discovery of Endgame...is not the failure of meaning (if that means the lack of meaning) but its total, even totalitarian, success’. (Cavell 1969:117) I will argue, following Cavell, that meaninglessness is not a given in which the characters find themselves but an achievement of the work itself. In my view, precisely what is at issue in Endgame is the way in which the ‘relational finitude’ constitutive of physical impairment can induce anxiety which reveals the fundamental groundlessness of the world. Although I do try to engage with some of the literary theory surrounding Endgame, I think it is best to explicitly state that my engagement with Beckett is not an enterprise in literary criticism. Rather, I am using Endgame to exemplify a more general phenomenon – physical impairment. In principle I could have used a different example to tease out the same ideas. The main reason I have chosen Endgame is because I think it elucidates the phenomenon more clearly than Perhaps most notably Lance St. John Butler’s (1989) Samuel Beckett and the Meaning of Being. In Heideggerean terms, we could say that this absurdity is a deficiency of meaning that is understood against the background of the intelligibility of the world. This is a different position to that found in Sartre’s Nausea. 133 134 S. R. May Page 188 of 255 other potential examples, perhaps because of Beckett’s fascination with certain germane themes. Building on the tension between the Dreyfusian and Narrativistic accounts of Heideggerean authenticity, I will attempt to draw out a complementary ‘narrativistic’ portrait of impairment. This account will be exemplified by Francesca Martinez’s show, What the F*** is Normal? and her political activism more broadly. Martinez is a comedian with Cerebral Palsy who, through her work, attempts to raise awareness and change attitudes towards disability. In this way, I will argue that her response is more desirable than the embrace of impotence that Critchley seems to encourage. 7.1 ‘Anthropic Bodies’ 7.1.1 ‘Possessed’ Hands Let us now turn to the first sort of bodily impairment - the ‘possessed’ limb - which I think is demonstrated brilliantly by a double act that we have seen once before in this thesis. In the scene that follows, Nina Conti allows Monkey to ‘control’ her hand, which then enables him to ‘take over’ her whole body.135 Monkey - I want to control you. Nina - How can you control me? Monkey - It’s easy, stick my hand up your arse. Nina - Oh, come on. No way. Monkey - There is another way. Nina - What’s that? Monkey - Get the bag. Nina - Get the bag? Already? Monkey - Yes. Nina picks up the bag. Monkey - Put me in the bag. Nina - Already? But I’ll miss you. 135 See DVD Appendix 4, Clip 1 - ‘Nina Conti II’ S. R. May Page 189 of 255 Monkey - It’s okay, I’ll still be here. Monkey goes into the bag. Monkey - Now take your hand out of me. Nina - No, I don’t want to. Monkey - Go on. Pause. Oh, it feels nice and nasty at the same time. Nina - Okay, now what do I do? It’s out. Monkey - Take your hand out of the bag. Nina - Take my hand out? Hand pops out (animated with Monkey’s voice). Hand/Monkey - Go on, force yourself. Nina - Oh, I don’t like it. Hand/Monkey - Don’t you like me naked? Nina - No, I miss the Monkey. Hand/Monkey - I am the monkey, you schizophrenic bitch! Put the bag down. Nina puts the bag down. Nina - Oh, it’s freaky, I feel so ashamed. What do I do now? Hand/Monkey - Are you ready? Nina - I don’t know what for. Hand/Monkey - Put this hand down by your side. Nina does so. Hand/Monkey - But I’m still here. Nina - Where are you now? Hand/Monkey - I’m in your mind. Nina - The laughter’s got a little bit uneasy… Hand/Monkey - It’s okay, it’s just for charity. Nina - What do I do now? Hand/Monkey - Are you ready for the final step? Here I come… Nina - No, stay where you are. Hand/Monkey - Here I come, here I come. Nina jolts and then starts speaking with Monkey’s voice. Nina/Monkey - Here I am! Oh, at last I’m in the bitch! And you are all a bit freaked out, now, aren’t you. Quite a sweet voice on a monkey but with tits it’s fucking sinister. Nina breaks out of the Nina/Monkey character S. R. May Page 190 of 255 Nina - Thank you very much, good night! This is not the only example of a possessed hand in popular comedy. The protagonist from Evil Dead II has to cut off his hand because it has been mystically possessed and attacks him. Similarly, the 1999 teen comedy Idle Hands features a teenage slacker who finds that his hand has been possessed and has been killing people while he sleeps - a discovery that leads to conflict between the two. Crucially, the common thread through all of these examples is that the ‘possessed’ limb seems to have projects of its own - it is anthropic.136 However, what this scene by Nina Conti demonstrates is that in performance the anthropic limb shares the same fundamental features as the animated puppet. In §5.1, I made two key claims regarding puppetry ‘manipulaction’; 1. there needs to be more than one referential context structuring more than one set of projects. 2. the manipulactor needs to split her body schema in order for us to perceive two individual characters onstage rather than one character and an inanimate object (or in this case, hand). In the scene above, it is established that Nina and the Monkey/Hand have different projects and intentions that diverge and clash. We can map the two characters onto the referential structure outlined in §5.1. M1 is Nina Conti, a performer manipulating a puppet, and later her own hand, for the sake of entertaining an audience. M2 is the monkey character, who attempts to take over Nina’s body. As with the previous case, the incongruity in the scene lies in the fact that these two referential contexts are in tension with each other. The gag where Monkey asks Nina to stick his hand ‘up her arse’ alludes to the fictitiousness of the situation (it could be described as a meta-joke, playing on the clichéd ‘what’s your hand doing up my jacksey’ joke mentioned earlier). I argued in §5.1 that ‘only the anthropic objects can have a referential context, and therefore it can have projects and intentions of its own’. In my view, this is equally true of the limb found in the example above, and thus I believe I am correct in calling it anthropic. In addition to this, (picking up the second claim regarding manipulaction), I believe that this scene clearly demonstrates the split in body schema that I discussed previously. 136 In my view, Dr. Strangelove’s hand is a different phenomenon and it is rather misleading that alien hand syndrome is sometimes colloquially called ‘Dr. Strangelove syndrome’. Dr. Strangelove is more akin to a bizarre form of tourettes in which his repressed views come to the fore - it is not, as far as I can make out, a case of ‘possession’. S. R. May Page 191 of 255 Although the anthropic hand might seem to be a comically bizarre phenomenon, there is actually a clinical condition known as ‘Alien Hand Syndrome’ in which the limb seems to have intentions of its own. It is very rare and, because of that, there is very little literature on the topic.137 Often the condition seems to be linked to damage to the Corpus Collosum - the tissue that connects the two hemispheres of the brain. However, I am not a trained clinician and I don’t imagine that I have anything to contribute to the literature on the condition. Moreover, attempts to do so are far beyond the remit of this thesis, which is a phenomenology of humour. I mention this fact to underline that although this might seem like a ridiculous and marginal phenomenon, it is not exclusively the terrain of performance. Everything I have said above does not distinguish Conti’s experience on stage from that of the individual with Alien Hand Syndrome. All of the phenomenological description in Part Two of this thesis - including the descriptions to follow in this chapter - have been undertaken from the point of view of the spectator. Of course, there is a crucial difference between the experience of the performer and the audience’s point-of-view. I do not deny that this is an important and interesting perspective, but I would argue that pursuing this adequately would require another thesis of equal length to this one. As such, I have refrained from attempting such an enterprise here. Before moving away from the issue of ‘anthropic bodies’ more generally, it might be worth briefly addressing what happens at the final moment of the clip. That is to say, it might be worth outlining a brief phenomenological sketch of the ‘full body possession’ onstage. As with the example of the anthropic limb, there is actually a clinical condition that corresponds to this situation. Until recently, it was known as ‘multiple personality disorder’, but now it seems that ‘dissociative identity disorder’ is the preferred name. Personally, I am more comfortable with the latter label, as construing the condition as ‘multiple personalities inhabiting the same body’ seems to run counter to many of my claims regarding the concept of the mind. If we deny that there is a ‘ghost in the machine’, then we must deny that there could be more than one ghost in the machine. In addition to that, I think there is a problem of construing 137 It could perhaps be understood as the opposite to a phantom limb. Whereas with phantom limbs people report feeling it - and sometimes even report being able to control it - despite it being no longer there. By contrast, the alien hand is experienced as beyond the control of the patient. It ostensibly pursues its own projects and sometimes even violently attacks the patient. S. R. May Page 192 of 255 identity in such a reified manner - it is possible to state ‘I have a strong (or almost any other adjective) personality’, but this is a misleading picture of what is at issue. My identity is what I am not some thing that I have, and we quickly find ourselves entangled in conceptual knots if we think otherwise. In my view, understanding Dissociable Identity requires that we return to the idea of the self as ‘the centre of narrative gravity’. In principle, if there is more than one narrative then there could be more than one self. Obviously, I do not deny that these selves are embodied, but the self is not embodied in the way that a driver is in a car or a crew is in a ship. Rather, the self is socially constructed through narrativistic engagement with the world. The body is a necessary - but not sufficient - condition of such engagement. 7.1.2 Dissociative Identity Disorder A number of films have used Dissociable Identity Disorder as a plot device, perhaps the most obvious example being Fight Club. However, I would like to look at the 2000 film Me, Myself and Irene because often it presents the condition as a bodily problem - like Fight Club, there are scenes in which the two personalities fight using the same body. Although in many regards the film is rather unremarkable,138 it uses the astonishing physicality of Jim Carrey to great affect. In the following scene, Charlie and Hank, the two personalities of Carrey’s character, have a fight in a car.139 Charlie/Hank are driving Charlie - You are a sick pup. Hank - Yeah, well, it takes one to know one Hank opens the car door. Charlie - What are you doing? Hank! Hank uses the right hand to bang Charlie's head against the steering wheel. Charlie - Hank! Hank - Ever been bitch-slapped? Hank slaps Charlie’s face. 138 As a number of critics have noted, many of the jokes are rather tired and I would suggest that the condition is treated rather glibly - almost to the point of being offensive. Regardless, it is a good case study for exemplifying the phenomenon at issue. 139 See DVD Appendix 4, Clip 2 - ‘Me, Myself and Irene’ S. R. May Page 193 of 255 Charlie - I'm going to kill you, I swear to god! Hank punches Charlie in the face and grabs him by the collar. Hank - Arrivederci, dead-wood. Charlie - No!!! He tumbles out of the car. Cut to Irene evading a policeman on the train. We return to Hank who jumps back into the car. He looks behind him satisfied. Then he sees himself (or rather Charlie) in the mirror. Hank - What the hell are you still doing here? Charlie - You can't just throw me away, Hank, we are in this together. In §6.3.2, I claimed that our most fundamental understanding of other Dasein is as a locus of projects. I assume that people undertake certain projects and have certain ‘self-interpretations’ that guide and inform those projects. All this is constitutively narrativistic - their projects are influenced by situations that they have found themselves in and ambitions that they have for the future. Moreover, I claimed that it is only when someone is doing something truly extraordinary that this assumption is insufficient. The case of Charlie’s fight with Hank is one of those outliers that requires further explanation. Daniel Dennett claims that ‘if we could see what it would be like for two (or more) selves to vie for control of a single body, we could see better what a self really is’. (Dennett 1993:419) And although he looks at the clinical disorder rather than Carrey’s less-than-nuanced portrayal of it, he does so to draw out the same claim that I am making. In short, the self is created through the narrative that we weave with our lives. If the self is ‘the centre of narrative gravity’, then there is no reason to think that one self is the maximum per individual, and there is some indication from certain clinical conditions that multiple narratives can give rise to ‘multiple selves’.140 Drawing on the work that he has done with sufferers of Dissociative Identity Disorder, Dennett states that: 140 I would also suggest that one is not the minimum, either. In some conditions characterised by profound deficits in interpersonal understanding, such as very severe autism, I suspect that this would result in little to no selfformation. Although I don’t have much scope to explore this idea here, Daniel Hutto’s work has influenced me a lot in this regard, so I would recommend that the interested reader seek out his work on this subject. S. R. May Page 194 of 255 These children have often been kept in such extraordinarily terrifying and confusing circumstances that I am more amazed that they survive psychologically at all than I am that they preserve themselves by a desperate redrawing of their boundaries. What they do, when confronted with overwhelming conflict and pain, is this: They “leave”. They create a boundary so that the horror doesn’t happen to them; it either happens to no one or to some other self, better able to sustain its organization under such an onslaught - at least that’s what they say they did, as best as they recall. (Dennett 1991:420) Two things are remarkable in this passage; first, that Dennett is forced by language towards an essentialism that he is trying to undermine. In his view (and I agree with him), there is no essential ‘self’ that stands above everything and does the dividing, yet language forces us towards that sort of postulation.141 Second, that this account essentially takes the form of a narrative. This resonates with my main claim in §6.3.2, that all interpersonal understanding is narrativistic - the only difference between the ordinary cases and the extraordinary ones is that the latter are usually understood through an explicit linguistic narrative. What makes the case of Charlie/Hank extraordinary is that it goes against our assumption that every body ‘has’ one self, and that all behaviour will be intelligible when cast in the light of that person’s selfinterpretations. If there is more than one self, then this simply won’t be the case there might be a deep conflict between the projects that different selves want to pursue, with the result being a general unpredictability. Summarising the main point here is difficult without instrumentalising the body - it is tempting to say that ‘there is usually one self per body but not always’, but this makes us think that the body is like a vessel ‘inhabited’ by a passenger. This is simply a misleading picture. Dasein is, of course, embodied and it comports itself concernfully towards the world. Usually when it does this it constructs a moderately cohesive narrative with its life. (I say ‘moderately cohesive’ because I want to resist the over- 141 In my view, everyday language is almost hopelessly tied to metaphysical assumptions. I am broadly sympathetic with the projects of Ryle and Wittgenstein, who saw the task of philosophy to untangle the knots in understanding caused by language. However, I suspect Heidegger’s approach of coining neologisms allowed him to go further in this task, albeit at the expense of clarity of expression. S. R. May Page 195 of 255 inflated view of some of the narrativistic Heideggereans.)142 In my view, this moderately cohesive narrative produces the self - if there is no cohesion then there will be no self, but if there is more than one narrative then more than one self is created. Each of these selves will have projects that matter to them and, it seems likely, some of those projects will diverge or clash with those of others. Most of us can avoid those whose projects clash violently with ours by putting distance between us (although, of course, not always). The point that the fight between Charlie and Hank demonstrates is that they can’t avoid each other - they are ‘in it together’. At this point I want to move away from Dissociative Identity Disorder and return to the three modes of ‘unreadiness-to-hand’ that I identified regarding the object failure in §4.2. As we will see, there is some similarity between the two phenomena, but also a notable distinctiveness. Ultimately, it is the areas in which the bodily failure is distinct that I want to focus my interest, and as such that will be the main terrain covered in the rest of this chapter. 7.2 Conspicuousness, Obstinateness and Obtrusiveness In §4.2 of this thesis, I outlined three different modes of unreadiness-to-hand: conspicuousness (malfunction), obstinateness (temporary breakdown) and obtrusiveness (permanent breakdown). I suggested that such a distinction is useful for understanding the equipmental breakdown one finds in physical comedy. Each of these three modes are distinguished in terms of what they disclose and Dasein’s ‘stance’ towards the failure. I suggested that in cases of malfunction what is disclosed is the problematic feature of the object (e.g. its instability or weight) and usually The Tramp would respond by simply picking himself up and returning to the task. Clearly there is an analogous case to be made with the bodily failure – if I have a momentary ‘dead leg’ when I try to get 142 Guignon, for example, seems committed to the view that our life narratives are more cohesive than actually they are. At very least, my life is substantially more episodic and slapdash than he claims it is - or at least than he claims it ought to be. S. R. May Page 196 of 255 up from the chair, I might fall over. In this case, I become aware of the leg as a ‘thing’ that thwarts my project but I recover fairly promptly and continue with my projects. However, we must not assume that all cases are as clear-cut as this. My suggestion in §3.1 was that our embodiment is characterised by a plasticity that allows for the incorporation of the equipment into the body schema. Because of this, I would suggest there is often an ambiguity regarding whether something is an example of equipmental breakdown or a bodily one. For example, there is a clip on YouTube of Michael Gove, the British Secretary of State for Education, falling over.143 As with the previous example, he quickly picks himself up and continues walking. Although he looks behind him at the point where he slipped, it is not clear that there was a problem with the pavement or an object that caused it. Nonetheless, if we assume that the pavement was particularly slippery, this still raises a question as to whether the fall was largely a consequence of poor grip on his shoes or a more general lack of coordination. I would suggest that this is not a simple either/or, precisely because of the very plasticity I outlined previously – for the most part, one’s shoes become part of one’s body schema. As such, it is better to understand Gove’s fall as a failure in general bodily intelligence. As I touched on in §2.5, Noël Carroll suggests that the main theme of The General is this bodily intelligence – usually failure in it, but sometimes an extraordinary success. Keaton arguably endeavored to disclose the intelligence of concrete bodily operations by, on the one hand, staging gags in which the Keaton character takes a tumble or otherwise fails to achieve his aims exactly because of his stupendous lack of bodily intelligence; or, on the other hand, by exhibiting feats of physical ingenuity that take the audience’s breath away. Keaton underscores bodily intelligence as a human norm by subtracting it from those situations where his character fares badly in his attempts to influence the physical world and by superadding it on those occasions where the character has the material world do his bidding. (Carroll 2009:5-6) As Carroll states, these failures serve to ‘underscore bodily intelligence as a human norm’ – we understand how fundamental it is in those moments of failure. Carroll 143 See ‘DVD Appendix 4, Clip 3 – ‘Michael Gove Falls Over’ S. R. May Page 197 of 255 elucidates this phenomenon so thoroughly that I fear that there is very little I can add to his analysis. Instead, I want to focus on those failures that Dreyfus calls ‘breakdowns’ – which can either be temporary or permanent. Often, I would suggest, the complex interplay between equipment and biolimb is most clearly seen in moment of these failures. For example, I am severely short-sighted. In order to read a passage of text without my spectacles, I have to hold the book roughly an inch from my nose, and at that distance my eyes are unable to work together to focus so I have to close one eye to read. It is highly unlikely that my vision will improve, so it could perhaps be described as a ‘permanent breakdown’. But the fact that I have a pair of spectacles means that it is not an impairment that impacts upon on my daily life. When they break, or I lose them, I am suddenly aware of how integral they are to me going about my business – if I can’t repair them promptly then most of my projects will have to go on hold until I find a replacement pair. (Whether this constitutes a ‘temporary breakdown’ or a ‘permanent breakdown’ really depends on how constructive my ‘deliberation is’). Initially this sort of breakdown seems disanalogous to, for example, Basil Fawlty’s car failing to start. It could be argued that the spectacles’ dysfunction discloses my own impairment. However, at the heart of Basil’s frustration is the fact that he is unable to get to the restaurant in time on his ‘own steam’ – without the help of this equipment. In both cases, our factical limits are at issue – Basil can’t run at the same rate as a car whilst carrying a meal, and I can’t see very well. The point here is simply an inherent ambiguity within the phenomenon. Often the role of our equipment is to overcome a factical limitation of our bodies – when they break often both the equipmental totality and the facticities in question are revealed as imbricated. Regarding one’s ‘stance’ to the breakdown, I think both of the other stances I noted in §4.2 regarding the equipmental breakdown are found in cases of physical impairment. In §4.2.3, I used the example of Basil Fawlty to demonstrate that sometimes one responds to the permanent breakdown with ‘impotent fury’, and the duality of meaning is not lost on me now. Whilst there are almost innumerable stand-up comics who have material about being unable to achieve an erection, one response to this impotence that matches Basil Fawlty’s in terms of fury is that of Simon in the British teen sitcom, The Inbetweeners. In series 3 episode 4, A Trip to Warwick, Simon S. R. May Page 198 of 255 chastises his genitals with the line, ‘Why won't you start?! Every time I don't want one, it's there and the one time that I actually need it - nothing!’ Although one could delve much further into the semiotics of impotence (and the gendered normativity that it implies) that is not something I intend to do here. Rather I want to focus on the other stance to the breakdown, the one noted by Dreyfus and Heidegger ‘helplessly standing before’ the problem. This stance to physical impairment is often found in filmic and theatrical representations of disability, but those representations are rarely comic. Swain & French, and other disability theorists, have criticized these representations because they construct and reinforce the ‘personal tragedy view’ of disability. In the ‘personal tragedy view’ of disability: The disabled person’s problems are perceived to result from impairment rather than the failure of society to meet that person’s needs in terms of appropriate human help, accessibility and inclusion…Disabled people are subjected to many disabling expectations, for example, to be ‘independent’, ‘normal’, ‘to adjust’ and ‘accept’ their situation. It is these expectations that can cause unhappiness: rarely the impairment itself. (Swain & French 2004:34) Importantly, though, the authors do not deny the reality of this as a phenomenon – they simply argue that it is not a desirable one. This is an important issue that I will discuss further later on in the chapter, but I thought it was important to set out the groundwork for such a discussion now. As we will see as the chapter progresses, the phenomenon of physical impairment is a very complex one with an important social and political aspect. However, I think in order to adequately address those aspects we must begin by looking at the existential dimension of the phenomenon. In the next section I will look at the interplay between impairment and temporality, which I will suggest grounds the physical impairment as an ontological phenomenon – thereby allowing it to operate in a similar way to being-towards-death. 7.3 Physical Impairment and Temporal Phenomenology 7.3.1 Temporal Incongruity in Comedy It is perhaps worth reminding ourselves of the important place that time has in the portrait of Dasein that I have been drawing out throughout this thesis. Temporality is S. R. May Page 199 of 255 constitutive of Dasein - to use Heidegger’s terms, Dasein is a ‘thrown projection’. We are all thrown into a world and project forwards into the future. As we have seen in the previous chapter, time structures all of our projects. Heidegger makes this point succinctly in the following passage. In most everyday things we do and have done to us, human life is geared towards time. It is inherently ordered by time. There is a time for work, meals, recreation and diversion. The ordering of time takes a fixed and public form in calendars, timetables, class schedules, curfews, and the eight-hour work day. Events occuring in the world around us and the processes of the natural world are ‘in time’. (Heidegger 2011:11) It is also worth noting that often we measure space temporally - for example, we might say that the supermarket is ‘15 minutes away’. Such claims are normative essentially we mean that most people take fifteen minutes to walk from campus to the supermarket. As Carel explains, it might not be fifteen minutes for the impaired person. ‘As her movements slow down, the time difference between herself and others become evident. She needs to translate healthy time...into her own, more isolated tempo.’ (Carel 2008:85)144 In order to address everyday examples of the contrast between ‘healthy time’ and the ‘isolated tempo’ in popular comedy, I want to look at the following scene from Series 1, Episode 4 of Phoenix Nights. In this scene, the paraplegic character Brian Potter is leading his new girlfriend, Beverley, upstairs to his bedroom.145 Brian, in a stairlift, slowly ascends the stairs, coming into shot. Eventually we see that he is holding hands with Beverley. Brian - It won’t be long now. Brian, in the stairlift, awkwardly navigates the corner of the stairs. Brian - Just you wait. Beverley smiles meekly. 144 Another interesting area for exploration - and one I would like to explore as part of a future project - is the effect that certain psychological conditions have on temporal phenomenology. For example, there is now empirical evidence to suggest that clinical depression produces a slower, isolated tempo. Unfortunately this falls outside of the scope of this thesis. 145 See DVD Appendix 4, Clip 4 - ‘Peter Kay’s Phoenix Nights’ S. R. May Page 200 of 255 Brian - The things I’m gonna do to you. As Brian slowly goes towards the camera and then blocks the view. This scene seems to last for ages as the excited ascent of two lovers to the bedroom is drawn out to almost half a minute of uncomfortable smiles and ineffectual dirty talk. The incongruity here seems to be precisely the aforementioned gap between ‘healthy time’ and the ‘isolated tempo’ of an impaired character. The encounter between them is awkward, but ultimately rather endearing as Beverley affectionately follows him up the stairs at his pace, without so much of a glimmer of frustration. The same cannot be said for the next clip from Mr. Bean in Room 426, in which Mr. Bean fumes with frustration as he gets stuck behind an elderly person slowly descending a hotel staircase.146 Mr. Bean arrives at the lift, notices an ‘out of order’ sign on it and then goes towards the stairs. After cleaning out his ear with his little finger, Bean walks down the stairs to find an elderly lady in the way. He pauses. He tries to figure out a way around her moving from left to right frustratedly. He looks down and sees how far there is to go. He mimes lifting her hand off the rail and then makes an expression of comic exasperation. He then mimes stabbing the lady (accompanied by the infamous Psycho soundtrack). Mr Bean runs across the corridor and down a different set of stairs, hoping to shortcut past the lady. He finds himself still stuck in front of the elderly lady. He mimes pushing her down the stairs, then he hears the voices of other people and stops. Once they pass, he continues fuming silently behind the lady. He peers down. Cut to a shot of the lady’s feet. Bean’s arm comes into shot - he’s climbing across the side of the bannister. He triumphantly climbs back up in front of the old lady. He turns forward to find an elderly gentleman in front of him. He is now stuck between the lady and gentleman. His frustration builds. Finally, with resignation he slowly plods along behind the gentleman, taking one slow step at a time. Mr. Bean seems to raise the expression of frustration almost to the level of an art when confronted with this otherwise rather banal example of temporal incongruity. I 146 See DVD Appendix 4, Clip 5 - ‘Mr. Bean’ S. R. May Page 201 of 255 suspect most of us have, at some point, been stuck behind an elderly person on the street but we would probably have discovered that if we were in a hurry and asked politely the person is happy to move out of our way. We can imagine a number of other everyday examples of temporal incongruity, such as the slow elderly checkout assistant at the local supermarket, or an older lollipop lady making us late for an important meeting. The main point I am trying to press is that alongside the shared, normative ‘healthy time’, we are each engaging with projects with slightly different temporal horizons. It is only in incongruous encounters that we really become aware of this fact - if someone is slowing us down, or getting in the way as we try to descend the stairs. This idea contrasts quite strikingly with ‘clock time’, which moves at a steady pace regardless of what one is doing. Although this ‘temporal incongruity’ is an interesting trope within comedy, I think it is worth reminding ourselves of the fundamental truth that underlies it. Specifically, that we are all finite, and even if we are in the small window of ‘optimal health’ right now, we will very soon deviate from it. In this way ‘healthy time’, much like many of the other norms around what one ‘ought to be able to do with one’s bodies’, points to an almost completely unattainable norm. Moreover, in the next section I will suggest that the inevitability of bodily breakdown grounds our temporal phenomenology in a fundamental way and allows for an understanding of physical impairment as an ontological phenomenon. 7.3.2 Impairment, Entropy and Temporality Many Heideggereans (including my supervisor, Tony Fisher) would maintain that bodily impairment is purely an ontic phenomenon that can be explained exclusively in terms of Dasein’s facticity. Whilst this reading of impairment is often correct, I want to claim that physical impairment is sometimes an ontological phenomenon - one which grounds Dasein as ‘thrown projection’. In order to make the case for this position I need to draw out an aspect of temporality that has been tacitly assumed throughout this thesis. Specifically, what is known within the philosophy of time as ‘time’s arrow’. Jill North summarises the problem of time’s arrow in the following quotation. S. R. May Page 202 of 255 Our everyday experience is largely of physical processes that occur in only one direction of time. A warm cup of coffee, left on its own in a cooler room, will cool down during the day, not grow gradually warmer…A popsicle stick left out on the table melts into a hopeless mess; the hopeless mess wont congeal back into the original popsicle. While we would be shocked to see the temporally reversed processes, the familiar ones are so familiar that they hardly seem worth mentioning. But there is a problem lurking. The problem is that the physical laws governing particles of these systems are symmetric in time. These laws allow for the time reversed processes we never see, and don’t seem capable of explaining the asymmetry that we experience. (North 2011:313) The fact that physics is unable to account for the direction of time is a serious problem. Indeed, Raymond Tallis (2011) seems to suggest that this marks a limitation in the explanatory power of science. Personally, I am rather sympathetic to this view and I think that we are more likely to succeed in explaining the arrow phenomenologically than physically. Indeed, I am committed to the idea that the ostensible direction of time is not a feature of physical time but a fundamental characteristic of our temporal phenomenology. In this thesis I am not going to try to defend the former point - that the direction of time is not a feature of the physical universe - but for a compelling argument to this effect I would recommend Huw Price’s (2011) The Flow of Time. Rather, I want to connect the phenomenological direction of time to entropy. Several philosophers and physicist have argued that the best way to explain the flow of time physically is with the second law of thermodynamics. Simply put, this law states that closed systems will naturally tend towards entropy - that is, they will move from a more to a less ordered state. Importantly, this is a statistical law, by which I mean that it is highly probable that it will move to a less ordered state and the opposite, although not impossible, is deeply improbable. (It should be noted that it is so improbable that it is very doubtful that any human being has ever witnessed it.) The reason that entropy is so probable is simply because there are more permutations of disorder than of order. There are many more ways that an egg can be splat across the kitchen than ways it can be contained within a delicate shell. Perhaps, then, the direction of time arises from a habit of expectation, rather than a fundamental S. R. May Page 203 of 255 physical law? I think that this is part of it and this idea does almost all the explanation that the physicists require of it. In fact, Huw Price has suggested that any creature that evolved in a universe in which the arrow of thermodynamics was reversed would probably understand what we call the past as the future, and what we call the future as the past. However, this is all seemingly tangential to the main point of this chapter, so let me link this idea explicitly to a key point in Heidegger, summarised by Mulhall in the following passage. ‘Just as Dasein’s existence is projective (projection is not so much something it does but something that it is), so its existence is futural...We are not listing the essential features of a present-at-hand entity, but characterising a creature who lives a life.’ (Mulhall 2008b:165) Within this picture, the direction of time is very much at issue, and yet it is not clear precisely what grounds this direction.147 In my view, the direction of this projection is grounded, in part, by the body to which we are intimately connected. As a natural system, my body is tending towards entropy - put less delicately, it is slowly falling apart. Of course, as an ‘open’ biological system it absorbs energy to slow down this descent, but it is still inevitable. In other words, temporality is built into the structure of Dasein because (as Merleau-Ponty reminds us) it is through the body that we have a world. As we saw in the case of Seth Brundle and Gregor Samsa, the degeneration of our physical body results in a deprived relation to the world, and in §7.3.1 I attempted to demonstrate that the physical impairment has the potential to change one’s temporal phenomenology - suggesting a deep interconnectedness between body, world and temporality. This reflects what Havi Carel (2007b) calls the ‘double meaning of death’ in Being and Time – referring to temporal finitude and finitude of possibility. Broadly speaking, the latter refers to the Dreyfusian reading of finitude outlined in §6.4, whereby in the face of death: 147 In his article Heidegger’s Generative Thesis, Tony Fisher responds to Blattner’s formulation of this critique of Heidegger’s temporality, and suggests that Heidegger does indeed demonstrate that ‘ordinary time has its genesis in originary time’. However, although Fisher’s exegesis finds convincing support from the text, I still maintain that an adequate answer to the problem cannot be found within Being and Time. Ultimately, I believe that this is the area in which Heidegger’s infamous neglect of the body proves most problematic. In my view, without an account of the connection between embodiment and temporal phenomenology, like the one Havi Carel gives, one is simply inadequately equipped to answer this problem. S. R. May Page 204 of 255 [Dasein realizes that it] ‘can never make any possibilities its own. Possibilities are always there for anyone, part of the public world, and therefore have no intrinsic meaning for Dasein. The only ownmost possibility is nullity, the groundlessness of Dasein’s being. So death in Heidegger’s sense, claims Dreyfus, is not the existentiell or ontic possibility of demise, but the existential ontological possibility of not having any possibilities. (Carel 2007b: 545) In my view, it is precisely because the issue is not the ontic possibility of demise but the ontological possibility of all possibilities falling away that physical impairment can act in a similar manner, and I hope to demonstrate this in §7.4.2 with the example of Endgame. The former – temporal finitude – relates more directly to ‘time’s arrow’, and here is where my views diverge most forcefully from Heidegger’s. I am simply not convinced that we can understand the directionality of time without the recourse to its connection with the physical body. In her book, Illness, Carel argues convincingly that physical impairment inaugurates a change in one’s temporal phenomenology, and I tried to support my conviction that she is right with examples in §7.3.1. Moreover, there is substantial empirical evidence that this is the case, and that a number of impairments have a marked influence on one’s temporal phenomenology148 – although often the finding is conceptualized in terms of ‘time perception’, erroneously suggesting that time is part of ‘objective reality’ and the difference is simply how it is perceived.149 This suggests to me that our bodies have a crucial role to play in understanding the directionality of our ‘thrown projection’. Let us take up Huw Price’s suggestion and imagine that there are Daseinal creatures that evolved in another part of the universe (or a different universe) in which arrow of thermodynamics ‘points’ in the opposite direction as it does in ours. All the physical processes on which their bodies depend will operate ‘the other way round’ – in fact, the evolution that, as a species, they went through would have happened ‘the other way round’ from us too. If we take seriously, as I do, the notion that the direction of See, for example, Claudia Hammond’s book Time Warped. It is strange that there is this assumption within science, given the implications of relativity. Strictly speaking, although ‘healthy time’ and ‘clock time’ express shared norms they are both relative. The latter in a physical sense and the former in a socio-biological sense. 148 149 S. R. May Page 205 of 255 time is not a feature of the physical universe but a fundamental aspect of our temporal phenomenology then there is simply no sense in which either we or they are ‘perceiving time correctly’. We simply project differently from each other.150 Now, when Carel talks of ‘temporal finitude’ in Heidegger, she is referring to the fact that Dasein is projecting towards death, but it is important to note that here ‘death’ does not refer to an ‘event’ that happens at the end of our life (what he calls demise). As Heidegger puts it, Dasein ‘does not have an end at which it just stops, it exists finitely.’ (Heidegger 1996:378) Or, put another way, ‘In the same way that death was not a possibility in the ordinary sense of the word, but a possibility of being unable to take up any possibility, Dasein’s end is not a possibility waiting to be realized, but an ontological condition underlying Dasein’s temporal structure.’ (Carel 2007b: 548) So, we needn’t imagine that ‘being-towards-death’ is an explicit relation to an imminent demise (such as the convict on death row, or the terminally ill patient, might encounter). Nonetheless, I would suggest that the temporal structure of all projection – including the case of explicit relation to demise – is grounded in the entropic nature of our bodies, and that we understand our finitude most acutely in moments in which we are pressed firmly against it. Just as receiving a poor prognosis from the doctor might cause a level of reflexivity, and act as a catalyst for an authentic relation to one’s finitude, I believe that an experience of physical impairment can do the same.151 In short, it is my suggestion that the body is the locus of the interconnection between ‘finitude of possibilities’ and ‘temporal finitude’ – the latter reflected in the entropic biological decline with which we constantly live, and the former most clearly seen in the ‘falling away of possibilities’ that accompanies facing up to that fact. In my view, both of these aspects are at play in Endgame, so I will continue to draw out the case for this position by focusing on at this play in particular. 150 If we were to meet such individuals, I’m not sure to what extent our worldviews would be commensurable – I suspect not at all. However, a similar idea is explored in an S03E01 of the comedy Red Dwarf, (BBC Productions 1989) in which the crew visits a temporally reversed world with rather amusing results. 151 It is worth noting that I’m not claiming that either is, on its own, a sufficient condition for authenticity. Both the dying person and the impaired one can be either authentic or inauthentic. However, I suspect that it’s easier to fall into inauthenticity when you are in optimum health. S. R. May Page 206 of 255 7.4 Bodily Impairment in Beckett’s Endgame 7.4.1 Endgame, Impairment and Anxiety Each of the four characters in Endgame is in some way impaired - Hamm is blind and unable to walk. Clov has bad legs and is unable to sit. Nagg and Nell have both lost their legs and, as a result, live in ashbins. This inventory of bodily impairments adds to the bleakness of the world into which they are trapped. Importantly, I would suggest that their degeneration is the primary way through which the passage of time is marked.152 As Laura Salisbury argues: [Within Endgame] time's passage can…be measured by the entropic decline of Clov's progressive stiffness, Nell's death and Nagg's retreat - markers that differentiate 'that bloody awful day' from 'this bloody awful day' (113). For despite Clov's statement that there is 'no more nature', Hamm asserts that 'we breathe, we change! We lose our hair, our teeth! Our bloom! Our ideals!' (97). Entropy is increasing and time moves inexorably forwards. (Salisbury 2012:124). In this way, I would suggest that within Endgame we find a concrete example of the connection of the entropic decline of our bodies and the possibility towards which we are all projecting – death. Just as the fact that we will all die is an inescapable certainty, so too is this decline. As Hamm says, ‘with prophetic relish’: One day you’ll be blind, like me. You’ll be sitting there, a speck in the void, in the dark, for ever, like me. [Pause.] One day you’ll say to yourself, I’m tired, I’ll sit down, and you’ll go and sit down. Then you’ll say, I’m hungry, I’ll get up and have something to eat. But you won’t get up. You’ll say, I shouldn’t have sat down, but since I have I’ll sit on a little longer, then I’ll get up and get something to eat. But you won’t get up and you won’t get anything to eat. [Pause.] You’ll look at the wall for a while, then you’ll say, I’ll close my eyes, perhaps have a little sleep, after that I’ll feel better, and you’ll close them. And when you open them again there’ll be no wall any more. (Beckett 2006:109) Steven Connor calls Endgame ‘the most uncompromising representation in Beckett’s work of repetition allied to entropic running down’. (Connor 1988:122) 152 S. R. May Page 207 of 255 This description of a slow degeneration of faculties was directed to Clov but it is equally applicable to all of us. It is telling that Clov’s retort is that he cannot sit down, so his degeneration won’t happen quite like that, but he never denies its inevitability. Hopefully it is clear how this might relate to the discussion in §6.5.2 of Seth Brundle and what Cronenberg calls the ‘disease of being finite’. Like Seth, Hamm never stops being in the world, but the failure of his body places factical limits upon what he is able to do. Cronenberg explicitly claims that this ‘disease’ is a universal human condition and I am inclined to agree with him – moreover, I think the double meaning of ‘disease’ is indicative. We can equally understand this phenomenon as a dis-ease, or anxiety. In my view, what the dark humour of both Endgame and The Fly reflect is the anxiety that usually accompanies the breakdown of the physical body. Now it is perhaps best to elucidate what, precisely, this anxiety entails and how it differs from ‘fear’. Consider the following passage from Beckett’s notebook, written in 1936, translated from the German. [It is] better to be afraid of something than of nothing. In the first case only a part, in the second the whole is threatened, not to mention the monstrous quality which inseparably belongs to the incomprehensible, one could even say the boundless. When such an anxiety [Angst] begins to grow a reason [Grund] must quickly be found, as no-one has the ability to live with it in its utter absence of reason [Grundlosigkeit] (Beckett in Smith 2010:192) Here we can see a marked similarity between Beckett’s notion of anxiety and Heidegger’s. In both cases, whereas fear is about something specific – for example, a spider or the possibility of falling off the roof – anxiety is about our very being in the world. According to both of them, a common way of coping with this anxiety is to transform it into fear of something ‘out there’ and thereby make it something resolvable. When we face up to this anxiety what is disclosed to us is this aforementioned ‘groundlessness’. I think there is a strong case to be made that this is what Beckett does, or at least what he attempts to do, in Endgame. Almost a year later, in a letter to Axel Kaun, Beckett wrote ‘to bore one hole after another in [language], until what lurks behind it – be it something or nothing – begins to seep through; I cannot imagine a higher goal for a writer today.’ (Beckett in Smith S. R. May Page 208 of 255 2010:195) In the next section, I will try to address what precisely it is that ‘lurks behind’ language and everyday intelligibility, although it is something that I have touched on previously. In doing so, I will draw out a position in response to Adorno’s reading of Beckett on one hand and Cavell’s reading on the other. 7.4.2 Endgame and the Question of Meaning Let us begin with a quote, perhaps my favourite from the play – or at least the one that makes me laugh most consistently. Here we find Nagg recounting a story that takes place in a tailor’s shop. ‘In six days, do you hear me, in six days. God made the world. Yes Sir, no less Sir, the WORLD! And you are not bloody well capable of making me a pair of trousers in three months!’ [Tailors voice, scandalized] ‘But my dear Sir, my dear Sir, look - [disdainful gesture, disgustedly] - at the world - [pause] and look [loving gesture, proudly] - at my TROUSERS’ (Beckett 2006:102-3) What this tale brings out forcefully is that if there is a God then perhaps he could have spent a little longer making the world. Six days would have been very impressive had the world not turned out so poorly. The key word here is ‘if’ - as Hamm later concludes, ‘the bastard...doesn’t exist!’ The question that has plagued both contemporary philosophy and Beckett scholarship is ‘how can there be meaning without God?’ Put another way, if there is no God, does it follow that everything is meaningless? Adorno claims that Beckett’s reply to this question is a resounding ‘yes’. On Adorno’s reading, Beckett takes meaninglessness and absurdity as his starting point, but unlike the existentialists does not try to make said absurdity itself into a meaning. What becomes of the absurd, after the characters of the meaning of existence have been torn down, is no longer a universal - the absurd would then be yet again an idea - but only pathetic details which ridicule conceptuality, a stratum of utensils as in an emergency refuge: ice boxes, lameness, blindness and unappetizing bodily functions. Everything awaits evacuation. (Adorno 1982:128) S. R. May Page 209 of 255 It is important to note the emphasis that Adorno places on the bodily features within his taxonomy of ‘pathetic details’ (this is the main area of my interest in this chapter and we will return to them shortly), but for the moment let’s consider the other artifactual ones. As Critchley states whilst elucidating Adorno’s argument, ‘Beckett returns us to the condition of particular objects, to their materiality, to their extraordinary ordinariness: the gaff, the handkerchief, the toy dog, the sheet, the pap, the pain-killer’. (Critchley 2004:175) In my view, Beckett’s fascination with the very everydayness of objects provides an important link between his work and Chaplin’s fascination with objects.153 We saw in chapter 4 how these most banal objects form a referential totality - a structure of taken-for-granted meaning. Even when they are being used incorrectly - that is to say, in a transgressive manner, such as with the boot in The Gold Rush - our doing so is only possible because of this shared tissue of public significance. I have been claiming throughout this thesis that concrete projects and practical involvement with things are an essential component of our being-in-theworld. One cannot address the issue of meaning without addressing practical involvement. Moreover, one should always keep in mind that the usage of words is a practical activity that, like any practical activity, relies on a shared tissue of practical involvement to be meaningful. We are reminded of this fact in the following exchange between Hamm and Clov. Hamm: Yesterday! What does that mean? Yesterday! Clov: [Violently] That means that bloody awful day, long ago, before this bloody awful day. I use the words you taught me. If they don’t mean anything any more, teach me others. Or let me be silent. (Beckett 2006:113) So, in this way, we are reminded that language is a worldly practice that the child learns from others, most notably its caregiver (perhaps not the best word for Hamm’s relationship to Clov!). The meaning of a word is simply its usage in a particular ‘language-game’. Indeed, it is perhaps worth reminding ourselves of Dreyfus’ reading of Heidegger, which we touched on in the previous chapter. According to him, ‘what gets covered up in the everyday understanding is not some deep intelligibility, as the I have read in several places, including Salisbury (2012), that Chaplin was Beckett’s first choice to play the lead role in Film. Even if this is apocryphal, as it might well be, it is indicative that he eventually settled on Keaton. 153 S. R. May Page 210 of 255 tradition always held; it is that the ultimate ‘ground’ of intelligibility is simply shared practices’. (Dreyfus 1997:157) In my view, it is precisely this point that is being worked through in Endgame. It is easy to overlook this point when we are going about our business - pressing into our projects with the utmost concern. What I am doing at the moment, and what one does generally, seems to make intrinsic sense. According to Heidegger, anxiety in the face of death exposes Dasein to the fundamental groundlessness of this ‘sense’. In my view the triumph of Endgame is that it induces the same anxiety in the audience - we see that the characters have no intrinsic meaning to cling to: Just handkerchiefs, toy-dogs and pap. These banal objects, what one ought to do with them and when, are the only things that fix meaning and intelligibility. That is the point. Because of this, meaning and worldhood is always there - and always plenitude - no matter how much privation one finds. As Connor puts it, ‘the paradox of Beckett’s writing is that, while he continues to try, or feint to try, to detach his characters from ‘the world’, or to limn various forms of ‘little world’ against the ‘big world’ of the polis, a copular form of being-there is always necessary for him.’ (Connor 2009:138) 154 So, my suggestion is that the experience of watching Endgame exposes the audience to this existential anxiety – one that Heidegger suggests we only find in the response to existential death. In contrast to Critchley, I think this also opens up the possibility of authenticity in the face of one’s finitude. In the next section I will try to defend this position against Critchley’s reading of Beckett and his critique of authenticity. 7.4.3 Critchley and the ‘Relational’ Nature of Finitude The world is overfull with meaning and we suffocate under the combined weight of the various narratives of redemption - whether they are religious, socioeconomic, political, aesthetic or philosophical…What Beckett’s work offers us, then, is a radical de-creation of the these salvific narratives, a paring down or 154 Interestingly, though, in that essay Connor suggests that Beckett’s characters create an Umwelt, like that of the animal. Although I acknowledge that the character’s relation to the world is deprived in a sense, as Connor’s essay implies, it is a factical deprivation rather than an ontological one – this ‘copula form’ of being there is sufficient to secure their Daseinal status. Instead of comparing them to Heidegger’s lizard on the rock (which is absorbed within an Umwelt) I think it’s more helpful to draw a parallel between the kind of deprivation suffered by Gregor Samsa (or Seth Brundle) and that of the characters in Endgame. S. R. May Page 211 of 255 stripping away of the resorts of fable, the determinate negation of social meaning through the elevation of form, a syntax of weakness, an approach to meaninglessness as an achievement of the ordinary without the rose-tinted glasses of redemption, an acknowledgement of the finiteness of the finite and the limitedness of the human condition. (Critchley 2004:211) This passage is close to, yet still misses, the point I am getting at when I suggest that Beckett induces a anxiety which reveals the fundamental groundlessness of the world. First and foremost, the phrase ‘the overfull with meaning’ seems to bifurcate ‘meaning’ and ‘world’. In my view, following Heidegger, they are intrinsically the same - there is no world without meaning and there is no meaning without world. Secondly, I am only ascribing to the notion of ‘meaninglessness as an achievement’ insofar as it is understood as a phenomenon interpreted on the background intelligibility of the world. Importantly, I suggested that death is not the only theme pervading Endgame that works in this way - bodily impairment is equally capable of doing this, and I believe that this is very much at play in Endgame. Indeed, my suggestion was that an aesthetic representation of impairment, as one finds in Endgame, can act as a catalyst for authenticity within the audience. Mulhall (2008b) suggests that Being and Time, as a text, can act as ‘pivot for their readers’ selftransformation, as at once a mirror in which their present inauthenticity is reflected back to them and as a medium through which they might attain authenticity’. (Mulhall 2008b:147). In a similar manner, I believe that the experience of witnessing the characters’ decrepitude in Endgame both reflects our own finitude to us and opens up the possibility of authenticity. (Even though none of the characters in the play are, themselves, authentic). As Butler observes, ‘Beckett is clearly very concerned to get people to stay still. He blinds and maims them, puts them in sand, jars, wheelchairs, dustbins and mud.’ (Butler 1984:11) In doing so, I would argue, he impairs their ability to ‘be in the world’. Indeed, Butler observes that because of his impairment Hamm’s ‘projection into possibilities is largely verbal...and takes the form of storytelling’ (Butler S. R. May Page 212 of 255 1984:15).155 I would like to suggest that the ‘healthy and normal’ body is transparent and that, much like the equipment that I use, I only really become aware of my body in its failure. Unlike the broken tool I can’t simply replace my limb and resume the task at hand. In the case of chronic impairment, the impaired body simply prevents one from doing certain things. However, it is not a straight dichotomy between the ‘healthy’ body on one hand and the ‘impaired’ body on the other, as we are all slowly aging and deteriorating. Rather than outlining the specific plight of four impaired characters, Endgame depicts a universal feature of human existence. Much like the equipmental breakdown, the bodily impairment can range from minor to severe and from momentary to permanent, but we all have bodies that are liable to break down at times. Moreover, at the heart of the impotence that is engendered by the character’s impairments is the fact that they still relate to the world and each other, but that relation is a tragically deprived one. In this way, it is an example of relational finitude that stands in contrast with death, despite Critchley’s claims to the contrary. At the foundations of Critchley’s critique of Heideggerean authenticity is the issue of the ‘relational character’ of death. According to Heidegger, my death is constitutively non-relational - it is characterised by ‘mineness’. Whereas other people can take my place in the pub football team or the latest play that I’m performing in, no one can die instead of me. Moreover, it is non-relational in the sense that it draws Dasein back to itself - it is placed into a relationship with itself through the ‘call of conscience’ that rips it away from the everydayness of ‘the one’. However, Critchley argues that this is wrong both normatively and empirically, and argues for ‘the fundamentally relational character of finitude, namely that death is first and foremost experienced in a relation to the death or dying of the other and others, in being-with dying in the caring kind of way and grieving after they are dead.’ (Critchley 2008:144)156 In my opinion, this misses the main point that Heidegger is trying to get at - when I lose a loved one, they become a sort of hole in the world that I have to adjust to. Neither Heidegger nor I deny the gravity of this happening. But when I die that will result in 155 In the place marked by the ellipse the author states, ‘of course, the actual projection is always a mental process and, as such, verbal’. This remark was parenthetical, and as such it is not clear whether Butler was expressing his own opinion or his reading of Heidegger. If it is the latter, I would suggest that this indicates a grave misunderstanding of Heidegger. 156 A similar argument can also be found in Sartre (1956). S. R. May Page 213 of 255 my no longer having a world! That’s the point that Heidegger is driving at - my death is the breakdown of all possibilities for me. Nonetheless, I do think Critchley picks up on an important point that is neglected in Heidegger’s conception, and that is the experience of living with a terminal condition - or living with someone who has that condition. But unlike my death, which will be a final, non-relational and irrevocable loss of the world, living with impairment and disease is constitutively relational. In other words, I deteriorate in the world with others. This might involve living amongst ‘non-impaired’ others who are able to do things that I am unable to do, or it might involve encountering social stigma and prejudice - or, indeed, being cared for by another. But this is only the ontic aspect of the phenomenon. As I argued in the previous section, I believe that the experience of physical impairment can be an ontological phenomenon that has the potential to induce the same anxiety that Heidegger claims we find in the face of death. In my view, there is a possibility to which I am projecting that is arguably worse than my death. That is the point at which I will still be in the world - I will still have ambitions and projects - but my physical body has degenerated to such an extent that I am simply unable to do them. Frankly, when confronted with a relation to the world that is as deprived as Nagg’s, for example, death might well be a welcome solution.157 This lies at the very heart of the anxiety that I think is induced by the phenomenon of physical impairment. This might be an anxiety which has become more prevalent after Heidegger finished Being and Time, reflective of the fact that increasing life span has proven easier than decreasing the rate of physical degeneration. There is now demonstrably a trend, starting with the ‘Baby Boomers’, in which each subsequent generation can expect to live a larger and larger proportion of their life in a frail and fragile condition towards the end. On my reading of Endgame, it is anxiety in the face of this possibility that is induced. Consider the following exchange between Nagg and Nell. Nell: What is it, my pet? [Pause.] Time for love? Nagg: Were you asleep? I would suggest that authenticity and suicide (including assisted suicide) are perfectly compatible. Indeed, as I stated previously, Dasein is unique in being able to choose life or death. 157 S. R. May Page 214 of 255 Nell: Oh no! Nagg: Kiss me. Nell: We can’t. Nagg: Try. [Their heads strain towards each other, fail to meet, fall apart again.] Nell: Why this farce, day after day? [Pause.] Nagg: I’ve lost me tooth. Nell: When? Nagg: I had it yesterday! [They turn painfully towards each other] Nagg: Can you see me? Nell: Hardly. And you? Nagg: What? Nell: Can you see me? Nagg: Hardly Nell: So much the better, so much the better. Nagg: Don’t say that. [Pause.] Our sight has failed. (Beckett 2006:99) Later on in the play, Nell seems to have died in her ashbin. However, I would argue that this scene is more anxiety-inducing than that one, precisely because it is constituted by a deprived ‘being-with’ - it is relational in both directions. Both parties try and fail to kiss - to find comfort in each other. Both parties find that they are less able to see each other, and although they conclude later on that their hearing hasn’t failed, the ‘our what?’ which directly follows from that statement suggests it’s not the case. In this way, they are slowly losing each other whilst still having a relationship to what is lost – a failure in relationality which ultimately throws one back to one’s own finitude. The physical impairment can also have the power to shrink the world of the impaired person. For Hamm it is clear that, despite some curiosity regarding what is happening outside, the room is his world. In fact, he states this explicitly in the following passage. S. R. May Page 215 of 255 Hamm: Take me for a little turn. [Clov goes behind the chair and pushes it forward.] Not too fast! [Clov pushes the chair.] Right around the world! [Clov pushes the chair.] Hug the walls, then back to the centre again. [Clov pushes the chair.] I was right in the centre, wasn’t I? Clov: [Pushing] Yes Hamm: We’d need a proper wheel-chair. With big wheels. Bicycle wheels! [Pause.] Are you hugging? Clov: [Pushing] Yes. Hamm: [Groping for a wall] It’s a lie! Why do you lie to me? Clov: [Bearing closer to the wall.] There! There! Hamm: Stop! [Clov stops chair close to the back wall. Hamm lays his hand against wall.] Old wall! [Pause.] Beyond is...the other hell. [Pause. Violently.] Closer! Up against (Beckett 2006:104, my emphasis) To be clear, I am not saying that what stands beyond the wall is unimportant. Rather I would like to suggest that Hamm’s impairment is part of what makes what lies outside ‘the other hell’. After all, Clov is able to leave even though he will most likely starve. Moreover, I am suggesting that the plight of Hamm, Clov, Nagg and Nell resonate with us because we all know that there may be a time when we wont be able to find comfort in a loved one, or be able to leave the house. Despite the rather extraordinary backdrop, the characters and situations are almost timelessly familiar. As Cavell observes, once we take a step back, we see that they are simply a family. Not just any family perhaps, but then every unhappy family is unhappy in its own way...The old mother and father with no useful functions any more are among the waste of society, dependent upon a generation they have bred, which in turn resents them for their uselessness and dependency. (Cavell 1969:117) In this way, we can see the clear social dimension of Endgame that is often lost amongst all the claims of universality and ‘resonance with the human condition’. The reader might suspect that I have been attempting to make exactly the same sorts of claim, which is why I think it is important to draw this point out. Whilst impairment is undoubtedly a fundamental part of the human experience, this does not preclude a distinctly social dimension to the phenomenon (and I doubt very few people would, S. R. May Page 216 of 255 when pressed, argue to the contrary). Given that each character is suffering so tremendously, I would find it very hard to recommend the anxiety and impotence engendered by Endgame as a sustained way of life.158 However, as I discussed in §6.4, this anxiety opens up the possibility for authenticity in the audience. Dreyfus’ reading of authenticity construes it as a ‘style’ with which one engages with ones projects; one that ‘manifests my understanding that no specific project can fulfill me or give my life meaning’. (Dreyfus 1997:323) As I stated in the previous chapter, I am not convinced that this is a sustainable way to live one’s life. I think that on the Dreyfusian reading of authenticity, inauthenticity is simply inescapable - we cannot help but proceed with a conviction that our activities are intrinsically meaningful and immerse ourselves into our projects with that conviction. In my opinion, we should not view the anxiety engendered by Endgame as a recommendation for how we should live but rather as a sobering wake-up call. The achievement of Endgame is that it reveals that underneath banal, everyday intelligibility there are not any deep truths or ground for that intelligibility. Only our simple, everyday practices. 7.4.4 Anxiety and Humour At this point, it might seem like we have ventured very far away from the topic of humour – after all, it might seem to some readers that there is nothing funny about the groundlessness mentioned above. Perhaps this is an issue of temperament, but I personally think that there is – indeed, I would suggest that it lies at the very heart of the dark humour found in Beckett. Nonetheless, I suspect that it is advisable for me to briefly outline more explicitly how I believe this idea relates to humour. In his fascinating article, Absurdity, Incongruity and Laughter, Bob Plant suggests that humour of the absurd arises from the incommensurability of two positions - the subjective view from which things of concern seem to be of utmost importance, and the objective ‘view from nowhere’ in which nothing seems to matter. He suggests that 158 This seems to be the main point at which my position diverges with Critchley’s. As the risk of veering towards an ad hominem attack, Critchley seems to be encouraging an embrace of impotence from a very privileged position. I can’t imagine many people living with impairments finding his position particularly palatable. As Salisbury argues, ‘What kind of ethical stance, particularly an ethics with any relation to politics, is to be found in the affirmation that material conditions of pain and want in which there is no penicillin, just as in Endgame there will be no more painkillers, are something to be derided and transcended with a sardonic smile at a universally shared fate?’ (Salisbury 2012:141) S. R. May Page 217 of 255 this fundamental incongruity lies at the heart of the absurd, and in the face of this absurdity, laughter is an appropriate response. (As opposed to the defiance that Camus suggested). Although, following Heidegger, I would suggest that there are deep problems with the subjective/objective dichotomy; I think this is a fairly strong account of this kind of humour. To use the example from chapter four, when someone is immersed in their activities, as Arnold Schwarzenegger was with the practice of weight-lifting, then it seems to be intrinsically important. But when someone like Dylan Moran encourages us to look at it from a position of exteriority then the whole thing seems laughably pointless. If you extrapolate that to what Plant and Nagel call ‘the view from nowhere’ then all our activities seem equally pointless. A similar thing is happening in Endgame – we go about our business with this sense that our projects are inherently important and meaningful, but then in the face of this anxiety we realise that there is no deep ground to intelligibility. What we are left with are these hollow props and banal routines. The gulf between everyday and intelligibility and the groundlessness underneath is deeply incongruous, and certain writers such as Beckett use this incongruity in order to create very dark humour. Critchley claims that ‘like Hamm we are cursed...by the need for narrative’ (Critchley 2004:212). I think this point is correct, and moreover it lies at the heart of the tension between the Dreyfusian and Narrativistic accounts of authenticity. In my view, this tension is essential. As Fisher states, ‘the profound impetus within life to realize itself in some meaningful whole...in fact arises from out of the very nullity of existence which...prohibits its accomplishment.’ (Fisher 2010a:263) Put another way, it is precisely because ultimately there is no ‘ground’ to fix meaning aside from banal practices that we feel compelled to create meaningful narratives with our lives. As Fisher suggests, we will never be successful in creating a narrative that produces ‘objective’ meaning, but in my view that doesn’t really matter. The lack of fixed intrinsic meaning gives us tremendous freedom - we can ‘change the world’. Albeit with Dreyfus’ caveat that such changes take place on the background of ‘accepted forthe-sake-of-whichs that cannot all be questioned at once because they...must remain in the background to lend intelligibility to criticism in change’. (Dreyfus 1997:161) S. R. May Page 218 of 255 It is with this in mind that I want to address the work of Francesca Martinez, a comedian with Cerebral Palsy, who attempts to challenge popular preconceptions about physical impairment with her comedy and social activism. 7.5 Comedy, Impairment and Narrativistic Authenticity 7.5.1 Contra Critchley Humour recalls us to the modesty and limitedness of the human condition, a limitedness that calls not for tragic-heroic affirmation but comic acknowledgement, not Promethean authenticity but laughable inauthenticity. Maybe, we have to conclude with Jack Nicholson in the 1997 movie of the same name, this is as good as it gets. (Critchley 2002:102) In this quotation, Critchley begins from the same position as me but arrives at a very different conclusion - he thinks an acknowledgement of our limitedness precludes authenticity. However, I think it might be worth unpacking what he means when he claims that ‘this is as good as it gets’. If he means that there is no hope for another world beyond this one - a heaven or nirvana - then I completely agree with him. But if he means to say that this world cannot get any better then I have to disagree. I find this line of thinking particularly troubling regarding the question of physical impairment because, as the social model of disability suggests, even regarding the ‘brute fact’ of physical impairment we are not powerless victims. We saw in Endgame how Beckett gives his characters a range of impairments to render them impotent, but one could argue that the impairment on its own is not enough. Nagg losing his legs alone did not prevent him from kissing Nell - they were both put in ashbins, probably by their son, Hamm. The characters are also stuck in a relationship of co-dependency that decreases the freedom of them all. They are, as Cavell puts it, ‘bound in the circle of tyranny, the most familiar of family circles’. (Cavell 1969:118) In short, the impairments on their own are not sufficient to produce the impotence found in Endgame. It is worth us recalling the main ideas that we encountered in §3.1 of this thesis. First, that embodiment is characterised by a plasticity that allows for the incorporation of the tool. The second is that of the social model of disability. That is, ‘that people with S. R. May Page 219 of 255 accredited or perceived impairments, regardless of cause, are disabled by society’s failure to accommodate their needs’. (Barnes 2002:5) In dealing with physical impairment, I would like to suggest that we avoid conceptual slippage between ‘impairment’ and ‘disability’, or even impotence. Sometimes Critchley seems to slip from one to the other, and I would suggest that such a slippage ignores the social factors that have the disabling affect. In the last passage from Endgame that we looked at, Hamm lamented that ‘we’d need a proper wheel-chair. With big wheels. Bicycle wheels!’ (Beckett 2006:104). Such a lament is, I suspect, familiar to any impaired people who do not receive the support that they need. Unfortunately, we still live in a society in which streets are designed for ‘fully-abled’ people with the result being a marginalisation of people in wheelchairs and with prosthetics. People who could, if adequately accommodated, live satisfying and rich lives. It is with this idea in the foreground that I would like to look at the work of Francesca Martinez - actress, activist and stand-up comedian. 7.5.2 What the F*** is Normal? In her recent show at the Tricycle Theatre, Francesca Martinez asks the question, ‘what the fuck is normal?’. In this show, Martinez discusses the barriers she has faced as someone who has Cerebral Palsy (although she prefers the term ‘wobbly’). She explains the reason for the title of the show in the following excerpt. Francesca - My show is called What the Fuck is Normal? because...what the fuck is normal? I have never met a normal person. Have you?...Hello sir...sorry my pointing is very unhelpful, that was good *Audience laughs*...so, what’s your name? Andrew - Andrew Francesca - Andrew? Andrew, hello. Andrew - are you a normal person? Andrew - I don’t think so. Francesca - You don’t think so? Have you ever met a normal person? Andrew - No, I don’t think so… Francesca - Where are they? Do they exist? This is it. I met a guy the other week, yeah, and I asked him, ‘what do you think normal means’? And I love this, he said, normal is a cycle on a washing machine. *Audience Laughs* How great is that? But I think it’s really sad because I think society tells us this myth of normality, but it doesn’t S. R. May Page 220 of 255 exist. And it really annoys me how society defines people by one single aspect that differs from the so-called norm. You know, like gay or disabled because surely everyone differs in one way? This is not the first time a comedian has tried to challenge the notion of what constitutes ‘normal’. In fact, a few years earlier I saw a brilliant show by Laurence Clark - another comedian with Cerebral Palsy - which he cheekily titled The Jim Davidson Guide to Equality. In this show, he got the audience to raise their hands and then divided us by identity. First, he asked the women to put their hands down (around 50%), then asked any gay or bisexual people to put their hands down (around 10% of that figure), then disabled people and various ethnic minority groups followed suit. By the end, the ‘normal’ people - Jim Davidson’s core demographic - were demonstrably a tiny fraction of the audience. This is not to deny difference - both Martinez and Clark openly find humour in their condition - but rather to acknowledge it and accept it as part of everyday life. I would argue that the whole premise of Martinez’s show, including its rather provocative title, is an attempt to achieve what Reid et al. claim is the unique potential of disability humour. It provides non-disabled audiences an opportunity to learn that the problem is not the impairment per se, but the attitude and structures that render the impairment disabling...Comedy is uniquely suited to exposing arbitrary qualities of thought and suggesting alternative ways of (re)presenting and (re)structuring reality. (Reid et al. 2006:630) Martinez is by no means alone as a comedian who attempts to challenge those attitudes and structures - the authors cite a number of comedians in the US and Clark stands out as another UK comic who challenges preconceptions surrounding disability. At the forefront of the preconceptions that need to be challenged - and most germane to the current chapter - is what Swain and French call the ‘personal tragedy’ view of disability, which we touched on slightly in §7.2. On this view, ‘impairment, which is equated with disability, is thought to strike individuals causing suffering and blighting lives’ (Swain & French 2004:34) A result of this view is that the tragedy ought to be eradicated or neutralised, with the S. R. May Page 221 of 255 consequence being that the abortion of impaired foetuses is barely challenged. (Swain & French 2004:34) This is precisely the target of the following excerpt from Martinez, this time recorded as part of Richard Herring’s Leicester Square Podcast and therefore available on the appendix.159 Francesca - I did a gig to a group of doctors recently and it was really cool because I could patronise them. *Audience laughs* And, erm. It went really well but afterwards this woman put her hand up and she said, “look, it’s my job to advise parents carrying disabled babies on whether or not to have an abortion. And I always feel that we should reduce the amount of suffering in the world. What do you think? The room went quiet. Like this. *audience laughs* And I said, “well, if you really want to reduce suffering in the world maybe you should have aborted bankers, arms dealers, politicians, the Pope and Rupert fucking Murdoch.” *Audience laughs* Coz I think, you know, the majority of suffering doesn’t come from having a difference, it comes from living in a world that is...you know, can’t handle difference. Even if you eradicate all disabilities at birth, people can still become disabled at any time. Can’t they? Like look at poor...erm...Nick Clegg. *Audience laughs* So sad. You know, one day he’s normal...next he’s a baby. *Audience laughs* Richard - But people do forget that. I mean that’s...because people don’t want to face...you know, we kinda try to imagine that we’re not getting older and getting more decrepid, and we are going to be young forever. (Herring 2012) I think Richard Herring sums up his position quite succinctly when he says later on that ‘I think the reason that disability frightens people, really, is because if you stop and think about it, everyone is...you’d think we’d be much more sympathetic to this.’ (Herring 2012) On this point, I agree with him wholeheartedly - again, to use Cronenberg’s phrase, we all have the disease of being finite. Even if we are currently in the tiny window of ‘optimum health’, we need to face up to the fact that this is a small fraction of the several decades that we will live in this world. It is precisely for this reason that I think Martinez’s comedy strikes one with such resonance. We saw that Endgame demonstrates this universality, but Critchley 159 See DVD Appendix 4, Clip 6 - ‘Francesca Martinez and Richard Herring’ S. R. May Page 222 of 255 suggests that this gives us reason to almost embrace our impotence. He seems to suggest that facing up to one’s limitedness necessitates inauthenticity, but I think Martinez’s work looks to contradict that. Her comedy, and the activism that takes up a large part of her time (although the two are not necessarily separate), is far more congruent with the narrativistic authenticity we saw in the previous chapter. She has been thrown into a world with certain factical limitations and certain social presuppositions, but rather than seeing them as reason for resignation she devotes herself to campaigning for disability rights and using comedy for advocacy. In her show she frankly discusses her experiences being bullied in a ‘regular comprehensive school’, and the fight that her parents went through to get her there. (Rather than a special needs school). Additionally, she clearly knows what sort of future she would like to see - one in which impaired people are treated with the same amount of respect as anyone else. Importantly, she does not think the way to get there is with po-faced political correctness, but rather she encourages us to laugh at her physical impairments in the same way as we would our own. In this way, she has a selfinterpretation - as a disability activist - which is constitutive of the overall ‘narrative’ that she is weaving with her life. However, this opens up a broader question – specifically, the extent to which this is ultimately undermined by my view that this narrative could never constitute ‘fixed’ intrinsic meaning. Although I’m sure some readers will disagree, I personally don’t think it does. We have this world and it is here that we actually make a difference - we can improve the lives of people in the present, and that’s good enough for me. The main point is that we are all limited, in one way or another, and even those few individuals at the prime of their physical well-being will before long be struggling to climb up the stairs, and soon after will be pushing up daisies. This being the case, I think it is important that we live in a society that is open about that fact and empowers rather than disables its citizens. In doing so, it will enable us to adapt more effectively to the challenges of physical impairment. 7.6 On the Prosthetic 7.6.1 Adam Hills and the Unsexy Foot S. R. May Page 223 of 255 As I argued in §3.1 (a point to which I keep returning) embodiment is characterised by a plasticity that allows one to incorporate objects into the body schema. As such, the person who has lost a limb such as a leg is sometimes able to compensate for this loss with a prosthetic. The comedian Adam Hills has lived his whole life with a prosthetic foot, but he says explicitly that he does not consider himself disabled. When he was first emerging as a comedian, he was reluctant to discuss the prosthetic, saying that he wanted to prove himself as a comic before bringing it up. (Scott-Norman 2002) However, once he was confident that it wasn’t a ‘gimmick’ that he would find limiting, he introduced it into his material. Hills is explicit that his prosthetic foot does not prevent him from doing anything that any non-impaired person is able to do. Much of his material is derived from the strange questions that he gets from other people regarding what he can and can’t do, such as in the following excerpt in which he discusses what effect it has on his sex life. 160 Adam - I was at a party once with a group of people and said that I’ve got an artificial foot and this woman went ‘can you still have sex?’ *Audience laughs* What? Yeah! *Audience laughs* What does your boyfriend do? *Audience laughs* Does he have a run-up? *Audience laughs and applauds* And the guy next to her went, ‘So, er, do you take it off to have sex?’ *Audience laughs* And it always gets a bit of a laugh and then it stops, coz everyone goes, ‘Ha! Do ya?’ *Audience laughs* The answer is yes, I do. *Audience laughs* But there is no sexy way to remove a leg. *Audience laughs* I can’t do a strip across the room, lower the lights, unbutton a shirt, play some music. Does the sound of sexy music, mimes trying to shake off the leg and then falling over. *Audience laughs and applauds*. What is notable about this routine is that the very idea that it would prevent him from having a ‘normal’ sex life is, in itself, laughable, and the trouble of removing the leg in a sexy manner is treated with a lightness that construes it as a minor inconvenience. It is perhaps akin to removing a wellington boot elegantly or getting one’s head caught when taking off a jumper. Again, this not to trivialise the experience of someone living with an impairment, but rather to see the lighter and universal side of it - we are all engaged with what Heidegger calls skillful coping and, as we saw in the fourth 160 See DVD Appendix 4, Clip 7 - ‘Adam Hills I’ S. R. May Page 224 of 255 chapter, we all have to deal with breakdown situations. In fact, as I have argued previously, where the tool ends and the body begins is far from clear-cut. 7.6.2 The Broken Tool and the Impaired Body Hopefully now the reader will have a sense of my position regarding the impaired body and how it contrasts with the broken equipment, particularly in cases of more enduring ‘breakdowns’. In chapter four, I argued that objects are for the most part transparent, as our attention is fixed on the projects with which one is engaged. In cases of breakdown, what is disclosed is the referential structure surrounding those projects. By contrast, bodily impairment, which I characterise as ‘relational finitude’, has the potential to induce anxiety that makes us realise that underpinning everyday intelligibility is not some deep truth or ‘ground’, but simply our shared practices. However, we feel compelled towards constructing meaningful narratives with our lives - not just in spite of but because of that fact. Put another way, the world is the source of all intelligibility, and recognising that fact returns us ineluctably to this world. In doing so, it enables us to decide what sort of world we want it to be. Following the social model of disability, I have argued that we need to understand that it is society that disables impaired people, and as such it is equally capable of emancipating them. We can do that by trying to change social attitudes towards disability, as Martinez attempts to do, but also through the artefacts that fill our world. As Adam Hills demonstrates, the prosthetic can enable the impaired person to live a ‘normal’ life, perhaps even allow them to hide the impairment and ‘fit in’. It is an open question whether or not such ‘fitting in’ and hiding is desirable, and it seems that Martinez would disagree that it is. At very least it allows the person with the impairment to disclose that fact on their own terms, without feeling that it is reduced to a gimmick or that audience ‘lowers their expectations’ for them. Hills lampoons the idea that one should lower ones expectations of a performer because of an S. R. May Page 225 of 255 impairment in the following excerpt in which he discusses an encounter that he has with a heckler.161 Adam - I’ve only been heckled twice when talking about my foot, the best heckles I’ve ever received. One was in Edinburgh - 2 o’clock in the morning I walked out onstage to compere this show. This guy was leaning on the front with a pint of beer in his hand. I just went “Hi, I’m Adam”, and he went “you’re shite!”. *Audience laughs* Jesus, give me a chance to prove it! *Audience laughs* “I’m from Australia”. “Australia’s shite!” *Audience laughs* Everything I said for ten minutes - “That’s shite, you’re all shite. Shite.” Ten minutes in I said, ‘Oh, I’ve got an artificial foot. And he went, “oh, shite”. *Audience laughs* He got on stage, took the mic and went, “no, give him a round of applause. That’s brave, that is.” *Audience laughs* I think Hills’ point, and one that he seems to endorse in interviews, is that most impaired people don’t want applause ‘for being brave’. They might well be shite. All that he asks for is a chance to prove it, and if he is then it’s probably right to heckle him. 7.7 A Final Carelian Thought Towards the end of her book, Havi Carel discusses the way in which her prognosis reduces how far into the future she projects - not exceeding the few years she expects to live. In terms of performance, I think this is an incredibly important component of the poignancy of any drama that depicts someone coming to terms with his or her prognosis. However, it is not something that mainstream Hollywood comedy seems capable of addressing adequately.162 Carel writes about how her own experience of living with illness has truncated her temporal horizon. I don’t make plans for the next year or even six months ahead. When people say, “I’m planning a trip around the world in two years, after my promotion”, I shudder internally at their hubris. My projects are now modest: a paper, a short See DVD Appendix 4, Clip 8 - ‘Adam Hills II’ Both Funny People (2009) and Stranger Than Fiction (2006) were shaping up to strong portraits of a person coming to terms with his death, but unfortunately both of them went for a happy ending. 161 162 S. R. May Page 226 of 255 book, a few conferences in the spring, a brief trip to Paris next month. Even they are in the shadow of substantial conditions: if I am still alive; if I am able to travel to France by train; if I am not on the waiting list for a transplant. (Carel 2008:126) Something that I have been trying to press throughout this chapter is that although each case of impairment has a specificity - Carel has a certain condition, LAM (lymphangopleiomyomatosis), and has certain projects and self-interpretations that matter to her - there is also a universality. It is in light of this that I think we can all take something from her suggestions on how one can live well with illness. The key, she claims, is to live in the present. Learning to live in the present with illness is learning to be happy now, regardless of threats to our future. It is learning to confine memories of past abilities and fears of the future so that they do not invade the present. It is learning to delimit them, stop them from shadowing the present. By changing our attitude to time, we can change the quality of the present, how much we enjoy living now. (Carel 2008:127) Once we can appreciate the universality of impairment - that is, once we see that we are all destined to deteriorate in health, and ultimately we are all going to die, then we are able to appreciate what Heidegger means by ‘authentic temporality’. We understand that we are finite, limited creatures and in the light of that we project ourselves accordingly. It might seem a little harsh to call someone hubristic for assuming that they will still be able to travel around the world in two years, but the fact is that none of us have that certainty. In my view, what recognition of this requires is not despair or any pleading for God to save us from this fate (as Hamm bluntly remarks, the bastard doesn’t exist). Rather, we should acknowledge that we only have this life and this world, and organise our affairs accordingly. 7.8 Conclusion In this chapter we have covered quite a bit of ground, a journey which I hope has been enriched by building on previous chapters. We started by looking at the anthropic S. R. May Page 227 of 255 limb, which I suggested is best understood in light of the previous discussion of the animated puppet. The central claim that I made in §7.1 was that both the ‘possessed’ hand is characterised by the performer’s body schema being split and there being two referential contexts structuring two sets of projects. Furthermore, I suggested that the case of Dissociative Identity supported my conception, borrowed from Dennett, of the self as ‘the centre of narrative gravity’. It happens that most Dasein construct only one narrative with their lives, but there is no reason in principle why that is the maximum. If there is more than one narrative then there is more than one self. In §7.2, we briefly returned to the three modes of unreadiness-to-hand, and the extent to which these are equally present in moments of bodily failure. In §7.3 I suggested that physical impairment relates to temporal phenomenology in two important ways – first, that physical impairment has the potential to inaugurate a change in one’s temporal phenomenology, a potential most clearly seen in moments of ‘temporal incongruity’. Second, that the entropic nature of our physical bodies ground Dasein as a thrown projection, which relates to an important aspect of our being-towards-death. In §7.4 I concentrated on bodily impairment in Endgame. The central claim that I made in this section was that the bodily impairment, as relational finitude, is as capable of inducing existential anxiety as death. In my view, what is disclosed in these moments is that there is no ultimate ground for meaning, simply shared practices. This, I believe, lies at the heart of Beckett’s fascination with banal, everyday objects. Moreover, I argued that it is precisely because the world is the source of intelligibility that we are able to change that world - after all, nothing is fixed - and construct meaningful narratives with our lives. In §7.5 I attempted to draw out what one such ‘authentic’ narrativistic selfconstruction might be, specifically focussing on responses to bodily impairment. Francesca Martinez has devoted much of her adult life to disability activism, using comedy as an important tool to challenge social attitudes towards impairment. Following the social model of disability, I argued that it is society that disables individuals with impairments and, as such, it is equally capable of emancipating them. S. R. May Page 228 of 255 In §7.6, I addressed the nature of the prosthetic limb and finally, in §7.7, I addressed Cavel’s description of the living well with illness and suggested that this is very close to Heidegger’s notion of ‘authentic temporality’. I would suggest that because we all have the ‘disease of being finite’ it is description from which we all might all learn something. In working through this chapter, it is my hope that the threads developed in previous ones have elucidated the phenomena in question. More than that, I hope that any loose threads that were lingering at the beginning of this chapter have either been tied up or, perhaps more exciting, sparked the readers interest in avenues for future research. It is with the latter hope in mind that we turn to the final, concluding chapter. In this chapter I will recap over the terrain covered in this thesis, draw out what I believe are its contributions to new knowledge and then pick out areas for development and future exploration. S. R. May Page 229 of 255 8. Conclusion 8.1 Summary In this thesis I set out to use Heideggerean phenomenology to elucidate what I believe are the hermeneutic conditions of humour. As I made explicit from the outset, a hermeneutic condition is neither a causal condition nor a sufficient condition of something being funny. Rather, the claim that I have pursued throughout this thesis is that it is only on the basis of my being-in-the-world that I am able to make and comprehend jokes. The thesis was composed of two parts, a theoretical and phenomenological component. Part one set out a critical framework and contextualised my claims within the literature. Part two was comprised of chapters 4-7, in which I drew out a phenomenology of dysfunctional objects, anthropic objects, anthropic animals and bodily impairments. It is in the second part that I feel I have made the most original contribution to new knowledge. The fourth chapter, a phenomenology of dysfunctional objects, developed Heidegger's notion that the most fundamental form of understanding is not intellectual theorising but practical involvement with equipment and projects. I argued that it is only in moments of breakdown and equipmental transgression, such as those found in the comedy of Chaplin, that the structure underpinning this everyday understanding is disclosed to us. Moreover, I attempted to elucidate the different modes of equipmental failure - malfunction, temporary breakdown and permanent breakdown - each of which disclose a different aspect of the phenomenon. Following on from this, I argued that much observational comedy works by approaching everyday objects and practices as something present-at-hand. In doing this, I argued that the comic situates the audience in a position exterior to the referential context that makes the activity intelligible, thereby making said activity seem strange. The referential structure outlined in the fourth chapter returned in the fifth, in which I addressed the phenomenon of the animated puppet. In §5.1, I argued that constitutive of the 'illusion of life' found in puppetry is there being at least two S. R. May Page 230 of 255 referential contexts structuring two sets of projects which may diverge or clash. The chapter then developed into a more general account of the phenomenon of the anthropic object. In my view, although different anthropic objects have different relations to their usual function, fundamental to the phenomenon of the anthropic object is that it is characterised by being-in-the-world. As we saw in the case of the robot in Short Circuit, becoming anthropic entails acquiring the hermeneutic condition of humour. This claim resonated with my critique of Graeme Ritchie's work in §1.3.1, in which I suggested that the project of computational humour theory failed precisely because the computer is not 'in the world'. The sixth chapter ostensibly covered similar ground to the fifth, both of which addressed what it means for something to be 'Daseinal', or anthropic. However, I believe that this chapter deepened and enriched my account of being-in-the-world. In §6.3.2 I argued that a detailed account of what it means to be in the world is sufficient to explain interpersonal understanding without recourse to 'theory of mind'. Throughout the chapter I developed a fuller account of the temporal structure of Daseinal comportment and the issue of authenticity. Moreover, §6.5 addressed what precisely it means for a human to 'become animal'. I argued that this transition is best understood using the idea of the self as the 'centre of narrative gravity', and in the case of Gregor Samsa and Seth Brundle I argued that despite their physiological changes they still remained Dasein. In my view, the disgust that Critchley identified as characteristic of such a transition acts as a metaphor for disease and illness. Finally, in §6.6 I looked at examples in which the anthropic animal 'collapses' back into animality with a rather benignly comic effect which allows us to appreciate the peculiarities of animal life. The seventh chapter developed a phenomenology of physical impairment and in doing so, towards the end, I drew out an existential analytic. In §7.1 I looked the phenomenon of the 'anthropic body', found in cases of 'possessed hands' and Dissociative Identity Disorder. The discussion of the former drew heavily on the account of puppetry developed in §5.1, specifically arguing that constitutive to the phenomenon of the 'anthropic limb' are two referential contexts structuring two sets of projects - the projects of the limb and the projects of the human connected to it. The discussion of the latter drew on the notion of the 'self as the centre of narrative S. R. May Page 231 of 255 gravity' developed in §6.5. The central claim was that Dasein constructs its self through narrativistic comportment in the world, but there is no reason in principle why there should only be one narrative. In the cases where there are more than one narrative then there will be more than one self. After this, we moved on to cases of more everyday physical impairment. The central claims that I made about the impaired body can perhaps be best summarised in contrast to the account of the dysfunctional equipment developed in chapter four. Whereas the broken tool has the potential to disclose the referential contexture surrounding our activity, and ultimately the world, the impaired limb has the potential to disclose our own limitedness. In my view (in contrast to Heidegger), this disclosure acts in a similar manner to facing one's death. That is to say, it induces an anxiety which reveals the groundlessness of the world and throws us ineluctably back to that world. Importantly, in my view it is precisely because of his very groundlessness that we have the power to change that world. In short, experience of physical impairment potentially allows us to grasp our existence authentically. 8.2 Contribution to New Knowledge I believe that this thesis contributes primarily to the philosophy of humour. At the heart of my critique of computational humour theory was the idea that it is not possible to make explicit all the relevant information about the world necessary for humour comprehension. As such, this thesis attempted to elucidate what I believe are the most fundamental structures – what I have called the ‘hermeneutic conditions of humour’. These are the structures without which there cannot be any humour comprehension at all. Of course, there are still certain jokes that require more than this – for example, a joke at the expense of Margaret Thatcher might require an understanding of the Poll Tax riots of 1990. I want to suggest that this specific information is, in Heidegger’s terms, ontic – and that it is only on our basis of our being-in-the-world that we are able to acquire such understanding. I would also suggest that this thesis contributes (albeit less directly) to the fields of performance and film. I believe that the implications of my critique of Ritchie, and subsequent discussions regarding the nature of mind, ought to make film and performance theory resistant to what is becoming known as the ‘cognitive turn’ – S. R. May Page 232 of 255 particularly with respect to humour. Certain methodologies from the natural sciences risk deworlding the phenomenon in question, thereby losing the very thing that makes it intelligible. Moreover, I believe that my conception of the anthropic object is a much needed addition to the conceptual framework surrounding puppetry, object theatre and animation. The question of what it means for an object to be humanlike is perhaps the most pressing one within these fields, and one which I feel I go some way towards answering. Third, and perhaps most generally, I believe that this work constitutes a firm grounding for future work in the phenomenology of humour. As I mentioned briefly in the second chapter of this thesis, I believe that the 'big three' theories have all touched on an important aspects of the phenomenon of humour, and I believe that they can be enriched by my account of being-in-the-world. The incongruity theory, for example, tacitly assumes a taken-for-granted background of values and assumptions which makes up the context informing what one expects to happen. It is precisely these expectations that are subverted in incongruity humour, and as such phenomenological investigation of this background ought to be fruitful. Furthermore, I would suggest that certain parts of my thesis identifies and enriches our account of specific kinds of incongruity, such as the temporal incongruity found in chapter 7. Regarding the superiority theory, I would argue that the 'stupid outsider' is characterised by a lack of the sort of worldly understanding that is at issue in this thesis. Our laughing at his stupidity is possible only on the basis of our sharing a world and an understanding of what an intelligent person 'ought to do' in a certain situation. Finally, as I said in §2.2 regarding release theory, I agree that certain situations can cause a build up of tension which is then broken in moments of comic relief. I used the example of a wartime screening of a Chaplin movie to make the case that this tension, and the subsequent relief that we feel when it is broken, is out here in the world. As such, I believe it is best understood phenomenologically. In my view, we cannot understand this release of tension by trying to peer into the ghostly realm of 'the mind'. As I made clear in §2.1.2 - 2.1.3, I believe that such a notion is profoundly confused. S. R. May Page 233 of 255 8.3 Areas for Development and Further Exploration Before concluding the thesis as a whole, it is perhaps worth briefly outlining the areas in which I think these ideas could be further developed. Perhaps the most conspicuous absence within these pages is how one might put the ideas into practice. Whilst I did consider 'testing' them practically when writing my initial thesis proposal, I decided against doing this for two reasons. First and foremost, this thesis is an attempt to outline a fundamental structure underpinning all humorous phenomena. As such, I have tried to use a wide variety of examples to develop and support my ideas. In principle, no practical work that I developed to supplement the thesis could be more illustrative than the examples that I have selected. Moreover, the ideas that I have presented are not divorced from my own experience as a practitioner. In fact, it was my experience as a puppeteer, director and writer of comedy that initiated my interest in these areas, and since starting the thesis I have been performing (and sometimes dying) as a stand-up on the open mic circuit in London. As such, although the influence of my practice has been indirect and tacit, I suspect that anyone who has seen my practical work will notice its influence. Secondly, I felt that supplementing my account of the phenomenon from the audiences perspective with my own experiences creating work would confuse the phenomenon at hand. For example, when viewed from the auditorium the puppet, robot and stop-motion figure are all fundamentally the same - they are examples of ostensibly anthropic objects. This fact gets confused when looking at it from the performer’s perspective, as the means of manipulation are very different for each artform. However, I do think this is a potential avenue for further phenomenological exploration. There is an extent to which this is already being done - it is fairly easy to find an event where puppeteers or animators describe what it is like to manipulate a puppet or stop-motion figure, but I feel there is much to be gained from systematic phenomenology of these experiences. For my part, as someone who has neither made a stop-motion film nor controlled a sophisticated robot, I suspect it might be some time before I will be able to start writing such an account. S. R. May Page 234 of 255 Notwithstanding these issues, there is a sense in which I would like work on and develop these ideas practically and it is my hope to do post-doctoral research pursuing just that. Specifically, through my research for this thesis I have developed an interest in Autism Spectrum Disorder, which is often said to be accompanied by deficits in humour comprehension. As will hopefully be clear from my discussion of the condition in §3.2.2, I believe that a number of clinicians have misconstrued the disorder as a deficit in mind-reading. Against this view, I suspect that autism is more fundamentally a social and 'narrativising' disorder,163 which later causes the welldocumented poor performance in 'mind-reading’ tests. If I am correct in this view, then this has two implications - first and foremost, that Heideggerean phenomenology might be a useful paradigm for understanding the disorder. I made an argument along this vein at a Heidegger conference in 2010, and through working on this thesis my conviction on this matter has become much stronger. Secondly, running comedy workshops with, and comic performances for, people on the autistic spectrum might allow us an important insight into the development of humour comprehension. I believe that this thesis provides a strong critical framework for this, but I feel that this sort of project needs to be done in collaboration with autism specialists. In short, it is a project that would require a high level of institutional support, which I am hoping to secure at some point in the future. As such I hope it is clear that, for me, this thesis is not so much an endpoint as a beginning – an attempt to clarify conceptual knots in existing humour theory and lay out a solid critical framework for future research. In doing so, I hope I have made at least a modest contribution to that almost paradoxical intellectual enterprise – taking humour seriously. This is a point made by Daniel Hutto a philosopher who, along with with Matthew Ratcliffe, has deeply influenced my thinking on this matter. 163 S. R. May Page 235 of 255 Bibliography Books and Articles Adams, D. (1979) The Hitchhiker’s Guide to the Galaxy. London, Pan Books. Adorno, T. (1982) ‘Trying to Understand Endgame’. The New German Critique. Issue 26, Spring-Summer 1982. pp.119-150 Aho, K. (2009) Heidegger’s Neglect of the Body. New York, SUNY Press Albrecht, G. (1999) ‘Disability Humor: What’s in a Joke?’ Body & Society. Vol. 5(4), pp.67-74 Astles, C. (2010) ‘Puppetry Training for Contemporary Live Theatre’, Theatre, Dance and Performance Training. 1:1, pp.22-35. Aston, E. & Savona, G. (1991) Theatre as Sign-System: A Semiotics of Text and Performance. London, Routledge Auslander, P. (2008) Liveness: Performance in a Mediatized Culture, 2nd Edition. Routledge, London. Auslander, P. (2006) ‘Humanoid Boogie: Reflections on Robotic Performance’ in Krasner, D. & Saltz, D. (eds.) Staging Philosophy: Intersections of Theater, Performance and Philosophy. Ann Arbour: University of Michigan Press. pp. 87-104 Auslander, P. (1997) ‘Against Ontology: Making Distinctions between the Live and the Mediatized’, Performance Research. Vol. 2, No. 3. pp.50-55 Auslander, P. (1992) ‘Comedy About the Failure of Comedy: Stand-up Comedy and Postmodernism’ in Reinelt, J. & Roach, J. (eds) Critical Theory and Performance. Ann Arbor, University of Michigan Press. pp. 196-207 Austin, J. L. (1971) ‘Intelligent Behaviour’ in Wood, O. & Pitcher, G. (eds) Ryle: Modern Studies in Philosophy. London, MacMillian. pp.45-52 Ayer, A. J. (1971) ‘An Honest Ghost?’ in Wood, O. & Pitcher, G. (eds) Ryle: Modern Studies in Philosophy. London, MacMillian. pp.53-74 Bailes, S. (2010) Performance Theatre and the Poetics of Failure. London, Routledge Baillargon, R. et al. (2009) ‘Young Infants’ Expectations About Self-Propelled Objects’ in Hood, B. and Santos, L. (ed.) The Origins of Object Knowledge. Oxford, Oxford University Press. pp.285-352 Barfield, S. (2002) ‘Beckett and Heidegger: A Critical Survey’, in Lane, R. (ed.) Beckett and Philosophy. Basingstoke, Palgrave. pp.154-165 S. R. May Page 236 of 255 Barnes et al. (2002) ‘Introduction’ in Disability Studies Today. Cambridge, Blackwells. pp.1-18 Baron-Cohen, S. (2011) Zero Degrees of Empathy A New Theory of Human Cruelty. London, Penguin Books Baron-Cohen, S. (1996) Mindblindness: An Essay on Autism and Theory of Mind. London, MIT Press Baudelaire, C. (1965) ‘On the Essence of Laughter’ in Corrigan, R. (ed.) Comedy: Meaning and Form, San Francisco, Chandler Publishing. pp.448-465 Beard, W. (2001) The Artist as Monster: The Cinema of David Cronenberg. Toronto, University of Toronto Press. pp.198-233 Beckett, S. (2006) Complete Dramatic Works. London, Faber and Faber Ltd. Berger, P. (1997) Redeeming Laughter: The Comic Dimension of Human Experience. Berlin, Walter de Gruyter Bergson, H. (1980) Laughter. Baltimore, John Hopkins University Press. Blattner, W. (2002) ‘The Concept of Death in Being and Time’ in Dreyfus, H. and Wrathall, M. (Eds.) Heidegger Reexamined, Volume 1: Dasein, Authenticity and Death. London, Routledge. pp.307-329 Boraston Z & Blakemore S-J. (2007) ‘The Application of Eye-Tracking Technology in the Study of Autism’. Journal of Physiology 581(3), pp. 893-898 Bouissac, P. (1997) ‘The Profanation of the Sacred in Circus Clown Performances’, in Schechner, R. & Appel, W. (eds.) By Means of Performance: Intercultural Studies of Theatre and Ritual. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Bourdieu, P. (2005) ‘Belief and the Body’ in Fraser, M. and Greco, M (Eds.) The Body: A Reader. Oxford, Routledge. pp.87-91. Boxall, P. (2010) ‘Nothing of Value: Reading Beckett’s Negativity’, in Caselli, D. (ed.) Beckett and Nothing: Trying to Understand Beckett. Manchester, Manchester University Press. pp.28-47 Braver, L. (2009) Heidegger’s Later Writings. London, Continuum Breazeal, C. (2002) Designing Sociable Robots. Massachusetts, MIT Press Butler, J. (2005) ‘Bodies that Matter’ in Fraser, M. and Greco, M (Eds.) The Body: A Reader. Oxford, Routledge. pp. 62-66 Butler, L. (1984) Samuel Beckett and the Meaning of Being. London, MacMillan Press Calder, J. (2001) The Philosophy of Samuel Beckett. London, Calder Publications S. R. May Page 237 of 255 Camus, A. (1975) The Myth of Sisyphus (Trans. O’Brien, J.) London, Penguin Books Candlin, F. and Guins, R. (Eds.) (2009) The Object Reader. Oxford, Routledge Capp, A. (1965) ‘The Comedy of Charlie Chaplin’ in Corrigan, R. (ed.) Comedy: Meaning and Form, San Francisco, Chandler Publishing. pp.219-229 Carel, H. (2011) ‘Phenomenology and Its Application in Medicine’, Theoretical Medicine and Bioethics. 31:1, pp. 33-46 Carel, H. (2008) Illness. Stocksfield, Acumen Carel, H. (2007a) ‘A Phenomenology of Tragedy: Illness and Bodily Betrayal in The Fly’, SCAN. 4:2. [Online] Carel, H. (2007b) ‘Temporal Finitude and Finitude of Possibility: The Double Meaning of Death in Being and Time’, International Journal of Philosophical Studies. 15(4) pp.541-556 Carman, T. (2008) Merleau-Ponty. Oxford, Routledge Carman, T. (2007) ‘Sensation, Judgement and the Phenomenal Field’ in Carman, T. and Hansen, M. (Eds.) The Cambridge Companion to Merleau-Ponty, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. pp.50-73 Carman, T. (2003) Heidegger’s Analytic: Interpretation, Discourse and Authenticity in Being and Time. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press Carr, D. (1981) ‘Knowledge in Practice’, American Philosophy Quarterly. 18:1, pp.5361 Carroll, N. (2009) Comedy Incarnate: Buster Keaton, Physical Humour and Bodily Coping. Sussex, Wiley-Blackwell Carroll, N. (2007) ‘Narrative Closure, Philosophical Studies: An International Journal of Philosophy in the Analytic Tradition. 135(1), pp.1-15. Carroll, N. (2006) ‘Philosophy and Drama: Performance, Interpretation and Intentionality’ in Krasner, D. & Saltz, D. (eds.) Staging Philosophy: Intersections of Theater, Performance and Philosophy. Ann Arbour: University of Michigan Press. pp. 104-121 Carroll, N. (2005) ‘Humour’, The Oxford Handbook of Aesthetics. Oxford, Oxford University Press. pp.344-365 Carroll, N. (2004) ‘Mass Art as Art: A Response to John Fisher’ Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism. Vol. 62, No.1 (Winter 2004) pp.61-65 Carroll, N. (2003) ‘Identifying Art’, in Beyond Aesthetics: Philosophical Essays. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. pp.75-99 S. R. May Page 238 of 255 Carroll, N. (2003) ‘Horror and Humor’, in Beyond Aesthetics: Philosophical Essays. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. pp.235-253 Carroll, N. (2003) ‘On Jokes’, in Beyond Aesthetics: Philosophical Essays. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. pp.317-334 Carroll, N. (1998) ‘The Gold Rush’, Interpreting the Moving Image. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. pp.34-43 Carroll, N. (1995) ‘Towards an Ontology of the Moving Image’, in Freeland, C. & Wartenberg, T. (ed.) Philosophy and Film. London, Routledge. Cavell, S. (1969) Must We Mean What We Say? A Book of Essays. New York, Charles Scribner’s Sons Press. Cerbone, D. (2010) Understanding Phenomenology. Durham, Acumen Publishing Cerbone, D. (2000) ‘Heidegger and Dasein’s Bodily Nature: What is the Hidden Problematic?’ International Journal of Philosophical Studies. 8(2), pp. 209 – 230. Clark, A. (2008) Supersizing the Mind: Embodiment, Action, and Cognitive Extension. Oxford, Oxford University Press. Clayton, A. (2007) The Body in Hollywood Slapstick. Jefferson, MacFarlane & Co. Press Chapman, A. (1983) ‘Humor and Laughter in Social Interaction and Some Implications for Humor Research’ in McGhee, P. & Goldstein, J. (Eds.) Handbook of Humour Research. New York, Springer-Verlag. pp.135-157 Chemero, A & Silberstein, M. (2008) ‘Defending Extended Cognition’, In Love, McRae, and Sloutsky (eds.), Proceedings of the 30th Annual Meeting of the Cognitive Science Society, pp.129-134. Cheries, E. et al. (2009) ‘Do the Same Principles Constrain Persisting Object Representations in Infant Object Cogntion and Adult Perception?: The Cases of Continuity and Cohesion’ in Hood, B. and Santos, L. (eds) The Origins of Object Knowledge. Oxford, Oxford University Press. pp.107-134 Chiaro, D. (2006) ‘Verbally Expressed Humour on Screen: Reflections on Translation’ in Journal of Specialised Translation, available at http://www.jostrans.org/issue06/art_chiaro.php [Accessed on 19.05.12] Chiaro, D. (1992) The Language of Jokes: Analysing Verbal Play. London, Routledge Chisholm, R. (1980) ‘Coming into Being and Passing Away: Can the Metaphysician Help?’ in Donnelly, J. (Ed.) Language, Metaphysics and Death. New York, Fordham University Press. pp.13-24 S. R. May Page 239 of 255 Chomsky, N. (2007) ‘Responsibility and War Guilt’, Z-Net. Available at http://www.zcommunications.org/responsibility-and-war-guilt-by-noam-chomsky [Accessed on 19.05.12] Cioffi, F. (1998a) Freud and the Question of Pseudoscience. Illinois, Open Court Publishing Cioffi F. (1998b) Wittgenstein on Freud and Frazer. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press Cohen, T. (2001) Jokes: Philosophical Thoughts on Joking Matters. Chicago, University of Chicago Press Cohen, T. (2001) ‘Humor’, in Gaut, B. & McIver Lopez, D (eds) The Routledge Companion to Aesthetics. London, Routledge. pp.375-381 Connor, S. (2009) ‘Beckett and the World’ in Smith, R. (ed.) Beckett and Ethics. London, Continuum. pp.134-146 Connor, S. (2006) ‘On Such and Such a Day…in Such a World: Beckett’s Radical Finitude’, Accessed online at http://www.stevenconnor.com/finitude/ [Accessed 05.02.2013] Connor, S. (1988) Samuel Beckett: Repetition, Theory and Text. Oxford, Basil Blackwell. Connor, S. (1982) ‘Beckett’s Animals’, Journal of Beckett Studies. Number 8, Autumn 1982. Available online at http://www.english.fsu.edu/jobs/num08/Num8Connor.htm [Accessed 30.06.2012] Coradeschi, S. (2006) et al., ‘Human-Inspired Robots: Trends and Controversies’, IEEE Intelligent Systems, Vol. 21, No. 4. pp. 74-85. Crawford, M. (2009) The Case of Working with your Hands. London, Penguin Books Critchley, S. (2010) How to Stop Living and Start Worrying. Cambridge, Polity Press. Critchley, S. & Schürmann, R. (2008) On Heidegger’s Being and Time. (Ed. S. Levine) Oxford, Routledge. Critchley, S. (2007a) Infinitely Demanding. London, Verso Critchley, S. (2007b) ‘To Be or Not to Be is Not the Question: On Beckett’s Film’. Film-Philosophy. 11:2, pp.108-121. Critchley, S. (2004) Very Little...Almost Nothing. Oxford, Routledge. Critchley, S. (2002) On Humour. London, Routledge S. R. May Page 240 of 255 Davis, L. J. (2005) ‘Visualising the Disabled Body: The Classical Nude and the Fragmented Torso’ in Fraser, M. and Greco, M (Eds.) The Body: A Reader. Oxford, Routledge. pp.167-181 Davison, J. (2009) ‘Clown Prosthetics and Amputations’, Performance Research: A Journal of the Performing Arts. 14(4), pp.114-118 Dawkins, R. (2006) Who Owns the Argument from Improbability? Available at http://richarddawkins.net/articles/126-who-owns-the-argument-from-improbability [Accessed 19.05.12] Deacon, T. (2009) Anthropology 101 Course. [iTunes U webcast] Available at http://webcast.berkeley.edu/course_details_new.php?seriesid=2009-B2303&semesterid=2009-B [Accessed 10.12.2011] Deleuze, G. (2005) ‘Ethology: Spinoza and Us’ in Fraser, M. and Greco, M (Eds.) The Body: A Reader. Oxford, Routledge. pp.58-61 Dennett, D. (2010) Content and Consciousness. Oxford, Routledge Dennett, D. (1994) ‘The Role of Language in Intelligence’ in What is Intelligence?, The Darwin College Lectures, (Ed. Khalfa, J.) Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Dennett, D. (1993) Consciousness Explained. London, Penguin Books. Dennett, D. (1992) 'The Self as a Center of Narrative Gravity' in Kessel, F., Cole, P. & Johnson, D. (Eds.) Self and Consciousness: Multiple Perspectives. New Jersey, Erlbaum. de Vignemont, F. (2011a) ‘A Mosquito Bite Against the Enactive Approach to Bodily Experiences’, Journal of Philosophy. pp. 1-23 de Vignemont, F. (2011b) ‘Bodily Immunity to Error’ in Immunity to Error Through Misidentification: New Essays, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. pp.1-27 de Vignemont, F. (2010a) 'Embodiment, Ownership and Disownership', Consciousness and Cognition. Vol. 20(1), pp. 82-93 de Vignemont, F. and Farnè, A. (2010b), 'Widening the Body to Rubber Hands and Tools: What's the Difference?' Revue de Neuropsychologie, Neurosciences Cognitives, Vol. 2(3), pp.203-211. de Vignemont, F. (2009) ‘Body Schema and Body Image - Pros and Cons’ , Neuropsychologia. 48: 3. pp.669-680 de Vignemont, F. (2007) ‘Habeas Corpus: The Sense of Ownership of One's Body’, Mind and Language. 22:4. pp.427-449 Dolar, M. (2010) ‘Nothing has Changed’, in Caselli, D. (ed.) Beckett and Nothing: Trying to Understand Beckett. Manchester, Manchester University Press. pp. 48-64 S. R. May Page 241 of 255 Donnelly, J. (1980) ‘Death and Ivan Illych’ in Donnelly, J. (Ed.) Language, Metaphysics and Death. New York, Fordham University Press. pp.116-130 Dorrance Kelly, S. (2007) ‘Seeing Things in Merleau-Ponty’ in Carman, T. and Hansen, M. (Eds.) The Cambridge Companion to Merleau-Ponty. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. pp.74-110 Dotov, D et al. (2010) ‘A Demonstration of the Transition from Ready-to-hand to Unready-to-hand’, PLoS ONE 5(3) Double, O. (2010) ‘Not Like That!’, Pandora’s Looking Glass [Blog] at http://blogs.kent.ac.uk/pandora/2010/06/18/not-like-that/ (Accessed 01.11.12) Double, O. (2005) Getting the Joke: The Inner Workings of Stand-up Comedy. London, Methuen Double, O. (1997) Stand-up: On Being a Comedian. London, Methuen Douglas, M. (2005) ‘The Two Bodies’ in Fraser, M. and Greco, M (Eds.) The Body: A Reader. Oxford, Routledge. pp. 78-81. Douglas, M. (1975) 'Jokes' in Implicit Meanings, London, Routledge. pp.146-164 Dreyfus, H. (2007a) ‘Merleau-Ponty and Recent Cognitive Science’ in Carman, T. and Hansen, M. (Eds.) The Cambridge Companion to Merleau-Ponty, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. pp 129-150 Dreyfus, H. (2007b) ‘ Why Heideggerean AI Failed and How Fixing it Would Require Making it More Heideggerean’, Artificial Intelligence. Vol. 171:18, pp.1137-1160 Dreyfus, H. (2006) ‘Overcoming the Myth of the Mental’, Topoi 25 (1-2). pp.43-49 Dreyfus, H. (1997) Being-in-the-world. MIT Press, Massachusetts Dreyfus, H. (1992) What Computers Still Can’t Do. Massachusetts, MIT Press Dreyfus H. (1965) Alchemy and AI, RAND Corporation Edwards, P. (1980) ‘Existentialism and Death: A Survey of Some Confusions’ in Donnelly, J. (Ed.) Language, Metaphysics and Death. New York, Fordham University Press. pp.32-61. Elden, S. (2006) ‘Heidegger’s Animals’, Continental Philosophy Review 39: 273–291 Elam, K. (1994) The Semiotics of Theatre and Drama. London, Routledge Esslin, M. (1970) Theatre of the Absurd (Revised and Enlarged Edition). London, Penguin Books. Feynman, R. (1985) The Character of Physical Law. London, MIT Press S. R. May Page 242 of 255 Fine, G. (1983) ‘Sociological Approaches to the Study of Humor’ in McGhee, P. & Goldstein, J. (Eds.) Handbook of Humour Research. New York, Springer-Verlag Fisher, J. (2005) ‘High Art vs Low Art’ in Gaut, B. & Lopes, D. (ed.) Routledge Companion to Aesthetics, 2nd Edition. London, Routledge. pp.527-540 Fisher, J. (2004) ‘On Carroll’s Enfranchisement of Mass Art as Art’, Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism. Vol. 62, No.1 (Winter 2004) pp.57-61 Fisher, T. (2010a) ‘Heidegger and the Narrativity Debate’, Continental Philosophy Review. Vol. 43:2, pp.241-265 Fisher, T. (2010b) ‘Heidegger’s Generative Thesis’, European Journal of Philosophy. Vol. 18:3, pp.363-382 Flowbaum et al. (2009) ‘Spatiotemporal Priority as a Fundamental Principle of Object Persistence’ in Hood, B. and Santos, L. The Origins of Object Knowledge. Oxford, Oxford University Press. pp. 135-164. Francis, P. (2011) Puppetry: A Reader in Theatre Practice. Basingstoke, Palgrave Freud, S. (1978) Jokes and Their Relation to the Unconscious. London, Pelican Books. Freund, P. (2005) ‘Bodies, Disability and Spaces’ in Fraser, M. and Greco, M (Eds.) The Body: A Reader. Oxford, Routledge. pp. 182-186 Gallagher, S. (2003) ‘Bodily Self-Awareness and Object-Perception’. Theoria et Historia Scientiarum: International Journal for Interdisciplinary Studies 7: 53-68 Gazzola et al., (2007) ‘The Anthropomorphic Brain: The Mirror Neuron System Responds to Human and Robotic Actions’, Neuro-Image Vol. 35, pp.1674-1984 Glendinning, S. (2007) In the Name of Phenomenology. London, Routledge. Goldstein, L. (1990) The Philosopher’s Habitat: An Introduction to Investigations in, and Applications of, Modern Philosophy Gould, S. (2005) ‘Measuring Heads’ in Fraser, M. and Greco, M (Eds.) The Body: A Reader. Oxford, Routledge. pp.158-162 Grant, S. (2008) ‘Abysmal Laughter’, PhaenEx Vol. 3, No. 2. pp.37-70 Grosz, E. (2005) ‘Refiguring Bodies’ in Fraser, M. and Greco, M (Eds.) The Body: A Reader. Oxford, Routledge. pp.47-51 Guignon, C. (2006) On Being Authentic. New York, Routledge Guignon, C. (2002) ‘Philosophy after Wittgenstein and Heidegger’ in Dreyfus, H. & Wrathall, M. (Eds.) Heidegger Reexamined, Volume 4: Language and the Critique of Subjectivity. London, Routledge. pp.227-250 S. R. May Page 243 of 255 Guignon, C. (1998) ‘Authenticity, Moral Values, and Psychotherapy’ in Guignon, C. (Ed.) The Cambridge Companion to Heidegger. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. pp. 215-239 Hale, J. (1992) ‘Endgame: How Are Your Eyes?’ in Connor, S. (ed.) Waiting for Godot and Endgame: New Casebooks. Basingstoke, MacMillan Press Ltd. pp. 71-86 Hampshire, S. (1971) ‘Critical Review of The Concept of Mind’, in Wood, O. & Pitcher, G. (eds) Ryle: Modern Studies in Philosophy. London, MacMillian. pp.17-44 Harman, G. (2010) ‘Heidegger, Objects and Things in Technology’, Cambridge Journal of Economics, Vol. 34:1, pp.17-25. Harman, G. (2002) Tool-being: Heidegger and the Metaphysics of Objects. Chicago, Open Court Hayes, J. (2007) ‘Heidegger’s Fundamental Ontology and the Problem of Animal Life’, PhaenEx 2, no. 2 pp. 42-60. Available at http://www.phaenex.uwindsor.ca/ojs/leddy/index.php/phaenex/article/viewFile/24 4/370 [Accessed 07/01/2011] Heidegger, M. (2011) The Concept of Time. (Trans. Farin, I.) London, Continuum Heidegger, M. (2002) Supplements: From the Earliest Essays to Being and Time and Beyond. (ed. Van Buren, J.) New York, State University of New York Heidegger, M. (2001) Poetry, Language, Thought. (Trans. Hofstadter, A.) New York, Perennial Classics Heidegger, M. (1996) Being and Time (Trans. Macquarrie, J & Robinson, E.) Oxford, Blackwell Heidegger, M. (1992) History of the Concept of Time (Trans. Kisiel, T.) Indiana, Indiana University Press Heidegger, M. (1995) Fundamental Concepts of Metaphysics (Trans. NcNeill, W. & Walker, N.) Indiana, Indiana University Press Held, K. (2002) ‘On the Way to a Phenomenology of World’ in Dreyfus, H. and Wrathall, M. (Eds.) Heidegger Reexamined, Volume 3: Art, Poetry and Technology. London, Routledge Heller, A. (2005) Immortal Comedy: The Comic Phenomenon in Art, Literature and Life, Oxford, Lexington Books Hinds, P. et al, (2004) 'Whose Job Is It Anyway? A Study of Human–Robot Interaction in a Collaborative Task', Human-Computer Interaction, Vol. 19, pp. 151– 181 S. R. May Page 244 of 255 Hirstein et al. (2001) ‘Autonomic Responses of Autistic Children to People and Objects’, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 268, pp.1883-1888. Hughes, B. (2002) ‘Disability and the Body’ in Barnes, C., Oliver, M. & Barton, L. (ed.) Disability Studies Today. Cambridge, Blackwells. pp.58-76 Hutto, D. (2009) ‘Folk Psychology as Narrative Practice’, Journal of Consciousness Studies. 16:6-8, pp. 9-39. Hutto, D. (2008) Folk Psychological Narratives: The Sociocultural Basis of Understanding Reasons. London, MIT Press Hutto, D. (1997) ‘The Story of the Self: The Narrative Basis of Self-Development’ in Simms, K. Ethics and the Subject. Atlanta, Rodopi Press. pp. 61-75 Hoffman, P. (1998) ‘Death, Time, History: Division II of Being and Time’. in Guignon, C. (Ed.) The Cambridge Companion to Heidegger. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. pp.195-214 Hurley, M., Dennett, D. and Adams Jr., R. (2011) Inside Jokes: Using Humor to Reverse-Engineer the Mind. Massachusetts, MIT Press Iser, W. (1992) ‘Counter-sensical Comedy and Audience Response in Beckett’s Waiting for Godot’, in Connor, S. (Ed.) Waiting for Godot and Endgame: New Casebooks. Basingstoke, MacMillan Press Ltd. pp.55-70 Ismael, J. (2011) 'Temporal Experience' in Callender, C. (ed.) The Oxford Handbook of the Philosophy of Time. Oxford, Oxford University Press. pp.460-482 Ismael, J (2006) ‘Death’, University of Sydney Key Concepts Lecture Podcast 6th June [online] Available from http:// www.usyd.edu.au/news/84.html?newsstoryid=1101 [accessed on 24th February 2011] Johnston, P. (1993) Wittgenstein: Rethinking the Inner. London, Routledge Jonas, H. (2005) ‘The Burdan and Blessing of Mortality’ in Fraser, M. and Greco, M (Eds.) The Body: A Reader. Oxford: Routledge. pp.55-57 Jurkowski, H. (1988) Aspects of Puppet Theatre. London, Puppet Centre Trust Kafka, F. (2000) Metamorphosis and Other Stories. (Trans. Paisley, M.) London, Penguin Books Koestler, A. (1989) The Act of Creation. London, Penguin Books Kutach, D. (2011) 'The Asymmetry of Influence' in Callender, C. (ed.) The Oxford Handbook of the Philosophy of Time. Oxford, Oxford University Press. pp.247-275 Latour, B. (1993) We Have Never Been Modern, (Trans. Porter, C.) London, Harvester Wheatsheaf S. R. May Page 245 of 255 Lafont, C. (2000) Heidegger, Language, and World-Disclosure, (Trans. Harman, G.) Cambridge, Cambridge University Press Laverty, S. (2003) Hermeneutic Phenomenology and Phenomenology: A Comparison of Historical and Methodological Considerations. International Journal of Qualitative Methods. Vol. 2, No. 3. (Sept. 2003) Legerstee, M. (1992) ‘A Review of the Animate-Inanimate Distinction in Infancy: Implications for Models of Social and Cognitive Knowing’. Early Development and Parenting, Vol. 1 (2) pp.59-67 Levinas, E. (1989) ‘Is Ontology Fundamental?, Philosophy Today. 33:1, pp.121-129 Lilienfeld, S., Woods, J. & Garb, H. (2001) What’s Wrong with This Picture?, Scientific American. May 2001 Issue, pp. 81-87 Limon, J. (2000) Stand-Up Comedy in Theory, or, Abjection in America. London, Duke University Press. Livingston, P. (2006) ‘Theses on Cinema as Philosophy’, Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism. Vol. 64, No.1 (Winter 2006) pp.11-18 Lock, M. (2005) ‘Twice Dead: Organ Transplants and the Reinvention of Death’ in Fraser, M. and Greco, M (Eds.) The Body: A Reader. Oxford, Routledge. pp.262-266 Malcolm, N. (2001) Ludwig Wittgenstein: A Memoir. Oxford, Oxford University Press Mauss, M. (2005) ‘Techniques of the Body’ in Fraser, M. and Greco, M (Eds.) The Body: A Reader. Oxford, Routledge McGinn, M. (2007) Wittgenstein and the Philosophical Investigations. London, Routledge McManus, D. (2008) ‘Rules, Regression and the ‘Background’: Dreyfus, Heidegger and McDowell’, European Journal of Philosophy. 16:3, pp.432-458 Merleau-Ponty, M. (2009) Phenomenology of Perception (Trans. Colin Smith) London, Routledge Meschke, M. (1992) In Search of Aesthetics for the Puppet Theatre New Delhi, Indira Gandhi National Centre for the Arts Moran, D. (2000) Introduction to Phenomenology. London, Routledge. Morreall, J. (2009) Comic Relief: A Comprehensive Philosophy of Humor. Oxford, Wiley Blackwells. Morreall, J. (Ed.) (1987) The Philosophy of Laughter and Humor. New York, The State University of New York Press. S. R. May Page 246 of 255 Morreall, J. (1983) Taking Laughter Seriously. New York, State University of New York Press. Mori M. (1970) ‘The Uncanny Valley’ (Trans. MacDorman, K & Minato, T.), Energy 7(4) pp.33-35 Mulhall, S. (2008a) On Film (2nd Edition). London, Routledge. Mulhall, S. (2008b) Heidegger and Being and Time. London, Routledge Mulhall, S. (2007) Wittgenstein's Private Language. Oxford, Oxford University Press Murray, M. (1973) ‘Heidegger and Ryle: Two Versions of Phenomenology’, The Review of Metaphysics. 27(1), pp. 88-111 Nagel T. (1980a) ‘Death’ in Donnelly, J. (Ed.) Language, Metaphysics and Death. New York, Fordham University Press. pp.62-66 Nagel, T. (1980b) ‘The Absurd’ in Donnelly, J. (Ed.) Language, Metaphysics and Death. New York, Fordham University Press. pp.106-115 Nagel, T. (1986) The View from Nowhere. Oxford, Oxford University Press. Nass, C. (2004) ‘Etiquette Equality: Exhibitions and Expectations of Computer Politeness’. Communications of the ACM, 47(4), pp.35-37. Nass, C. & Lee, K. (2001) ‘Does computer-synthesized speech manifest personality? Experimental tests of recognition, similarity attraction and consistency-attraction’. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Applied, 7(3). pp.171-181. Nass, C. & Moon, Y. (2000) ‘Machines and Mindlessness: Social Responses to Computers’, Journal of Social Issues, 56 (1). pp. 81-103 Nealon, J. (1992) ‘Samuel Beckett and the Postmodern: Language Games, Play and Waiting for Godot’, in Connor, S. (ed.) Waiting for Godot and Endgame: New Casebooks. Basingstoke, MacMillan Press Ltd. pp. 44-54 Noe, A. (2005) ‘Against Intellectualism’, ANALYSIS 65.4, North, J. (2011) 'Time in Thermodynamics' in Callender, C. (ed.) The Oxford Handbook of the Philosophy of Time. Oxford, Oxford University Press. pp.312-350 O’Regan et al. (2001) ‘Toward an Analytic Phenomenology: The Concepts of “Bodiliness” and ‘Grabbingess”.’ In Carsetti, A. (ed.), Seeing and Thinking. Reflections on Kanizsa's Studies in Visual Cognition. Kluwer. pp.103-114 Orwell, G. (1987) Animal Farm: A Fairy Story. London, Secker & Warburg The Onion, (2010) ‘U.S. Economy Grinds To Halt As Nation Realizes Money Just A Symbolic, Mutually Shared Illusion’, February 16th. Available at S. R. May Page 247 of 255 http://www.theonion.com/articles/us-economy-grinds-to-halt-as-nation-realizesmoney,2912/ (Accessed 19.05.2012) Papineau D. (2001) 'The Rise of Physicalism' in Gillett, C. & Loewer, B. (eds.), Physicalism and its Discontents. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. pp.3-36 Peacock, L. (2010) ‘No Pain: No Gain – The Provocation of Laughter in Slapstick Comedy’, Popular Entertainment Studies. 1:2, pp.93-106 Peacock, L. (2009) Serious Play: Modern Clown Performance. Bristol, Intellect Books. Pepicello, W & Weisberg, R. (1983) ‘Linguistics and Humor’ in McGhee, P. & Goldstein, J. (Eds.) Handbook of Humour Research. New York, Springer-Verlag. pp.59-83 Phelan, P. (1993) Unmarked: The Politics of Performance. London, Routledge. Pinker, S., Nowak, M. & Lee, J. (2008) ‘The Logic of Indirect Speech;. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, Vol. 105:3. pp.833–838 Piris, P. (2011) The Rise of Manipulacting: The Puppet as the Figure of the Other. Unpublished Ph.D Thesis, Central School of Speech and Drama. Plant, B. (2009a) ‘Absurdity, Incongruity and Laughter’, Philosophy. 84:1, pp. 111-134 Plant, B. (2009b) ‘The Banality of Death’, Philosophy. 84:4, pp.571-596 Pollio, H. (1983) ‘Notes Toward a Field Theory of Humor’ in McGhee, P. & Goldstein, J. (Eds.) Handbook of Humour Research. New York, Springer-Verlag. pp. 323-351 Popa, D-E., (2005) ‘Jokes and Translation’, Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 13:1. pp.48-57 Power, C. (2010) ‘Performing to Fail: Perspectives on Failure in Performance’, in Meyer-Dinkgräfe, D. & Watt, D. (ed.) Ethical Encounters: Boundaries of Theatre, Performance and Philosophy. Newcastle, Cambridge Scholars Press. pp. 125-129 Price, H. (2011) ' The Flow of Time' in Callender, C. (ed.) The Oxford Handbook of the Philosophy of Time. Oxford, Oxford University Press. pp.276-311 Provine R. (2001) Laughter: A Scientific Investigation. London, Penguin Books. Quinton, A. (1971) ‘Ryle on Perception’ in Wood, O. & Pitcher, G. (eds) Ryle: Modern Studies in Philosophy. London, MacMillian. pp.105-136 Ramachandran, V. (2011) The Tell-Tale Brain: Unlocking the Mystery of Human Nature. London, Random House S. R. May Page 248 of 255 Ratcliffe, M. (2012) ‘There Can Be No Cognitive Science of Dasein’ in Wheeler, M & Kiverstein. J. (ed.) Heidegger and Cognitive Science. Basingstoke, Palgrave Macmillan Ratcliffe, M. (2009) ‘There are No Folk Psychological Narratives’, Journal of Consciousness Studies, 16:6-8., pp. 379-406 Ratcliffe, M. (2008) Rethinking Commonsense Psychology: A Critique of Folk Psychology, Theory of Mind and Simulation. Basingstoke: Palgrave. Rayner, A. (2006) ‘Presenting Objects, Presenting Things’ in Krasner, D. & Saltz, D. (eds.) Staging Philosophy: Intersections of Theater, Performance and Philosophy. Ann Arbour: University of Michigan Press. pp. 104-121 Ridout, N. (2006) Stage Fright, Animals and Other Theatrical Problems Cambridge, Cambridge University Press Reid, D., Stoughton, E. & Smith, R. (2006) ‘The Humorous Construction of Disability: ‘Stand-up’ Comedians in the United States’, Disability & Society. Vol. 21(6), pp.629643 Ritchie, G. (2010) ‘Linguistic Factors in Humour’ in Chiaro, D (ed.) Translation, Humour and Literature. London, Continuum. pp.33-48. Ritchie, G. (2005) ‘Computational Mechanisms for Pun Generation’, Proceedings of the 10th European Natural Language Generation Workshop, pp. 125- 132 Ritchie, G. (2004) Linguistic Analysis of Jokes. London: Routledge Ritchie, G. (2001) ‘Current Directions in Computational Humour’, Artificial Intelligence Review 16(2), pp.119-135 Ritchie, G. (1998) ‘Prospects for Computational Humour’, Proceedings of 7th IEEE International Workshop on Robot and Human Communication, pp. 283-291 Rodley, C. (1997) (Ed.) Cronenberg on Cronenberg. London, Faber & Faber. Romdenh-Romluc, K. (2011) Merleau-Ponty and the Phenomenology of Perception. Oxford, Routledge Rorty, R. (1998) ‘Wittgenstein, Heidegger, and the Reification of Language.’ in Guignon, C. (Ed.) The Cambridge Companion to Heidegger. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. pp.337-357 Rosefeldt, T. (2004) ‘Is Knowing-How Simply a Case of Knowing-That?’, Philosophical Investigations, 27:4 Ryle, G. (2009) Collected Papers Volume 2. (Ed. Tanney, J.) Oxford, Routledge. Ryle, G. (1971) ‘Autobiographical’, in Wood, O. & Pitcher, G. (eds) Ryle: Modern Studies in Philosophy. London, MacMillian. pp.1-16 S. R. May Page 249 of 255 Ryle, G. (1963) The Concept of Mind. London, Pereguine Salisbury, L. (2012) Samuel Beckett: Comic Timing, Laughing Matters. Edinburgh, Edinburgh University Press. Santos, L. and Hood, B. (2009) ‘Object Representation as a Central Issue in Cognitive Science’ in Hood, B. & Santos, L. The Origins of Object Knowledge. Oxford, Oxford University Press. pp.1-24 Sartre, J. P. (1987) Nausea (Trans. R. Baldick). Middlesex: Penguin Books Sartre, J. P. (1956) Being and Nothingness. (Trans. H. Barnes) New York: Philosophical Library Schneider, E., Wang, Y., & Yang, S. (2007). ‘Exploring the Uncanny Valley with Japanese Video Game Characters’. Situated Play Proceedings of DiGRA 2007 Conference. Vol. 546, pp. 546-549 Scott-Norman, F. (2002) ‘Unspeakably Funny’, The Age. [Website] (Accessed at http://www.theage.com.au/articles/2002/04/05/1017206254254.html on 28.06.2012) Shakespeare, T. (1999) ‘Joking a Part’, Body & Society. Vol. 5(4), pp.47-52 Shakespeare, T. (1997) ‘Cultural Representation of Disabled People: Dustbins for Disavowel?’ in Barton, L. & Oliver, M. (eds.) Disability Studies: Past, Present and Future. Leeds, The Disability Press. pp.217-233 Shakespeare, W. (2006) A Midsummer Night’s Dream (Ed. H. Brooks). London, Arden Shakespeare. Shepherd, S. & Wallis, M. (2010) Drama/Theatre/Performance. London, Routledge. Sherzer, D. and Sherzer, J. (1987) Humor and Comedy in Puppetry: Celebration in popular Culture. Ohio, Bowling Green State University Popular Press Shusterman, R. (2007) ‘The Silent, Limping, Body of Philosophy’ in Carman, T. and Hansen, M. (Eds.) The Cambridge Companion to Merleau-Ponty. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. pp. 151-180 Shutts et al. (2009) ‘The Developmental Origins of Animal and Artifact Concepts’ in Hood, B. and Santos, L. The Origins of Object Knowledge. Oxford, Oxford University Press. pp.189-210 Sibley, F. N. (1971) ‘Ryle and Thinking’ in Wood, O. & Pitcher, G. (eds) Ryle: Modern Studies in Philosophy. London, MacMillian. pp.75-104 Silverman, D. (2010) Doing Qualitative Research: A Practical Handbook. (3rd Edition). London, Sage. S. R. May Page 250 of 255 Singer, P. (1995) Animal Liberation (Second Edition). London, Random House Slote, M. A. (1980) ‘Existentialism and the Fear of Dying’ in Donnelly, J. (Ed.) Language, Metaphysics and Death. New York, Fordham University Press. pp. 69-87 Smith, R. (2010) ‘It’s Nothing: Beckett and Anxiety’ in Caselli, D. (ed.) Beckett and Nothing: Trying to Understand Beckett. Manchester, Manchester University Press. pp.192-212 Smuts, A. (2003) ‘Review of Simon Critchley, On Humour’, Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism. 61(4), pp.414-416 Snowdon, P. (2003) Knowing How and Knowing That: A Distinction Reconsidered, Proceedings of the Aristotelian Society, 104. pp.1-29 Sobshack, V. (2009) ‘A Leg to Stand On: Prosthetics, Metaphor and Materiality’ in Candlin, F. and Guins, R. (Eds.) (2009) The Object Reader. Oxford, Routledge. pp. 279-296. Sontag, S. (1991) Illness as Metaphor & Aids and its Metaphors. London, Penguin. Stanley, J & Williamson, T. (2001) ‘Knowing How’, The Journal of Philosophy, 98:8. pp.411-444 Steckenfinger, S & Ghazanfar. A. (2009) ‘Monkey Visual Behavior Falls Into The Uncanny Valley’, Proceedings of the National Academy of Science, vol. 106:43, pp.18362-18366 Stenger, V. (2009) 'Time, Arrow of' and 'Time, Asymmetry of' in Birx, H. (ed.) Encyclopedia of Time. London, Sage. pp.1255-1258 Stone, D. & Papadimitriou, C. (2010) ‘Exploring Heidegger’s Ecstatic Temporality in the Context of Embodied Breakdown’, Schutzian Research: A Yearbook of Worldly Phenomenology and Qualitative Social Science. Vol. 2, pp.137-154 Stott, A. (2005) Comedy: The New Critical Idiom. London, Routledge Strawson, G. (2007) ‘Against Narrativity’, in Strawson, G. (ed.) The Self? Oxford, Blackwells. pp. 63-86 Stronbach, I. & Allen, J. (1999) ‘Joking with Disability: What’s the Difference Between the Comic and Tragic in Disability Discourses?’, Body & Society. 5(4), pp.31-45 Suls, J. (1983) ‘Cognitive Processes in Humor Appreciation’, in McGhee, P. & Goldstein, J. (eds.) Handbook of Humour Research. New York, Springer-Verlag. pp. 39-57 Swain, J. & French, S. (2004) ‘Whose Tragedy? Towards a Personal Non-tragedy View of Disability’ in Swain, J., French, S., Barnes, C. & Thomas, C. (eds.) Disabling Barriers, Enabling Environments (2nd Edition). London, Sage Publications. pp.3440 S. R. May Page 251 of 255 Tallis, R. (2012) Aping Mankind: Neuromania, Darwinitis and the Misrepresentation of Humanity. Durham, Acumen Tallis, R. (2010) Michaelangelo’s Finger: An Exploration of Everyday Transcendence. London, Atlantic Books Tallis, R. (2008) Hunger. Stocksfield, Acumen. Tallis, R. (2003) The Hand: A Philosophical Inquiry into Human Being. Edinburgh, University of Edinburgh Press Taylor, C. (2007) ‘Merleau-Ponty and the Epistemological Picture’ in Carman, T. and Hansen, M. (Eds.) The Cambridge Companion to Merleau-Ponty. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. pp.26-49 Taylor, J. (2009) Handspring Puppet Company. South Africa, David Krut Publishing Thomas, C. (2002) ‘Disability Theory: Key Ideas, Issues and Thinkers’ in Barnes, C., Oliver, M. & Barton, L. (ed.) Disability Studies Today. Cambridge, Blackwells, pp.3858 Thompson, E. & Stapleton, M. (2009) ‘Making Sense of Sense-making: Reflections on Enactive and Extended Mind Theories’, Topoi 28. pp.23-30 Thompson, S. (2010) ‘‘A Tangle of Tatters’: Ghosts and the Busy Nothing in Footfalls’ in Caselli, D. (ed.) Beckett and Nothing: Trying to Understand Beckett. Manchester: Manchester University Press. pp.65-83 Tillis, S. (1992) Toward an Aesthetics of the Puppet: Puppetry as a Theatrical Art. New York, Greenwood Press Tolstoy, L. (2011) The Death of Ivan Illych and Other Stories. (Trans. Wilks, R. Briggs, A. & MacDuff, D.) London, Penguin Books. Toombs, S. K. (1995) ‘The Lived Experience of Disability’, Human Studies. 18:1, pp.923. Toombs, S. K. (1990) ‘The Temporality of Illness: Four Levels of Experience’, Theoretical Medicine and Bioethics. 11:3, pp.227-241 Umilta, M. (2008) When Pliers Become Fingers in the Monkey Motor System, Proceedings of the National Academy of Science, vol.105:6. pp.2209-2213 Van Evra, J. (1980) ‘On Death as a Limit’ in Donnelly, J. (Ed.) Language, Metaphysics and Death. New York, Fordham University Press. pp.25-31 Vihman, M. (2002) ‘The Role of Mirror Neurons in the Ontogeny of Speech' in Stamenov, M & Gallese, V. (Eds.) Mirror Neurons and the Evolution of Brain and Language. Philadelphia, John Benjamins Publishing. pp.305-314 S. R. May Page 252 of 255 Wartenberg, T. (2006) ‘Beyond Mere Illustration: How Films Can Be Philosophy’, Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism. Vol. 64, No.1 (Winter 2006) pp. 19-32 Weinberger, D. (1980) ‘Three Types of Vorhandenheit’, Research in Phenomenology, 10 (1). pp.235-250 Weitz, E. (2012) ‘Failure as Success: On Clowns and Laughing Bodies’, Performance Research: A Journal of the Performing Arts. 17:1. pp.79-87 Wheatley, T. et al, (2007) ‘Understanding Animate Agents: Distinct Roles for the Social Network and Mirror System’. Psychological Science 18:6. pp.469-474 White, C. J. (2005) Time and Death: Heidegger’s Analysis of Finitude. Aldershot, Ashgate Publishing White, C. J. (2002) ‘Dasein, Existence and Death’ in Dreyfus, H. and Wrathall, M. (Eds.) Heidegger Reexamined, Volume 1: Dasein, Authenticity and Death. London, Routledge Whorf, B (1956) Language, Thought and Reality: Selected Writings of Benjamin Lee Whorf. Massachusetts, MIT Press Winnicott, D. W. (2005) Playing and Reality. Oxford, Routledge Wrathall, M. A. (2007) ‘Motives, Reasons and Causes’ in Carman, T. and Hansen, M. (Eds.) The Cambridge Companion to Merleau-Ponty. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. pp. 111-128 Wittgenstein, L. (2001) Philosophical Investigations. Oxford, Blackwell Wittgenstein, L. (1967) Lectures & Conversations on Aesthetics, Psychology and Religious Belief (Ed. Barrett, C.). California, University of California Press Yamamoto, S & Kitazawa, S. (2001) Sensations at the Tips of Invisible Tools, Nature Neuroscience 4, pp.979 - 980 Zahavi. D. (2007) Killing the Straw Man: Dennett and Phenomenology, Phenomenology and the Cognitive Science Sciences 6, pp.21-43 Zosh, J. and Feigenson, L. (2009) ‘Beyond ‘What’ and ‘How Many’: Capacity, Complexity and Resolution of Infants’ Object Representations’ in Hood, B. and Santos, L. The Origins of Object Knowledge. Oxford, Oxford University Press Proceedings from the 2002 AISB Symposium, 'Animating Expressive Characters for Social Interactions' [Unpublished] accessed at http://www.aisb.org.uk/publications/proceedings/aisb02/AISB02_ExpressiveChara cters.pdf (04.06.11) S. R. May Page 253 of 255 Films and Other Recorded Media BBC Productions (2011) Stewart Lee’s Comedy Vehicle - Stand-Up [S02E04] BBC Productions (1989) Red Dwarf [S03E01] BFI DVD Publishing (2007) Jan Svankmajer - The Complete Short Films (dir. Jan Svankmajer) British Broadcasting Corporation (1975) Fawlty Towers - Gourmet Night. [S01E05] (dir. John Howard Davies) Brooksfilms (1980) The Elephant Man [Dir. David Lynch] Bwark Productions (2010) The Inbetweeners – A Trip to Warwick [S04E03] Columbia Pictures (1964) Dr. Strangelove, or: How I Learned to Stop Worrying and Love the Bomb. [Dir. Stanley Kubrick] Goodnight Vienna Productions (2003) Peter Kay: Live at the Bolton Albert Halls Goodnight Vienna Productions (2001) Peter Kay’s Phoenix Nights [S01E04] (dir. Peter Kay) Mandate Pictures (2006) Stranger than Fiction. (dir. Marc Forster) Metro-Goldwyn-Meyer (2007) Lars and the Real Girl (dir. Craig Gillespie) Metro-Goldwyn-Meyer (1968) 2001, A Space Odyssey. (dir. Stanley Kubrick) Metro-Goldwyn-Meyer (1933) Busy Bodies. (dir. Lloyd French) Mutual Film Corporation (1917) The Immigrant. (dir. Charles Chaplin) Nina Conti (2008) Melbourne International Comedy Gala, available at http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Xaojc_btxfk. (Accessed 30.06.2012) Open Mike Manchester (2009) Michael McIntyre’s Comedy Roadshow: Rhod Gilbert. [S01E01] Richard Herring (2012) Richard Herring’s Leicester Square Comedy Podcast. (Episode 3, Francesca Martinez) [Podcast] Thames Television (1991) Mr. Bean Goes to Town. [S01E04] (dir. John Birkin & Paul Weiland) The Onion (2011) Scientists Teach Gorilla It Will Die Someday, available at http://www.theonion.com/video/scientists-successfully-teach-gorilla-it-willdie,17165/ (Accessed 19.05.2012) S. R. May Page 254 of 255 Tiger Aspect Productions (1993) Mr. Bean in Room 426 [E01E08] (dir. John Birkin & Paul Weiland) Touchstone Pictures (1988) Who Framed Roger Rabbit? (dir. Robert Zemeckis) TriStar Pictures (1986) Short Circuit (dir. John Badham) Twentieth Century Fox (2010) Family Guy - Brian Writes a Bestseller [S09E06] Twentieth Century Fox (2007) Family Guy - Barely Legal [S05E08] Twentieth Century Fox (2007) Family Guy - The Tan Aquatic with Steve Zissou [S05E11] Twentieth Century Fox (2005) Family Guy – Brian Goes Back to College. [S04E15] Twentieth Century Fox (2000) Me, Myself and Irene. (dir. Farrelly Brothers) Twentieth Century Fox (1999) Family Guy - Brian: Portrait of a Dog [S01E07] Twentieth Century Fox (1986) The Fly. (dir. David Cronenberg) Twentieth Century Fox (1968) Planet of the Apes. (dir. Franklin Shaffner) Tyrone Productions (2005) Endgame (dir. Conor McPherson) [Part of the Beckett on Film DVD Box Set] United Artists (1925) The Gold Rush. (dir. Charlie Chaplin) United Artists (1928) The Circus. (dir. Charlie Chaplin) United Artists (1936) Modern Times. (dir. Charlie Chaplin) Universal Pictures (2009) Funny People. (dir. Judd Apatow) Universal Studios (2006) Like, Totally...Dylan Moran Live. (dir. Michael Matheson) Vision Videos (1997) Eddie Izzard: Glorious. Live Performances Blind Summit Theatre (2012) The Table. Soho Theatre, London. 12.01.2012 Blind Summit Theatre (2011) The Table. Pleasance Dome, Edinburgh. 25.08.2011 Handspring Theatre Company (2011) Or You Could Kiss Me. National Theatre, 09.11.2011 S. R. May Page 255 of 255 Francesca Martinez (2012) What the F*** is Normal?. Tricycle Theatre, London. 08.06.2012 Nina Conti (2008) Evolution. Soho Theatre, London. [DVD]